137566 Catalog

: Pdf 137566-Catalog 137566-Catalog Batch10 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 180

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Table of Contents
Blocks & Accessories
Stringing Blocks .................... 2
Handline Blocks .................... 9
Blocks & Tackle .................. 10
Snatch Blocks ...................... 11
Running Boards ................... 12
Cutters
Cable Cutters ....................... 13
Bolt Cutters .......................... 17
Hydraulic Cutters ................ 17
Timber Ring Cutters
and Dapping Tool ................ 18
Battery Cutters ..................... 19
Cable Trimmers ................... 20
Compression Tools
Presses (10-150 ton) ............ 21
Dies ...................................... 22
Battery Operated .................. 23
Pumps (Gas & Electric) ....... 24
Hoses & Fittings .................. 25
Hydrulic Tools ..................... 26
Battery Presses ...................... 27
Hot Line Tools
Wire Holding Tools .............. 29
Load Pick Up Tools ............. 29
Grip-All Clampsticks
(Shotguns) ........................... 30
Telescoping Tools ................ 31
Hot Stick Tester ................... 31
Disconnect Tools ................. 32
Link Sticks ........................... 33
Elbow Pullers ....................... 33
Measuring Sticks ................. 34
Hot Stick Cleaners ............... 38
Hot Cutters .......................... 39
By-Pass Jumpers &
Accessories .......................... 39
Overhead Transmission
Link Stick ............................ 41
Hydraulic Punch .................. 43
Sagging Tools ...................... 43
Rubber Goods and Covers
Covers .................................. 44
Switchboard Matting ........... 48
Blankets ............................... 49
Gloves/Protectors/Liners ..... 50
Sleeves ................................. 51
Meters, Testers & Locators
Voltage Detectors ................. 53
Phasing Testers .................... 54
Personal Voltage Detector .... 54
Clamp-on & Multimeters .... 55
Transformer Tester ............... 55
Locating Equipment ............ 57

Grounding
Cable .................................... 58
Clamps ................................. 58
Ferrules ................................ 66
Ground Sets, Overhead &
Underground ........................ 67
Grounding Spikes
(Underground) ..................... 68
Ground Set Testers ............... 68
Hoists
Chain ................................... 69
Strap (Lineman) ................... 70
Cable .................................... 71
Rope ..................................... 71
Capstans ............................... 72
Grips
Wire Mesh (Pulling Stocks) 73
Cumalong ............................ 75
Klein (Chicago/Catch-off) ... 75
Little Mule (B’dog/Haven) ... 78
Swivels
Overhead & URD ................ 79
Boring .................................. 79
Underground Tools &
Accessories
Fish Tapes ............................ 80
Rodders ................................ 80
Cable Blowers ...................... 85
Feeding Sheaves .................. 85
Cable Pullers ........................ 86
Tents and Umbrellas ............ 90
Polywater Lubricants ........... 90
Climbing Equipment
Hooks & Pads ...................... 91
Leather Holsters ................... 92
Pole Straps ........................... 93
Belts ..................................... 93
Accessories .......................... 94
Buckets & Bags
Nut & Bolt Bags .................. 96
Oval & Round Buckets ........ 96
Bucket Hooks ...................... 97
Equipment Bags .................. 98
Glove / Sleeve Bags ............. 98
Ground Cluster Bags ........... 99
Line Hose Bags ................... 99
Aerial Bucket Equipment
Tool Boards/Aprons/Trays . 100
Tool Holders ...................... 101
Liners/Covers/Pads/Steps .. 101
Saw Holder ........................ 101

Telecommunications
Fall Protection
Lasher .................................. 138
Lanyards .............................. 102
Benders ................................ 139
Harness ................................ 102
Blocks .................................. 140
Rope Grabs .......................... 103
Coaxial Cutters .................... 140
Confined Space Systems ..... 103
Coring & Strip ..................... 141
Hand Tools
Strand Brake ........................ 145
Pliers .................................... 104
Terminators .......................... 145
Wrenches ............................. 106
Lay-Up Sticks ...................... 146
Knives .................................. 108
Swivels, Breakaway ............. 146
Screwdrivers ........................ 111
Hammers ............................. 111 Traffic Safety
Signs .................................... 147
Miscellaneous ...................... 114
Cones ................................... 147
Stripping Tools
Paddles ................................. 147
Primary and Secondary ....... 115
Banners ................................ 147
Drills & Bits
Personal Protection
Bits ....................................... 122
Safety Glasses ...................... 148
Impact Wrenches ................. 123
Hard Hats ............................. 148
Gas Powered Drill ................ 123
Work Gloves ........................ 148
Pole Handling Tools
Lighting
Cant Hooks/Peavies ............. 124
Hard Hat Lights ................... 149
Skidding/LiftingTongs ......... 124
Flashlights ........................... 149
Pike Poles ............................ 125
Pole Trailer Light ................. 150
Pole Dolly ............................ 125
Hydraulic Pole Pullers ......... 125 Equipment
Single Drum Pullers ............ 151
Anchor Tools ......................... 126
Multiple Drum Pullers ......... 155
Digging Tools
Bullwheel Pullers ................. 159
Shovels ................................. 128
Reel Carrier Combo ............ 159
Spoons ................................. 128
Bullwheel Tensioner ............ 160
Digging Bar ......................... 129
Bullwheel Tensioner /
Post Hole Digger ................. 129
Underground Pullers ............ 168
Tamping Bars ....................... 129
Reel Carriers ........................ 170
Hydraulic Tamps .................. 129
Fiber Optic Pullers ............... 173
Augers & Auger Teeth ......... 130
Pole Trailers ......................... 175
Reel Stands .......................... 177
Slings
Nylon ................................... 131 Tool Repair
Rope (Fixed & Adj.) ............ 131
Tool Repair .......................... 180
Shackles ............................... 133
Safety Line Hooks ............... 133
Rope
Handline .............................. 134
Pulling Rope ........................ 134
Winch Line/Pulling Cable ... 135
Pull Tape (Mule Tape) .......... 135
Ladders
Extension ............................. 136
Manhole ............................... 137
Step ...................................... 137
Accessories .......................... 137

Don’t see
what you need?
Give us a call...
Eastern/Central USA:
(800) 666-6567
Western USA:
(800) 444-7064
1

37416 Text

1

9/9/05, 2:02 PM

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Blocks
Wagner Smith Equipment

2

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Blocks
Wagner Smith Equipment

Factory authorized repairs available (see page 176).

3

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Blocks
Wagner Smith Equipment

Universal Crossarm Adapter Model WSE XA-3 & XA-3S
Universal Crossarm adapter specifications:
Safe work load with roller mounted - 2,500 lbs. (1,134KG).
Ultimate work load with roller mounted - 7,500 lbs. (3,402KG).
Net weight - 4.42 lbs. (2.50KG).

Material:
Frame, clamping bars - A356-T6 alluminum alloy.
Fasteners & pins - steel, cadmium or electro-zinc plated.

Number of mounting positions on x-arm attachment:
5; vertical (0 ), 22 , 45 , 68 , 90 .

XA-3
Fits 4 1/2” x 6 1/4”
Crossarms

Clamp Type Insulator Adapter Model WSE 1A-1C
Universal Insulator Adaptor 1A - 1C
For Use on Post Insulators (Vertical or Horizontal)

Universal Crossarm Adapter Model WSE XA-1
Universal Crossarm adapter specifications:
Safe work load with roller mounted - 2,500 lbs. (1,134KG).
Ultimate work load with roller mounted - 7,500 lbs. (3,402KG).
Net weight - 3.25 lbs. (1.84KG).

Material:
Frame, clamping bars - A356-T6 aluminum alloy.
Fasteners & pins - steel, cadmium or electro-zinc plated.

Number of mounting positions on x-arm attachment:
5; vertical (0° ), 22° , 45° , 68° , 90° .

Note:
XA-1 Adapter fits 4 3/4" X 6 1/4" crossarm.

4

SA-3S
Fits 5 3/4” x 6 1/4”
Crossarms

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Blocks
Wagner Smith Equipment

5

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Blocks
Wagner Smith Equipment

6

Factory authorized repairs available (see page 176).

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Blocks
Wagner Smith Equipment

SAFE
WORKING
LOAD IN
POUNDS

GENERAL INFORMATIONALL DIMENSIONS
GIVEN ININCHES INCHES
CATALOG
NUMBER

A

B

50-12/10AL
50-12/10UL 12.5
10
50-16/14AL
50-16/14UL 16.5
14
50-22/18AL
50-22/18UL 22
18
50-28/24AL
50-28/24UL 28
24
50-34/30AL
50-34/30UL 34.25 30.25

C

D

E

F

G

WEIGHT

0.594

3.75

5

20.25

22

4000

2.375 0.719

3.5

5

24.25

26.25

6000

3.25

0.813

4

6.125

30

43.5

8000

3.25

0.813

4

6.125

36

48.25

8000

1.125 4.375 6.375

43

69

8000

2.25

3.5

7

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Blocks
Wagner Smith Equipment

SAFE
WORKING
LOAD IN
POUNDS

GENERAL INFORMATIONALL DIMENSIONS
GIVEN ININCHES INCHES
CATALOG
NUMBER
60-12/10AL
60-12/10UL
60-16/14AL
60-16/14UL
60-22/18AL
60-22/18UL
60-28/24AL
60-28/24UL

8

A

B

C

D

12.5

12

2.25

16.5

14

2.375 0.719

22

18

3.25

28

24

3.25

E

F

G

WEIGHT

5

20.25

20.5

4000

3.5

5

24.25

25

6000

0.813

4

6.125

30

41.5

8000

0.813

4

6.125

36

46.5

8000

0.594 3.375

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Blocks
Wagner Smith Equipment

9

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Blocks and Accessories
Bashlin
Handline

A. 35 Hook
Handline hook, 500 lb capacity

B.

A.

Bethea
Handline

HLB1250
HLB1250MH
HLB1250SH

3" handline block with hook
3" handline block with meat hook
3" handline block with safety hook

AB Chance
Block & Tackle
C400-0918
C400-0919

Triple block without becket. Made of high dielectric nylon. 3500 lb rating.
Double block with becket. Made of high dielectric nylon. 3500 lb rating.

Brewer-Titchener
B. Block & Tackle

C.

7206934 4" wood shell double block for manila rope. “Bushed” flatted, loose swivel hook with latch.
7206936 4" wood shell double block for manila rope. “Bushed” round, flatted loose hook with latch.
7207136 6" wood shell double block for manila rope. “Bushed” round, flatted loose hook with latch.

C. Nylon blocks for manila rope.
2" sheave for use with manila rope 3/8" to 1/2".
Loose, hook with latch
Model
Type Rating
7220213 Single 500 lb
7222213 Double 1000 lb
7223213 Triple 1200 lb

Loose, swivel with latch
Model Type
Rating
7220214 Single 500 lb
7222214 Double 1000 lb
7223214 Triple
1200 lb

Screw pin anchor shackle
Model Type
Rating
7220215 Single 500 lb
7222215 Double 1000 lb
7223215 Triple
1200 lb

Cooper

D. Snatch Blocks

D.

Drop Link, Manila Rope Snatch Blocks. Wood shell with drop forged fittings and self
lubricating bushing. Stiff swivel hook with latch. Used as lead blocks, not recommended for hoisting.
Model Size
Rating
7265486 4 inch
750 lb
F.
7265686 6 inch
2400 lb
7265886 8 inch
4800 lb

E. Extra Heavy Duty Snatch Blocks
Steel shells with drop forged fittings and self lubricating bushings.
Stiff swivel hook with latch. Handles wire and manila rope.
Model Size
Rating
7336624 6 inch
2 ton
7336824 8 inch
3 ton

F. Linemans’ Snatch Block
For stringing light conductor cable.
Hook fits around insulator pin or in the insulator hole,
which can be driven into a pole or cross arm.

Hastings

10

Model
7380602
7380603

Hook
with hook
without hook

G. Handline Blocks Hand Line Blocks Constructed of rugged nylon fiberglass.
3" sheave can accommodate up to 5/8" rope. 1000 lb working load.
Model Description
3550
Side opening block w/swivel hook and safety snap
3550-1 Side opening block w/swivel meat hook
3553
Side opening block w/swivel eye only
3551
Closed block w/swivel hook and safety snap
3551-1 Closed block w/swivel meat hook
3554
Closed block w/swivel eye only
10-147 Meat hook only for blocks

G.

E.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Blocks and Accessories
Kearney
A. Handline

A.

B.

303 Series Handline Blocks Lightweight aluminum alloy.
1000 lb safe working load.
Ordering Code
Description
303
Basic block with closed head swivel ring.
303P
Basic block with quick opening snatch block head and
captive stainless steel pull pin.
B2
Bronze oilite bearings.
B4
Sealed ball bearings.
H
Forged steel sliphook.
J
Forged steel safety sliphook.
M
Steel meat hook.
S
Stainless steel lined sheave for use with wire rope
(optional on B4 models).

B. Kearney Snatch Block

606 & 808 Series Rope snatch blocks.
Ordering Code
Description
606
6 inch heat-treated aluminum sheave for use with manila
or synthetic rope.
808
8 inch heat-treated aluminum sheave for use with manila
or synthetic rope.
B2
Bronze oilite bearings.
B5
Timken roller bearings with grease fittings.
W
Mangnese steel alloy sheave for use with wire rope.
H
Forged steel safety swivel hook with latch crosshead opening.
P
Forged steel safety swivel hook with pull pin crosshead opening.
Y
Forged steel yoke.
G
Steel line guard.
S
Steel swivel shackle.

C.

Klein
C.1802 Block & Tackle
Light, galvanized steel shell block fitted with snubbing hooks to hold the load in any position.
Not for human support. 750 lb safe working load.
Model
Description
267
Plain block, galvanized steel and aluminum alloy. Bronze bushings.
268
Same as 267, but with eye to splice line to block and rope tie-off hook.
H267
Same as 267, but nose extends over keeper.
H268
Same as 268, but nose extends over keeper.
443A
Snap hook, 5 1/2" overall length, 1" eye ID, 1/2" throat opening.
470
Swivel hook with plunger latch, 5" overall length, 1" ID, 5/8" throat opening.
258
Anchor hook, 5 1/2" overall length, 5/8" ID, 3 1/4" throat opening.
259
Swivel anchor hook, 6 1/2" overall length, 1" ID, 3 /14" throat opening.
1802-30
Has a 267 block with 25' of 3/8" rope, and a 258 anchor hook on one end, and a 268 block on the other end.
1802-30 SR
Same as 1802-30 but with rope spliced to a 268 block.
1802-30S
Same as above except supplied with a 259 detachable swivel anchor hook instead of a 258 hook.
1802-30S SR
Same as above but with rope spliced to a 268 block.
H1802-30
Has a H267 block with 25' of 3/8" rope, and a 258 anchor hook on one end,
and a H268 block on the other end.
H1802-30 SR
Same as H1802-30 but with rope spliced to a H268 block.
H1802-30S
Same as above except supplied with a 259 detachable
swivel anchor hook instead of a 258 hook.
H1802-30S SR
Same as above but with rope spliced to a H268 block.

Factory authorized repairs available (see page 180).

11

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Blocks and Accessories
Morpac Industries
A. Running Board

A

Made to order 2, 3, and 4 conductor.
All steel contruction complete with alligator tail.

Skookum
B. Half Side Blocks Bronze Bearing
Model
A-4
A-6
A-8
A-10
A-12

Sheave
Size (in)
4x1 3/8
6x1 1/8
8x1 1/8
10x1 1/4
12x1 3/8

Sheave Pin
Size (in)
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 15/16

Line
Size (in)
3/8
3/8-1/2
1/2-5/8
5/8-3/4
3/4-7/8

Wt. (lb)
11
17
29
34
55

Safe Working
Load (lb)
10,000
14,000
16,000
16,000
27,000

Wt. (lb)
12
30
43
50

Safe Working
Load (lb)
10,000
16,000
16,000
18,000

C. Wide Sheave-Wide Throat Blocks
Model
R-4
R-6
R-8
R-10

Sheave
Size (in)
4x3
6x3
8x3
10x4

Sheave Pin
Size (in)
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 15/16

Line
Size (in)
5/16-1/2
3/8-1/2
1/2-5/8
1/2-5/8

B.

C.

12

Factory authorized repairs available (see page 180).

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Cutting Tools
Burndy Cable Cutters
A. MCC500

A.

The MCC manual cable cutters are precision high quality tools designed
to cut up to 500 kcmil and 1000 kcmil copper and aluminum cables
respectively. Rugged steel blades and fiberglass handle construction
provides cutting ease, minimum cable distortion and long life.

Features Selected :
Cable Cutter Type Manual
Maximum Conductors Accommodated:
Aluminum - #500 kcmil
Copper - #500 kcmil
Jaw Opening 1.3 in
Replacement Fixed Cutting Blade-None
Replacement Moveable Cutting Blade-None
Steel Carrying Case-None
Weight - 3.5 lb
Length - 21 in
Width - 5 in
Warranty - 1 Year

B. RCC556

B.

C.

The RCC ratchet cable cutters are precision high quality tools designed to
cut up to 556 ACSR and 1000 kcmil copper and aluminum cables
respectively. The tool is equipped with rugged sleet blades, a precision
bi-directional ratchet mechanism for positive blade control, a fast action
thumb slide collar for fast blade movement (when not cutting) and rugged
fiberglass handles.
Features Selected :
Cable Cutter Type Ratchet
Maximum Conductors Accommodated:
ACSR - 556
Aluminum - #600 kcmil
Copper - #600 kcmil
Jaw Opening 0.95 in
Replacement Fixed Cutting Blade-None
Replacement Moveable Cutting Blade-None
Steel Carrying Case-None
Weight - 4.0 lb
Length - 18 in
Width - 5.5 in
Warranty - 1 Year

D.

Cact-Co Inc.
C. A1 & A2
The Model A1 and A2 power line cutters are light weight (4.9 lbs,
15 inches long) industrial cutting tools. Cutting electrical and structural cable
has been reduced to an easy task with the advent of the CACT-Co family of
cartridge actuated cutters. These cutters will sever 0.68 inch (ACSR) cable,
1/2 inch guy wires, 3/4 inch bolts and ground rods.

D. A4
The model A4 cutter is a lightweight, portable, cartridge actuated, heavy duty
cutting tool. The cartridge is a compact energy source that generates the
forces necessary to drive a blade and piston assembly to make a clean, fast cut in
steel reinforced aluminum cable from 5/8 inch to 1 1/2 inch. The combination of
two blades and an extremely fast function time makes a cut surface ready for a good splice.

A5
The Model A5 cutter was designed to meet the needs of the power industry in cutting large diameter power distribution and transmission lines.
Two inch diameter 1000 KCMIL AL cable has been the benchmark cable for this cutter. Our customers have requested an evaluation of the
model A5 on “Bluebird” ACSR-2156. We can now report a successful technique for cutting this cable with the Model A5 cutter.

13

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Cutting Tools
H.K. Porter Bolt-Type Cutters
A. 0190FC
A.

All purpose Jaws with center-cut blades, cuts soft, medium,
and hard metals. Fiberglass handles.

Part
0090FC
0190F
0290FC
0390FC

Length
18 1/4"
24 1/2"
30 1/2"
36 1/2"

Soft and
Hard Materials
(up to Brinell 300,
Rockwell C31)
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"

Hard Materials
(up to Brinell
455, Rockwell C48)
1/4"
5/16"
3/8"
7/16"

B.

B. 1490MC
General plant maintenance tool, drop-forged precision ground,
alloy tool steel with center-cut blades.
Cuts soft, medium, or hard material. Steel handles.
Soft and
Hard Materials
Hard Materials
(up to Brinell 300,
(up to Brinell
Part
Length
Rockwell C31)
455, Rockwell C48)
1490MC 14"
5/16"
3/16"
0090MC 18"
3/8"
1/4"
0190MC 24"
7/16"
5/16"
0290MC 30"
1/2"
3/8"
0390MC 36"
9/16"
7/16"
0590MC 42"
11/16"
1/2"

C.

C. 0190MCX
Heavy Duty Cutters recommended for the most demanding
hand cutting applications. Heavy-duty straps support the jaws.
Steel or fiberglass handles.
Hard Metal,
Wire Mesh and
Part
Length
Reinforcing Rod and Bar
0190MCX 24"
5/16"
0290MCX 30"
3/8"
0390MCX 36"
7/16"
0590MCX 42"
1/2"
Same as above, but with fiberglass handles
0190FXC
24"
5/16"
0390FCX
36"
7/16"

D.

D. 1490MNE
Industrial grade clipper cutters.

Part
1490MNE
0090MNE
0190MNE
0290MNE
0390MNE
0590MNE

Length
14"
18"
24"
30"
36"
42"

Soft and Hard Materials
(up to Brinell 200,
Rockwell C15)
5/16"
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"
11/16"

Hard Materials
(up to Brinell
300, Rockwell C31)
1/4"
5/16"
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"

E. 0290FCS
Shear type hand operated cutters. Fiberglass handles.

14

Part
0290FCS
0390FCS

Length
25 1/2"
32"

Copper
Power Cable
500 MCM
750 MCM

Aluminum
Power Cable
750 MCM
1200 MCM

Communications
Cable
1 3/8"
1 3/4"

E.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Cutting Tools
H.K. Porter Bolt-Type Cutters
A. 0390CSP

A.

Communication Cable Cutters give clean, sharp cut with
minimal distortion. Cuts lead, and rubber-covered
communications cable only.
Do not cut hard cable, ACSR, strand, or steel.
Part
0190CSP
0390CSP

Length
23 1/2"
37"

B.

Communication Cable
1"
2 1/4"

C.

B. 0890CSJ
Compact, electric cable cutter.
Part
0690CSJ
0890CSJ

Length
8 1/4"
9 1/2"

Copper Cable Aluminum Cable
1/0
3/0
2/0
4/0

D.

C. 6990FS
Compact Ratcheting Cable Cutter

Aluminum
Part
Length Copper Cable
Cable
Soft Cable
6990FS
14"
500 MCM
795 MCM
6990FSL
19"
750 MCM
795 MCM
6990TS
14"
500 MCM
795 MCM
Hard Cable
Single Core ACSR
6990FHL
19"
653 MCM
* Do not cut EHS Guy Wire.

Communication

Cable

1 3/16"
1 3/16"
1 3/16"
Three Core ACSR
336 MCM

E.

D. 8690FSK
Ratchet Type, Soft Cable Cutter
Part
Length
8690FSK
27 1/2"

Copper andAluminum
2"

F.

E. 8690CS
Ratchet Type, Soft Cable Cutter including Communication Cable.
Part
Length Copper and Aluminum Power/Comm. Cable
8690CS 29 3/4" 3"

G.

F. 8690FH
Ratchet Type, Hard Cable Cutter
ACSR, ACAR, ZEBRA, and
Part
Length Tele Cable (Self Supporting)
8690FH
29 1/4"
1 3/16"

G. 8690CK
Ratchet Type, Guy Strand Cutter
Part
Length EHS Guy Strand
8690CK
28"
1/2"

H.
Common Strand
1/2"

H. 8690TN
Ratchet Type, Wire Rope Cutter
Part
Length
Aircraft, Hard Stainless
8690TN
36"
3/4"

EHS Guy Strand
5/8"

I.

I. Hand held ratchet cutter
Allows industrial users to cut up to 600MCM Copper and 750MCM Aluminum
(50090RFS) or up to 1000MCM Copper or Aluminum cable (60090RFS).
Part
Copper
Aluminum
50090RFS
600
750
60090RFS
1000
1000

15

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Cutting Tools
Greenlee

A.

A. Heavy-duty cable cutters with fiberglass handles
Part
Length Copper
Aluminum
Comm. Cable
704
21"
350 MCM
500 MCM
1"
706
31 1/2"
750 MCM
1000 MCM
1 1/2"
B. Small Cable Cutter
Part
727

Length
9 1/4"

Copper Aluminum Comm. Cable
2/0
2/0
100 Pair

B.

C. ACSR Cable Cutter with steel handles
Part
749

Length
28"

AC SR
2/0, 7/16"

Piano Wire
1/8"

Greenlee

C.

D. Ratchet ACSR/Cable Cutter
Part
757

Length
29 1/4"

AC SR
954 MCM

Soft Steel Rod
1/2"

E. EHS Guy Wire Cutter has two actions - single motion for
D.

cutting small cable, and ratchet action for heavy-duty cutting.
Length EHS & Guy
Mild Steel Rods/Bolts
758
27 3/4"
1/2"
1/2"

Part

Hastings
F. Cable cutter for use on soft copper and all aluminum cable
Part
10-070
10-072

Length
20 1/2"
28 3/4"

Copper
350 MCM
500 MCM

E.

Huskie
G. RI-500 This tool was designed to cut up to 500 MCM copper cables.
The durable handles are made of a high-visibility, orange plastic. Its cutting head
is black oxide coated to help reduce corrosion. A carrying pouch is included.
Part
Length
Copper
Aluminum
RI-500
10"
500 MCM
1 1/4"

F.

H. R-750B The R-750 has a ratchet mechanism that has been designed to withstand
the stress of 750 MCM copper and aluminum with a maximum outside diameter of 1 3/4".
A thumb release lever allows the operator to back out of a cut when necessary. A locking
G.
mechanism closes the handles for easy storage. A carrying pouch is included.
Length
9"

Copper
750 MCM

Aluminum
1 3/4"

I. Manual Hydraulic Cutters

16

Part
S-20
Output
4 tons
Length
15"
Copper
3/4"
Rebar(Sc 40)
1/2"
Anchor Rod
1/2"
Wire Rope
3/4"
Standard Guy Wire
1/2"
Aluminum
3/4"
Ground Rod
1/2"
ACSR
3/4"
Soft Steel Bolts
11/16"
Telecommunication Cable
Do Not Cut
Lead Sheath Cable
Do Not Cut
EHS Guy wire
Do Not Cut
For EHS guy wire, specify S-24CC.

S-24
7.8 tons
17"
7/8"
5/8"
5/8"
7/8"
5/8"
7/8"
5/8"
7/8"
7/8"
Do Not Cut
Do Not Cut
Do Not Cut

S-55
13 tons
24"
2"
3/4"
3/4"
1"
3/4"
2"
3/4"
2"
1 1/4"
Do Not Cut
Do Not Cut
Do Not Cut

H.

I.

Fiberglass refinishing and repairs available (see page 176).

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Cutting Tools
Klein Tools
A. 63041 Lightweight shear-type cable cutters designed for soft cable.
Fiberglass handles.
Part
Length Copper
63041
25 1/2" 500 MCM
63045
32"
1000 MCM

A.

Aluminum
750 MCM
1200 MCM

B. One handed cable cutter with ratchet-action.
Holds cable tight and allows rapid straight cuts with minimum effort.
Part
Length Copper
AL & Multi
63060
10"
400 MCM
600 MCM

B.

Greenlee Bolt Cutters
C. Heavy-duty bolt cutters with fiberglass handles.
Part
01189
01250

Handle Length
18"
24"

RB85
5/16"
3/8"

C.

RC48
7/32"
9/32"

Hastings Bolt Cutters
D. High tensile steel bolt cutters with insulated fiberglass handles.
Part
10-666
10-667

Length Brinell 140 Brinell 230
12"
3/8"
5/16"
16"
3/8"
5/16"

Brinell 370
5/16"
5/16"

Brinell450
9/32"
9/32"

D.

Klein Tools Bolt Cutters
E. Strong and lightweight bolt cutters with steel handles.
Part
63318
63324
63336

Length
18"
24"
36"

Brinell 300
Rockwell C31
3/8"
7/16"
9/16"

Brinell 400
Rockwell C42
1/4"
5/16"
7/16"

E.

Huskie Remote Hydraulic Cutters
F. SP-55

SP-85

The SP-55 has a hinged head that
can be opened for easy cable or bar
insertion. The movable blade advances
in a shear fashion, to cut the material
cleanly. When the cutting pressure
is relieved, an internal ram spring retracts
the blade. The guillotine cutting style
was chosen over scissor type cutting
because of its powerful output force,
larger cable capacities, compact size,
and reliability. This tool can be used
underwater. A 3/8" screw-type male
coupler is included.

The SP-85 has a hinged head that
can be opened for easy cable or bar
insertion. The movable blade advances
in a shear fashion, to cut the material
cleanly. When the cutting pressure is
relieved, an internal ram spring retracts
F.
the blade. The guillotine cutting style
was chosen over scissor type cutting
because of its powerful output force,
larger cable capacities, compact size,
and reliability. This tool can be used
underwater. A 3/8" screw-type male
coupler is included.

SP-55
Output
13.12 tons
Length
17"
Rebar (Sc 40)
3/4"
Anchor Rod
3/4"
Wire Rope
1"
Standard Guy Wire
3/4"
Ground Rod
3/4"
ACSR
2"
Soft Steel Bolts
7/8"
EHS Guy wire
Do Not Cut
For EHS guy wire, specify SP-24CC

SP-85
Output
Length
Telecommunication Cable
Lead Sheath Cable
Copper
Aluminum
ACSR
Standard Guy Wire

2.7 tons
19"
3.35"
3.35"
3"
3"
Do Not Cut
Do Not Cut

17

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Cutting Tools
Cleveland Steel

A.

A. Timber Ring Cutters

Used to cut grooves for timber rings, high speed steel blades, depth gauge
and pilot to fit in bolt hole. May be used in 3/4" portable drill or drill press.
Blades may be resharpened per instructions packed with tool.
Part
301Tool
302 Tool

Timber Ring Size
2 1/2"
4"

Hole Size
9/16" dia.
13/16" dia.

B. Timber Rings for Timber Ring Cutter
Carbon steel split rings are primarily used in the assembly of clear spans
ranging from 20' to 250' and are available in 2 1/2" and 4" diameters.
Generally, the 2 1/2" diameter ring is used for lighter trusses and trussed
rafters utilizing 2" lumber; the 4" diameter ring is used for heavier trusses
using 3" and heavier material.
Lumber Min. Dimensions
Part
Inside dia Depth Bolt dia Ring in 1 Face
Ring in Bolt Face
Teco -2.5
2 1/2"
3/4"
1/2"
1" x 3 1/2"
1 1/2" x 3 1/2"
Teco - 4
4"
1"
3/4"
1" x 5 1/2"
1 1/2" x 5 1/2"

C. Dapping Tool Cutters

B.

C.

Dapping tools are designed with several blades and cutters to produce a dap of the same shape
as the shear plate. Insert the pilot in a predrilled hole or a drill bit may be used to drill and dap.
Shear Plate
303 Tool SP2.6
304 Tool SP4
304S ToolSP4S

Hole size
13/16" dia.
13/16" dia.
15/16" dia.

D.

D. Shear Plates for Dapping Tool
Are set in pre-cut daps in wood timbers, flush with the face
of the wood. The shear plate spreads the load and reduces the
number of bolts required. Made of malleable iron to ASTM
specification A-47, Grade 325.10. Shear plates may be secured
with nails for security in handling and transit.
Part
Outside Dia
Bolt Size
SP2.6
2 5/8"
3/4"
SP4
4"
3/4"
SP4S
4"
7/8"

Cooper Tools Misc Cutter

F.

E.

E. Steel strap cutter gives clean, smooth, easy cuts.
Part
0990T
1290G

Length
9"
12"

Flat Steel Strap
3/4" x .035"
1 1/4" x .050"

Steel Tie Wire
0.08"

Huskie Battery Cable Cutter
F. REC-54

G. REC-430Y

The Huskie REC-54 is a heavy duty cable cutter
used to cut ACSR up to 636, and 750 MCM copper.
The large jaw opening will also accommodate
aluminum cables up to 1500 MCM.

The REC-430Y is designed to cut ACSR cables up to
336 MCM, and uses 6 tons of pressure to cut materials.
The head can be rotated 180 degrees for greater
maneuverability. A keeper plate prevents jaws from
G.
spreading apart when cutting ACSR.

REC -54AC
The REC-54AC was designed to cut aluminum
and stranded or flex copper cables. The jaws will
accept a maximum of 1500 MCM copper and
aluminum. The operation of this tool is the same
as the REC-54 but it has sharper blades for cutting
only non-ferrous materials. Do not cut steel with
this model, or blade damage will occur.

18

REC-434YC
Large copper cable cutting is finally made easy—just
pull the trigger and 6 tons immediately goes to work
for you. This tool is similar to the REC-430Y, but has a
slightly larger jaw opening without a “keeper” guard.
Its sharp blades are rated for copper and aluminum
cables only, up to 1.4" outside diameter.

Fiberglass refinishing and repairs available (see page 176).

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Cutting Tools
Huskie Battery Cable Cutter
A. REC-460YC The REC-460YC works well for most underground aluminum cable cutting applications.

A.

It was designed to cut copper cables up to 500 MCM and aluminum up to 2.5" maximum outside diameter.
The extra wide jaws make cutting the larger diameter underground cables easier. 6 ton output.

REC-S420 The REC-S420 was designed to cut the toughest steel used in construction today. It can replace
an entire tool kit, including several sizes of conventional bolt cutters, hacksaws, acetylene torches and
cable cutters. With the pull of a trigger, you can cut ACSR cables up to 3/4", standard guy wires to
7/16", and ground rods to 1/2". The specially designed flip-top latch and rotating head provide
exceptional ease of use and maneuverability in tight working quarters. The REC-S20 has an overload bypass
that will kick out when the tool reaches 6.6 tons or is attempting to cut cables beyond its capacities.

B.

B. REC-S424 Similar to the REC-420, but with 8 tons of output. Can cut 7/8" wire rope, 5/8" rebar
(Sc40), 1/2" rebar (Sc60), 5/8" ground rod, 477 MCM ACSR, and 5/8" guy wire.
C. REC-S440 The Huskie model REC-S440 is designed to cut ACSR cables up to 1.5" and regular guy wires
and ground rod up to 5/8". Our ROBO*CUT is ideal for aerial bucket work and trench operations. This cutter is
made for one handed operation. Simply remove the pin latch, place over cable, reinsert pin, and cut. A built-in
bypass will pop off if the material is beyond the cutter’s capacity. It is not recommended to cut hardened steel
because the blades will become damaged. 8 ton output.
D. REC-485YC The REC-485YC is designed to cut copper and aluminum cables as well as lead-sheathed
telecommunication cables. The extremely large jaws and scissor-type blades allow for easy cutting of large
underground cables. The sidebar handle allows the user to stabilize and balance the tool. This tool also has a
built-in bypass cartridge to avoid cutter damage for those cables that are beyond the cutter’s capacity. The open
jaw design allows the user to scoop up cables that are against the wall, in hard to reach areas and on the ground.
Can cut up to 3.3” Aluminum, 1000MCM Copper, 3” Telecommunication Cable, and 2.5” Lead Sheath Cable.

C.

D.

Burndy Battery Cable Cutter
E. PATCUT129ACSR-18V Compact, fast, and easy to use, the PATCUT incorporates the latest in battery
tool technology. The ergonomic design allows one hand operation so the user has one hand free to manipulate the
conductor into the proper cutting position. Also, the PATCUT incorporates a specialized latch-style cutting head
that allows interference-free closure for mid-span cuts and rotates 180 degrees to allow users to get into tight
areas easier. The PATCUT is capable of cutting 1.29 inches of copper and aluminum cable, 1113 ACSR, 5/8 inch
soft steel bolts, 1/2 inch standard guy strand, and 3/8 inch EHS guy strand. It comes equipped with a high impact
formed carrying case to hold the tool, a tool retention lanyard, a battery charger and two batteries. The tool
operates on industry-standard 18-volt Ni/MH batteries that eliminate voltage depression or “memory” issues.
What’s more, the addition of a reliable mechanical ram release helps prevent depletion of battery power.
The PATCUT comes with a limited warranty on the cutter, batteries, and charger.

E.

F. BCC1000 The BURNDY BCC1000 is a 12-V-DC battery actuated cable cutter capable of
cutting up to 750 kcmil hard drawn copper cable, and up to 1000 kcmil soft drawn copper and
up to 2” O.D. aluminum cable. DO NOT CUT STEEL. The BCC1000 comes with battery powered cutting tool,
sealed nickel cadmium 12V battery, 120V AC single phase charger, carrying case,
and wrist loop which provides added security when making cuts overhead.

Burndy Battery Accessories
BAT12B

BBCBAT12V

Burndy High Capacity Battery

Battery for a BCC1000 Cutter

BAT14V

192296-8

Burndy 14.4 Volt Replacement Battery

Battery for BCT-500 Crimping Tool

G.

H.

F.

Huskie Battery Accessories
G. BP-70E The BP-70E is the standard replacement battery for all ROBO tools.
H. BP-70EI Smart battery is the same as the standard BP-70E with the addition
of an LED display that will indicate its power capabilities for you.
I. CH-35R The CH-35R is the newest addition to the ROBO lineup of battery chargers.
It is designed to charge the new high capacity BP-70E and BP-70EI batteries in 25 minutes.

I.

CH-70DCH The CH-70DCH is a 12 volt DC charger with charge times of
1 hour for the BP-70R and BP-70I, 90 minutes for the BP-70E and BP-70EI and 3 hours for the BP-70MH. It
can be plugged directly into an automotive cigarette lighter.

19

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Cutting Tools
Ridgid Cable Trimmer
No. 87 Cable Trimmer
Fast, accurate cable splice preparation.
Trims 85 sizes of ACSR cable from 8 AWG to 1,780,000 circular mills.
The bushing holder, cutter and handy carrying case are sold as one unit.
Case contains storage sockets for 11 bushings.
Weight 9.5 lbs.
Bushings in stock for both ACSR and TW conductors.

Cable Trimmer Bushings

20

Part#

Code

Size
Conductor

Dia.
Size (in) Stranding

Part#

Code

Size
Conductor

Dia.
Size (in) Stranding

HLE5760
HLE5761
HLE5762
HLE5763
HLE5766
HLE5768
HLE5769
HLE5770
HLE5771
HLE5772
HLE5773
HLE5774
HLE5775
HLE5776
HLE5777
HLE5779
HLE5780
HLE5781
HLE5786
HLE5782
HLE5783
HLE5791
HLE5842
HLE5788
HLE5789
HLE5785
HLE5790
HLE5793
HLE5796
HLE5794
HLE5797
HLE5795
HLE5799
HLE5800
HLE5801

Raven
Quail
Pigeon
Penguin
Partridge
Merlin
Linnet
Oriole
Chickadee
Brant
Ibis
Lark
Pelican
Flicker
Hawk
Osprey
Parakeet
Dove
Swift
Eagle
Peacock
Duck
Rook
Grosbeak
Teal
Egret
Stilt
Coot
Starling
Tern
Redwing
Condor
Drake
Mallard

1/0 ACSR
2/0 ACSR
3/0 ACSR
4/0 ACSR
266.8 ACSR
336.4 ACSR
336.4 ACSR
336.4 ACSR
397.5 ACSR
397.5 ACSR
397.5 ACSR
397.5 ACSR
477 ACSR
477 ACSR
477 ACSR
556.5 ACSR
556.5 ACSR
556.5 ACSR
636 ACSR
556.5 ACSR
605 ACSR
653.9 ACSR
605 ACSR
636 ACSR
636 ACSR
605 ACSR
636 ACSR
715.5 ACSR
795 ACSR
715.5 ACSR
795 ACSR
715.5 ACSR
795 ACSR
795 ACSR
795 ACSR

0.398
0.477
0.502
0.563
0.642
0.684
0.72
0.741
0.743
0.772
0.783
0.806
0.814
0.846
0.858
0.879
0.914
0.927
0.93
0.953
0.953
0.953
0.953
0.977
0.99
0.994
1.019
1.036
1.04
1.051
1.063
1.081
1.093
1.108
1.14

HLE5803
HLE5805
HLE5807
HLE5806
HLE5808
HLE5809
HLE5810
HLE5811
HLE5812
HLE5814.5SPL
HLE5813
HLE5814
HLE5815
HLE5816
HLE5817
HLE5818
HLE5822
HLE5821
HLE5823
HLE5824
HLE2167
HLE2156
HLE2312
HLE.835TW
HLE.951
HLE954TW
HLE959.6TW
HLE Yukon
HLE5818TW
HLE1519TW
HLE1533.3TW
HLE1557.4TW
HLE Pecos
HLE1926-9TW
HLE Mock

Canary
Rail
Tanager
Cardinal
Ortolan
Curlew
Bluejay
Finch
Bunting
Skylark
Grackle
Bittern
Pheasant
Dipper
Martin
Bobolink
Lapwing
Parrot
Falcon
Chukar
Kiwi
Bluebird
Thrasher
Parakeet
Toutle
Cardinal
Suwannee
Yukon
Bobolink
Deschutes
Rio Grande
Potomac
Pecos
Cumberland
Mockingbird

900 ACSR
954 ACSR
1033.5 ACSR
954 ACSR
1033.5 ACSS
1033.5 ACSR
1113 ACSR
1113 ACSR
1192.5 ACSR
1272 SPL
1192.5 ACSR
1272 ACSR
1272 ACSR
1351.5 ACSR
1351.5 ACSR
1431 ACSR
1590 ACSR
1510.5 ACSR
1590 ACSR
1780 ACSR
2167 ACSR
2156 ACSR
2312 ACSR
556.5 ACSS/TW
795 ACSS/TW
954 ACSS/TW
959.6 ACSS/TW
1233.6 ACSS/TW
1431 ACSS/TW
1519 ACSS/TW
1533 ACSS/TW
1557.4 ACSS/TW
1622 ACSS/TW
1926.9 ACSS/TW
2034.5 ACSR

1.162
1.165
1.186
1.196
1.213
1.244
1.259
1.293
1.302
1.316
1.333
1.345
1.382
1.386
1.424
1.427
1.504
1.506
1.545
1.602
1.737
1.762
1.802
0.835
0.951
1.084
1.108
1.245
1.291
1.3
1.382
1.345
1.424
1.545
1.681

6/1
6/1
6/1
6/1
26/7
18/1
26/7
30/7
18/1
24/7
26/7
30/7
18/1
24/7
26/7
18/1
24/7
26/7
36/1
30/7
24/7
18/3
54/7
24/7
26/7
30/19
30/19
24/7
36/1
26/7
45/7
30/19
54/7
26/7
30/19

54/7
45/7
36/1
54/7
45/7
54/7
45/7
54/19
45/7
36/1
54/19
45/7
54/19
45/7
54/19
45/7
45/7
54/19
54/19
84/19
72/7
84/19
76/19
18/7
17/7
20/7
22/7
38/19
36/7
34/7
39/19
36/7
39/19
42/19
72/7

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Compression /Hydraulic Tools
Anderson Manual Presses
A. VC6-350
Versa-Crimp hydraulic compression tool crimps a wide range of connectors.
Crimps “H” frame tap connectors using “O” and “D” nib/nests.
360 degree head rotation. Internal pressure relief valve.
Conductor Range:
#8-350 MCM AL
#8-266.8 ACSR
#4-4/0 ACSR (Full Tension) “O” die 3/0 and 4/0
#8-300 MCM Cu

A.

B.

B. VC6-FT
Versa-Crimp hydraulic compression tool with flip-top latch.
Provides clear and easy removal from larger connectors and in limited spaces.
360 degree head rotation.
Conductor Range:
#8 Str.-750 MCM Al/Cu

C. VC7

C.

Versa-Crimp hydraulic compression tool for compressing multi-stranded/rope layer
copper cable in mining, marine, and industrial applications.
Copper color label denotes use with copper connectors, only. 360 degree head rotation.
Conductor Range:
#6 Str.-500 MCM Bare Cu

Burndy Manual Presses

D.

D. MD6

E.

Hytool hand operated compression tool installs full range of connectors (taps, splices, terminals).
Full tension and non-tension. The tool has permanent “BG” (5/8) and “D3” groove jaws.
The “D” groove also serves as a seat for die inserts. Installs CABLELOCK CRIMPIT and
HYCRIMP tap connectors with one additional die insert W-0. Crimp force of 9,000lbs.
Usage: Copper, Aluminum, ACSR, Copper weld, Alumoweld, Steel, 6201, 5005, Compressed and
compact conductors. Copper taps #10 sol.-2/0 Str., Aluminum, ACSR taps: #14 sol.-4/0 ACSR.
Stirrups: #6 ACSR-4/0 ACSR. Overhead full tension deadend, full tension splices, non tension
splices, and terminals conductor range: #10 Str.-4/0 ACSR. Code conductor connectors: #6-4/0 Str.
Copper and Aluminum.

MD6-8
Same features as MD6 except has an “O” nose instead of a “BG” nose.

E. MD7
Posi-press Hytool hand operated crimper. Same features as the MD6 but with a composite polymer handle.

F. OH25
One-handed operation dieless full cycle ratchet tool. Installs service entrance splice connectors.
Conductor range is #10 through 1/0. The OH25 is designed to install 5/8" INSULINK and
LINKIT service entrance connectors with only one crimp per connector end.
The single crimp covers the complete contact area, eliminating possible overlapping or
failure to make the proper number of crimps.
For use on 5/8" service entrance sleeves, INSULINK type ES (insulated)
#10-1/0 Str., LINKIT type YSU (bare) #8-1/0 Str., 5/8" neutral tension sleeves HYSPLICE types:
YS-S YCS-R YDS-AT #4-1/0, AYP HYPLUG #6-1/0 Str.

F.

G.

G. OUR840
Popper Hytool, one handed operation, overhead/underground full cycle ratchet tool.
Installs a range of connectors (taps, splices, terminals). Designed for low maintenance operation.
With nest and indentor dies, it will install 5/8" INSULINK and LINKIT service entrance connectors
with only one crimp per end. With the use of the reduced handle force “X” dies, additional splices,
taps, and terminals can be properly installed. The die inserts snap into the permanent groove easily
with one hand and lock securely in the tool with the spring loaded positive lock die retainer buttons.
W-28K cutter die permits OUR840 tool as a cable cutter for a range of #4-4/0 ACSR.

21

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Compression /Hydraulic Tools
Burndy Manual Presses Continued
A. Y2MR #8 - #2 Copper Hydent terminals and splices tool. Mechanical full cycle
A.
ratchet will accommodate copper compression Hydent connectors for #8 to #2 Class B or
Class 1 flexible strand copper conductor. The color coded die wheel rotates to provide a
proper match of the die and color coded connector. The die index is embossed on the
completed connection for permanent inspectability. Emergency release mechanism allows
tool to be removed from connector in case of mistaken die choice or to reposition tool.
Usage:
Terminals:
YAG-L-TC-LD
YAG-L-2TC-LD YA-L
D.
YA-LB
YA-L-TC
YA-L-2TC
YA
YA-TC
YA-2TC Y
AV-L
YAV-FXB
Splices:
YS
YS-LB
YS-L
YSV-L

Tooling Accessories

B.

E.

B. W-BG

C.

F.

A double groove die set requiring only one crimp per end on
service entrance sleeves and 1/2 the number of crimps on other 5/8" sleeves.

C. W-28K Cutter die permits use of MD6/MD7 type tools as a cable cutter.
Conductor range: 4-4/0 ACSR, Aluminum or Copper.
D. MD6-CP1 Laminated vinyl covers, a non-conductive material,
are provided for the MD6/MD7 to avoid damage. Compact in size,
G.
the covers snap easily into place over the jaw edges without obstructing
vision. Fits all MD6/MD7 variations except the Snub-Nose type design.

E. PT6744 Semi-ridge neoprene cover, a non-conductive material,
is provided for the MD6-6 Snub-Nose tool to avoid damage.
Fits all MD6-6 Snub-Nose variations.
F. Non Bowing Dies - install one-piece full tension
UNISPLICE sleeves on ACSR conductors without bowing.
W-687 #4 ACSR 6/1, 7/1-YDS4RL and YDS4RLY
#2 ACSR 6/1-YDS2RL and YDS2RLY
W-702 #2 ACSR 7/1-YDSO21RL and YDSO21RLY
1/0 ACSR-YDS25RL and YDS25RLY

H

G. PT4931-1 Die Button Repair Kit
PT4925 Canvas bag for protecting MD6/MD7 tools

I.

with or without rubber covers plus up to (9) die sets.

H. PT4946 Compact steel die case for (12) “W” or “X” die sets.
I. PT4952-1 Steel carrying case provides storage for the MD6 tools
with or without rubber covers, plus up to (18) die sets. Fits MD6, MD6-6,
MD6-14, MD6-37, MD6-38, MD7, and MD7-6.

PT6733 Hot-line tool carrying bag. Adjustable canvas bag for storage
and protection of Hot-line tools. Accomodates 48", 60", and 72" variations
of the MD6 and Y35 Hot-line tools.

J. Burndy, “W” Die Tree
Easily stores up to 6 sets of ,“ W” type dies.

Kearney Manual Press
K. OS50 Fixed die compression tool for compressing 5/8" diameter bare and
insulated SERV-ENS connectors, triplex sleeves and elbow terminating connectors.
Usable on any non-tension sleeve with 5/8" outside diameter.
22

OS-620 Same features as OS50 with added benefit of providing non-bow crimp.

J.

K.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Compression /Hydraulic Tools
Huskie Tools
A. NDK Series Manual compression tool will accept either HT-58 “W” type dies
or Kearney “O” type dies. Available with the fixed “O” nose or the “BG” nose.

B.

A.

(Hydraulic Presses 10-150 ton)
Alcoa
B.100A This tool has a large capacity for transmission lines. It will
handle accessories up to a 3-inch outside diameter. It uses half round shell dies
similar to those used with the 60A and 60AFT compressors. The 100A can be
operated with any Alcoa 10,000 PSI electric or gas hydraulic pump or
hydraulic booster. The 100A weighs just 95 lbs.
C. 60A-GSC The model 60A-GSC press is a portable 60-ton construction
and maintenance tool designed to cover a full range of press accessories requiring
die sizes up to and including 40AH. Capacity for all 60-ton U or shell-type dies.

Burndy
D. Y750 The Y750 12 Ton Revolver Hypress tool

D.

C.
E.

F.

G.

incorporates a wide mouth (1.65") C-shaped infinitely
rotating head for all compression applications.
Easy tapping, splicing, and terminating of overhead
lines as well as the full range of HYGROUND compression
grounding system connectors, NEC cable
connections, and N30-N650 Navy cable applications.
Body and handles are covered with rubber for tool
impact protection. Automatic 10,000 PSI “blow off”
pressure relief valve. Y750-2 model has rubber covered head.

E. Y750BH Remote Power 12 Ton Hypress tool incorporates
the same head as the Y750. Designed for remote power use.
Y750 and Y750BH Usage:
Tension Sleeves
#8 sol.-500 MCM Copper
#8 sol.587-2 MCM Aluminum
#4-556.5 MCM ASCR
Taps
#14 sol.-500 MCM Copper
#8-500 MCM Aluminum
Aerial Cable
#6-500 MCM Copper
Terminals & Splices #8-750 MCM Aluminum
#8-750 MCM Copper
#4-556 MCM ACSR
HYGROUND
#8-500 MCM Copper 1/2"-1"
Diameter Ground Rods
F. Y35 The Y35 12 Ton Hypress tool incorporates a
C-shaped, rotatable head for overhead line work and compression
grounding applications. Y35-2 model has
rubber covered head, body and handles. Uses “U” type dies.
H. Dies for 6 ton, 12 ton,
15 ton, 60 ton, and 100 ton,
and 150 ton presses.
Square head 100 ton dies are
also available. Please call.

Rentals are available for
presses, pumps, and dies.

G. Y35BH Remote Power 12 ton Hypress tool incorporates the same
head as the Y35. Designed for remote power operation.
Y35 and Y35BH Usage:
Connector Type:
Conductor Range:
Tension Sleeves
#8 sol.-500 MCM Copper
#6 sol.-636 MCM Aluminum
#4-556.5 MCM ACSR 26/7
Taps
#14-556.5 ACSR 18/1
Aerial Cable
#6 Str.-500 MCM Copper
Connectors
#4 Str.-600 MCM Aluminum
Code Conductors
#8 Str.-750 MCM copper (400 MCM splice)
#6 Str.-750 MCM Aluminum (400 MCM splice)
HYGROUND
#6-500 MCM Copper
Grounding
#6-250 MCM Copper
Ground Rods
1/2"-3/4"

H.

23

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Compression /Hydraulic Tools
Burndy
A. Y45 Remote Power 15 Ton Hypress tool has the C-shaped head design.
Provides easy installatoin of tap and splice connectors. Operates easily
on large distribution and transmission conductors. The small light-weight
head design also makes this tool adaptable for work in underground trenches
and manholes. PT6515 adapter is required to use “U” type dies.
For use on:
Tension Sleeves
#8 so.-500 MCM Copper
#6 so.-954 MCM Aluminum
#4-795 MCM ACSR 26/7
C.
Taps
#14-954 MCM Aluminum ACSR 18/1
#6-795 MCM ACSR
Aerial Cable
#6 Str.-1500 MCM Copper
Connectors
#4 Str.-1000 MCM Aluminum
HYGROUND
#6-500 MCM Copper
Ground Rods
1/2" to 1" Copper
Code Cable
#8-1500 MCM Copper
Terminal & Splices #8-1000 MCM Aluminum
Taps
#14-1000 MCM Copper
#14-900 MCM Aluminum
B. Y46 Remote Power 15 Ton Hypress is lightweight,
compact and versatile with installation dies for both
circumferential and nest-indentor types. Available
accessories include “U” die adapter, a cable cutting die
for 1.2" diameter non-steel conductors, plus a lifting
eye and universal hot-stick adapter for overhead line
construction. Y46C - Rubber Covered.

C. Y60BHU 60 Ton Remote Power Hydraulic Compression Tool.

A.

B.

D.

E.

Accommodates the Burndy “L” dies. Designed for copper and
aluminum code cables and aerial conductor sizes through 2500 MCM,
and will accommodate ACSR through size 2156 MCM 84/19.

Hydraulic Pumps & Motors
Alcoa
D. 30-G Series High performance continuous duty hydraulic
power pumps. Gasoline engined powered. 10,000 PSI. Two-stage pump for
rapid ram advance. Can be operated at single or double acting mode.
30GH-R Gas Pump 5.5 HP Honda Engine w/ Hand Remote
30 GB-M Gas Pump 6 HP Briggs/Stratton Engine w/ Manual Control
E.10AB Electric Hydraulic Pump The 10AB High Pressure Hydraulic Pump is extremely
durable yet lightweight. It will operate under low-line voltage conditions. The two-stage pumping
system of this unique, intermittent duty pump is designed for years of dependable service. The
10AB pump is ideal for running any 10,000 PSI tool up to and including the 60 ton press.
Features:
• High-pressure relief valve
• 10,000 PSI high-pressure pump
• Pressure matched quick coupler supplied
• Two-stage pump for rapid advance
• Two-position valve includes auto-retract feature
• 1/2 HP, 115 VSC 50/60 Hz cycle
• Runs on as low as 60 VAC
universal motor
• Lightweight, compact design
• Carrying handle for portability

Burndy
F. EPP10 Electric/hydraulic Pump 10,000 PSI.

Lightweight and durable,
the EPP10 has a convenient 115 V-AC electric powered motor.

G. EP10 Electric/hydraulic pump 10,000 PSI.

Durable 1/2hp dual
voltage motor 115/230 - 220/230. Roll cage allows easy moving on the job site.

GP10 Gasoline engine driven hydraulic pump 10,000 PSI.
24

Portable pump with sturdy steel roll cage. Durable heavy-duty 4hp engine.

F.

G.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Compression /Hydraulic Tools
Hydraulic Pumps & Motors
Fairmont
A. HB10 Hydraulic Intensifier

B.

A.

Small and compact, the HB10 operates
10,000psi remote head tools. Able to operate
on either Open- or Closed-Center hydraulic
systems without making any changes to the
tool. Uses the proven, versatile Dynapress
remote control valves and hoses sets. Supplied
with pressure and return high pressure screw
type couplers (ordered separately), and has
a foldable carrying handle, but also can be
permanently mounted.

B. PVA0021 High Pressure Hydraulic
Hand Control Valve.

C.

May be directly connected to the tool or used
remotely with hoses.

D.

Hydraulic Hose & Fittings
C. 3VE4-120
1/4" x 10' hydraulic hose/10,000 PSI
3VE4-180 1/4" x 15' hydraulic hose/10,000 PSI
3VE4-300 1/4"x 25' hydraulic hose/10,000 PSI

Hydraulic Tools Low Pressure
Greenlee/Fairmont
D. HRD Ground Rod Driver

E.

A deep rod opening and smooth operation ensures
that the driver will not jump off of rods. Light weight,
can be used with Open- and Closed-Center hydraulic
systems. Available Models: HRD-58 and HRD-1.

E. F20 Gas 20hp gas powered hydraulic power unit.
F. H4665A Submersible Pump
2" compact submersible pump. Compact, lightweight
design with high impact strainer housing. Up to 275 gpm.
Self-priming, and can run dry without damage.
Specifications:
System
Open- and Closed-Center
Capacity
Up to 275 gpm
Intake Port
1 5/16"
Discharge Port
2" NPTF”
Strainer
2 5/8"x 5 5/8"
Weight
9lb.
Flow Range
5-8 gpm
Operating Pressure 0-2,000 PSI

F.

25

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Compression /Hydraulic Tools
Hydraulic Tools Low Pressure
Greenlee/Fairmont
A. HPB55 Hydraulic Breaker
High blow energy provides maximum breaking power
that can handle big demolition tasks with ease.
Integral rubber damper reduces chisel noise.
AVS models have patented spring-dampened handles
that reduce vibration by 80% to 90%.
Weight: 56lb.
Hydraulic System: Open-Center
Models:
HPB55-1 1 1/8‰ x 6‰ tool shank size
HPB55-1AVS same with spring-dampened handles
HPB55-2 1‰ x 4 þ‰ tool shank size
HPB55-2AVS same with spring-dampened handles

A.

HD5565-2 Breaker
Breaker 1 1/4"x6" hex tool steels with standard handles.
Accepts US standard size tool steels.
Spring-loaded front head to combat tool sticking. Only 65 lb.
Specifications:
Flow Range
5-9 gpm
Operating Pressure 1,000-2,000 PSI
Blows per Minute 1,500 @ 8 gpm
Length
28"

HD5590-2 Breaker
Breaker 1 1/4"x6" hex tool steels with standard handles.
Accepts US standard size tool steels. Provides top breaking
performance with 1,100 high energy blows per minute at 8 gpm.
Spring-loaded front head to combat tool sticking. 90 lb.
Specifications:
Flow Range
5-9 gpm
Operating Pressure 1,000-2,000 PSI
Blows per Minute 1,100 @ 8 gpm
Length
28"

B. HPD R Post Driver
Sign post driver with quick change front head design.
Accommodates several different types of post adapters. 72 lbs.
Specifications:
Blows per Minute 1600 @ 8 gpm
Hydraulic Flow
5 gpm
Max Input Pressure 2,000 PSI
Max Back Pressure 200 PSI
Length
24"

26

B.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Battery Presses
Burndy Battery Press
A. PAT750-18V 12 Ton Battery Press
The BURNDY Patriot series of Battery Actuated Tool products can be operated with
only one hand, making them the only true, one-handed battery powered crimping and
cutting tools available in the world today.
Uses “U” type dies.

A.

Huskie Battery Presses
B. REC-3610 15 Ton Battery Press
The REC-3610 is our 15 ton compression tool that is able to crimp splices and lugs to
1250 MCM aluminum and 1500 MCM copper. The REC 3610 offers a wide handle
opening with finger grooves, allowing easy access for gloved work. The base of the tool
is contoured for stability and incorporates finger grooves for a better grip. The tool has
a latched head and its pull-pin release cannot be entirely removed from the jaw. The jaw
opens wide to accept all “P” type dies used in the industry today. The PU-15 die
adapter is available for use with all 12 ton “U” type dies.

B.

TYPE MATERIAL
Lugs Cu #8 to 1500 MCM
Splices Cu #8 to 1500 MCM
Lugs Al #8 to 1250 MCM
Splices Al #8 to 1250 MCM

C. REC-5510 12 Ton Battery Press
The REC-4510 was specifically designed for use in single-handed operation in overhead
applications such as cable trays. This allows one hand to control the work while the other
hand is free to operate the tool. It also eliminates the cumbersome hoses and larger,
heavier tools traditionally used in overhead work. The Huskie REC-5510 has the same
jaw opening as our REC-3510 battery operated 12-Ton compression tool. The opening is
1.65" which will accept mid-span copper and aluminum sleeves and cables up to 750
MCM. This tool accepts all “U” type dies available on the market. Portability and
handling are made easier because the REC-5510 system is self contained and compact.
The new rapid advance system reduces tool run time, giving you more crimp cycles per
battery charge. A built-in, pre-set 10,000 psi bypass cartridge will audibly “kick out”
when the 12-ton pressure is achieved

C.

TYPE MATERIAL
Lugs Cu up to 750 MCM
Splices Cu up to 750 MCM

D. REC-4750 6.2 Ton Battery Press
The REC-4750 is a flip-top, dieless tool used to crimp cables up to 750 MCM. The fliptop latch opens to allow for easy cable positioning and removal. The dieless system is used
for non-tension splices and terminations.
There is one stationary and three movable indenting nibs which close at 90 degree angles
to each other so that the connector is squeezed equally at four strategic points with 6 tons
of force. The top can be unlatched to accommodate larger size lugs and cables up to 750
MCM. Typical applications include in-line splicing connectors and lug and terminations.

D.

TYPE MATERIAL
Lugs Cu #6 to 750 MCM
Splices Cu #6 to 750 MCM
Lugs Al #6 to 750 MCM
Splices Cu #6 to 750 MCM

27

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Battery Presses
Huskie Battery Presses
A. REC-558U 6 Ton Battery Press
The Huskie REC-558U is the same design as the REC-358 with the addition of an
upgraded hydraulic circuit. The new rapid advance feature allows the operator quicker
compression cycles. In addition to the rapid advance feature, it also has incorporated an
electronic counter that will allow a service technician to read the number of compression
cycles the tool has made. Also, the new tool housing has been reinforced to improve
durability during heavy field use.
A factory pre-set bypass cartridge assures a six ton compression every time.
The REC-558U accepts either “W” or “O” type dies. The D3 nest die comes standard with
the tool. Always consult your connector manufacturer for proper die/connector
combinations. Like the REC-358, the REC-558U will accept the optional 25CAT cutter
head attachment. Quick release pins allow the operator to change between compression
and cutter head in one minute, with no springs or pins to lose.

A.

TYPE MATERIAL
Lugs Cu #6 to 500 MCM
Splices Cu #6 to 500 MCM
Lugs Al #6 to #4/0
Splices Al #6 to #4/0
H-Taps up to #4/0
Steel DO NOT CUT

B.

B. REC-4630 6.2 Ton Battery Press
The REC-4630 is a battery operated, dieless compression tool used to compress Anderson
style lugs. Six tons of compression force are achieved when the tool advances and bypasses at
the predetermined pressure. Advance and retract buttons on the tool handle allows for one
hand operation, freeing the other hand to maneuver the cable.
TYPE MATERIAL MINIMUM MAXIMUM
Lugs Cu #10 to 500 MCM
Splices Cu #10 to 500 MCM
Lugs Al #10 to 500 MCM
Splices Al #10 to 500 MCM

C.

Greenlee
C. EK410-12 Crimping Tool 12v
New breakthrough design results in an extremely compact battery-powered crimping tool
with capacity to 250 kcmil (mcm) copper color-coded connectors. Also crimps 5/8 and 840
service entrance connectors. Slim profile and light weight provide for one-hand operation.
Flip-open crimping head rotates 360°. Includes two batteries, battery charger, and molded
carrying case.

D. EK425 “Gator” Crimp Tool
Slim profile and light weight permit one hand operation. Crimping jaws automatically
open to signal that crimp is complete. Crimping jaws can be opened in mid cycle to adjust
connector. When equipped with CJD3 crimping jaws, can be used with all industry "W"
style crimping dies. When equipped with CJK crimping jaws, can be used with dies for
Kearney ™ Type “O” tools. Crimping jaws are PVC coated on outside edges. Carrying
strap makes tool easy to carry and to hang in buckets. Interchangeable crimping jaws
rotate 360 degrees. Two batteries, battery charger, and molded carrying case included.
Choice of 120 volt, 12 volt, or 230 volt battery charger. Can cut up to 4/0 ACSR cable
when equipped with KD6-27 cutter dies. Please specify nose type.

28

D.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hot Line Tools
BAT Boys
A. Wire Holding Tools

A.

B.

C.

Slick Willie
Temporary conductor clamp.

Bashlin
B. Disconnect Tools
RJL1967RCP
URD disconnect stick.

AB Chance

D.

C. Transformer Gin
Chain binder type transformer gin used for hoisting distribution
transformers and apparatus up the structure. The standard base unit is for mounting on
clear pole sections and the 5" extended base model allows mounting to bridge up to
4"x5" crossarms. A wheel tightener and 36" chain is part of each unit. Both models
have a 2,000 lb. max rating, including hand pull force.
The load should always be parallel to the gin pole.
Model
C400-0090
C400-0315

E.

Description
Standard base
5" Extended base

D. Hot Stick Tension Puller The hot stick tension puller is equipped with rings so that it can be
handled and operated with the Chance Grip-All clampstick or with rubber gloves. Both models feature
a hook on each end that is non-swiveling for positive hotstick operation and has a spring-loaded gate
which will rotate 135 degrees left or right from closed position. For operational ease the selector lever
on the ratchet wrench of these two models has been made larger to accommodate hotsticks.
Model
C400-0574
C400-0575

Description
34.5kv, Safety hook both ends
69kv, Safety hook both ends

Weight
12 lb.
12 1/2 lb.

E. Wire Holding Stick
The Chance Epoxiglass wire holding stick is used on or around
energized lines for forming, bending, and positioning jumper wires; and for holding conductors
during splicing operations. The gripper, equipped with an eye so that other sticks can assist with
heavy bending, will handle #6 solid copper through 1590 ACSR.

Model
C403-3068
C403-3069

Pole Dia. & Overall Length
1 1/4" x 6’5"
1 1/4" x 8’5"

Approx Wt.
6 1/2 lb.
6 3/4 lb.

F. Load Pickup Tools

F.

Rated to pickup and carry 250-amp loads at 15kv, each completely assembled set consists of loadpickup tool, jumper clamp, 15kv jumper cable and cable connectors. Load-pickup tool and jumper
clamp fit conductors from #6 Copper through 795 ACSR. Cannot be used to break loads because
operator cannot open contacts while tool is installed on conductor.
Model
Cable Length15kv
C403-1557
10ft
C403-1558
12ft
C403-1559
10ft
C403-1560
12ft

Cable Size
#2
#2
1/0
1/0

Weight
17.75 lb.
19.62 lb.
20.8 lb.
23.28 lb.

G. Temporary Cutout Tools
To provide fuse protection during live-line maintenance. Clamps onto primary conductor with a GripAll clampstick. Bronze stud at lower end accepts clamp on temporary tap jumper. Orange 1 1/4"
diameter Epoxiglass member fitted with two EPDM rubber storm skirts serves as the cutout bushing.
Cutout hot parts are integral sleet shield and hooks for operation by loadbreak tool and lower trunnion
of cast bronze. Fusetube should be fitted with fuselink rated no larger than 100 amps.
Model
System Class
Weight
C600-1895
15kv
6 lb.
C600-1896
27kv
9 lb.

G.

29

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hot Line Tools
AB Chance Grip-All Clampsticks
A. Grip-All Single Piece Style

A.

The most versatile tool in a lineworker’s hands, the Grip-All stick puts an easy to control
“finger” on an insulated pole. Serves both overhead and underground circuits with various
fittings. Commonly called a “shotgun,” the operating mechanism incorporates a sliding hand
grip that opens the hook to grasp a clamp eyescrew and retract it into the tool head. A thumb
latch then must be depressed to release the locked hand grip so it can open the hook. While the
tool head is of Lexan for close-quarter operations, the worker must maintain recommended
working distance solely on the Epoxiglass pole section of the handle as the hook and its
actuator are metal parts. Easy to care for, Grip-All sticks do not require field stripping to clean.
All insulated parts including the operating rod are outside the main pole, readily accessible to
wipe dry. CAUTION: Do not clean the plastic head with solvent.
Model
Description
Weight
C403-0291 A
1 1/4" x 4 1/2"
5 3/4 lb.
C403-0292 A
1 1/4" x 6 1/2"
6 1/2 lb.
C403-0293 A
1 1/4" x 8 1/2"
7 1/4 lb.
C403-0294 A
1 1/4" x 10 1/2"
8 lb.
B.
C403-0295 A
1 1/4" x 12 1/2"
8 3/4 lb.
“A” universal fitting on end of Grip-All.

B. Grip-All Hinged Style
Ideal for troubleshooters with limited tool-storage space in their cars,
this folding version operates with the same features as the one-piece style.
Model
Folded Description
Weight
C403-0296A
3' 4"
1 1/4" x 6' 7"
8 lb.
C403-0297A
4' 4"
1 1/4" x 8' 6"
9 lb.
C403-0298A
5' 4"
1 1/4" x 10' 6"
10 lb.
C403-0299A
6' 4"
1 1/4" x 12' 6"
10 1/2 lb.
C403-0342A
7' 4"
1 1/4" x 14' 6"
11 lb.
C403-0343A
8' 4"
1 1/4" x 16' 6"
11 1/2 lb.

C.

C. Grip-All Telescoping Style
Replaces several conventional clampsticks. With fewer sticks,
it still permits linemen to serve their many safe-working distances
and positioning needs. This can reduce the number of clampsticks
required on a line truck, saving limited storage space.
Engineered interface between sections ensures that tool retracts
with full control. Top section is of foam-center Epoxiglass
insulated pole. Basic clampstick functions of this telescoping style
are identical to the fixed length style. All controls can be
manipulated while wearing gloves. Easy to dismantle,
the telescoping Grip-All stick must be kept clean and dry
inside and out for maximum personnel protection.
Mode
Extended Lock Lengths
Retracted
LengthWeight
C403-1035
5' 6 3/4", 6' 9 1/2", 8'
5' 2 3/4"
6 lb.
C403-1036
8' 6 3/4", 10' 4 1/2", 12' 2 1/4"
8' 2 3/4"
8 lb.

Fiberglass Hot Arms
D. H4800-72 Fiberglass Hot Arm
The Epoxiglas® Extension Arm is designed for use on voltages up to and including
15 kV where reconductoring or insulator replacement is necessary. The Epoxiglas
Extension Arm can be used on voltages up to 34.5 kV providing the wireholders
are fitted with M4805-7 insulators. The Extension Arm is suspended under the
crossarm by brackets to enable to conductor to be removed from the original
crossarm and placed in the wireholder mounted on the Epoxiglas Extension Arm.
Max crossarm size: 3.75” x 4.75”. Max vertical load per wire holder: 150lbs.

C400-1310 Heavy Duty Fiberglass Hot Arm
Same as above except will fit up to 6” x 6” crossarm, and has a max vertical load
per wire holder of 300lbs.

30

D.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hot Line Tools
AB Chance Telescoping Sticks
A. Telescoping Disconnect Tools

A.

Chance Epoxiglass telescoping tools have maximum convenience for the
lineman because they permit him to perform many routine jobs from ground level. The universal
end fitting on the insulated top section accepts a wide variety of attachments so that the lineman
can disconnect switches, replace cutout tubes and reclose, remove pole covers, prune trees and
complete many other overhead tasks.
Model
Extended Length
Storage Length Base Dia.
# of Sections Weight
C403-1023
8ft
56"
1 1/4"
2
2 lb.
C403-1017
8-12ft
57"
1 1/2"
3
2 3/4 lb.
C403-1018
12-16ft
59"
1 11/16"
4
4 lb.
C403-1019
12 1/2-16 1/2ft
61"
1 7/8"
5
5 1/4 lb.
C403-1020
16 1/2-20 1/2ft
63"
2 1/16"
6
7 lb.
C403-1021
17 1/2-21 1/2ft
65"
2 1/4"
7
8 3/4 lb.
C403-1022
22-26-30 1/2-35ft
67"
2 1/2"
8
11 lb.

B.

B. Telescoping Measuring/Disconnect Tools
Certified to OSHA dialectric requirements (Sub-part V, section 1926.951),
these full-function telescoping tools do more than separate measuring sticks and disconnect tools.
To measure pole heights and conductor clearances from the ground. Disconnect head supplied
for operating switches and cutouts is removable. End fitting on insulated top section accepts
other universal tool accessories for various tasks near energized conductors.
Model
Extended Length
Storage Length # of Sections
Weight
C403-1021E 30ft
61"
7
8 3/4 lb.
C403-1022E 35ft
63"
8
11 lb.
C403-1739E 25ft
48"
8
9 lb.

Disconnect ToolsElbow Puller Tools
Facilitate removing elbow connectors from bushings of transformers and other
apparatus. A special integral hook on the tool heat fits through the rubber eye of
an elbow or metal hook of a bushing cap. Uses a slide-hammer mechanism to
easily disengage and assist in replacing elbows.
Model
Description
Weight
C403-1822
6ft
12 lb.
C403-1850
8ft
12 1/4 lb.

Temporary Load Disconnect Tools
Provides a temporary means of connecting and disconnecting equipment or circuits under load
conditions. Does not have a fuse and does not provide protection for fault or overcurrent
conditions. Clamps onto primary conductor with a Grip-All clampstick. An arch-chute-type
interrupter gives the tool its excellent loadbreak capability. To interrupt load currents, the device
makes use of a stainless steel auxiliary blade within a Delrin arc chute.
Model
C600-2386
C600-2387

Description
8.3/15kv Temporary load disconnect tool
15/27kv Temporary load disconnect tool

C. Wet/Dry Hot Stick Tester

C.

Simple to operate, this portable unit makes easy work
of testing insulated live-line tools. Feature wet and dry modes.
For testing any length fiberglass reinforced plastic
(FRP) hot stick up to 3 inches in diameter.
Model
Wet/Dry Hot Stick Tester Weight
C403-3178
115 volt
20 lb.
C403-3179
230 volt
20 lb.

31

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hot Line Tools
AB Chance
A. Universal Poles

B.

A.

Designed for use as a hot stick handle for universal tools.
Made of Epoxiglass and lightweight aluminum castings.
Model
Description
Pole Dia.
H1760
Pole with one universal head
1 1/4"
H1760-1
Pole with one universal head
1 1/4"
H1760-2
Rigid spliced pole
1 1/4"
with one universal head
H1760-3
Pole with two universal heads
1 1/4"
H1760-4
Pole with two universal heads
1 1/4"
H1760-6
Rigid spliced pole
1 1/4"
with two universal heads
H1760-10 Pole with two universal heads
1 1/4"
H1760-12 Pole with two universal heads
1 1/4"
H1760-14 Pole with two universal heads
1 1/4"
H1770
Hinged pole with
1 1/4"
one universal head

Overall Length
8' 2"
6' 1"
4' 1" plus 4"

Weight
3 lb.
1 3/4 lb.
5 lb.

6' 3"
8' 3"
4'1" plus 4’1"

2 1/2 lb.
3 3/4 lb.
5 3/4 lb.

10' 3"
12' 3"
14' 3"
8' 2"

4 lb.
4 1/2 lb.
5 lb.
3 1/4 lb.

B. Gin H20
Crossarm gin. Yoke casting fits over distribution crossarms, so this crossarm gin can be
used with rope blocks or handline to fit conductors from their insulators. A removable cadmium
plated steel pin provides adjustment for crossarm from 3 1/2" x 4 1/2" up to 4 3/4" x 5 3/4."
At a 30 degree maximum angle from vertical, 44" gin has a rated working load
including pull force of 750 lb.

C. Disconnect Tools

C.

Disconnect Sticks-Provide insulation for linemen in opening and closing disconnect
switches and cutouts. They are also used for installing and removing open-link fuse links.
Poles are made of Epoxiglass NEMA standard heads of cast bronze.
Switch Stick Head
Model
Pole Dia. & Length
H3046
Head only
H3046-11 1 1/4"x4'
H3046-12 1 1/4"x6'
H3046-13 1 1/4"x8'
H3046-14 1 1/4"x10'
H3046-17 1 1/4"x12'
Disconnect Head
H3046-2
Head only
H3046-22 1 1/2"x6'1"
H3046-23 1 1/2"x8'1"
H3046-24 1 1/2"x10'1"
H3046-15 1 1/2"x12'1"
H3046-16 1 1/2"x16'1"
H3046-18 1 1/2"x18'1"
H3046-20 1 1/2"x20'1"

Weight
4 oz.
1 1/4 lb.
1 1/2 lb.
2 1/4 lb.
2 3/4 lb.
3 5/8 lb.
5 oz.
2 1/4 lb.
2 13/16 lb.
3 7/16 lb.
4 lb.
5 5/16 lb.
6 lb.
6 9/16 lb.

D. Roller Link Stick
Used to spread and hold conductor aside at midspan when relocating poles.
It is applied to the conductor at the pole and pulled to position by a hand line attached to the butt ring. The handline
should be secured by a temporarily installed screw anchor or other fixed object. The tool is also used for measuring
conductor to ground clearance by attaching a measuring tape or length of rope
to the butt ring. Poles for roller link sticks are 1 3/4.
Model
H4714-4
H4714-6

32

Overall Length
58"
82"

Pole Dia. & Length
1 1/4"x4'
1 1/4"x6'

Max Conductor Size
605 ACSR
605 ACSR

Max Work Load

Approx Wt.

1000 lb.
1000 lb.

3 3/4 lb.
4 1/4 lb.

D.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hot Line Tools
AB Chance
A. Strain Link Stick

A.

On deadend structures and running corners, a strain link stick is used as insulation between rope blocks and a cum-a-long
clamp. Conductor loads on long spans and H-frame structures are sometimes greater than can effectively be handled with
wire tongs. To supplement the wire tongs, a strain link stick is attached to the conductor close to the wire tong. The
strain link stick is supported from above by rope blocks, which are operated in unison with the rope blocks attached to the
wire tong. Also used to support the middle conductor on H-frame structures during insulator or crossarm changes.
Model
Overall Length Pole Dia. & Length Jaw Opening Min-Max (in.) Max Work Load Approx Wt.
H4715-2
4'9"
1 1/4"x4'
.22-.75
3500 lb.
3 3/4 lb.
C400-0814 7'3"
1 1/4"x6'
.22-.75
3500 lb.
5 1/4 lb.
C400-0815 9'3"
1 1/4"x8'
.22-.75
3500 lb.
6 lb.
C400-0816 11'3"
1 1/4"x10'
.22-.75
3500 lb.
6 3/4 lb.
C400-0817 13'3"
1 1/4"x12'
.22-.75
3500 lb.
7 1/2 lb.
C400-0818 15'3"
1 1/4"x14'
.22-.75
3500 lb.
8 1/4 lb.
H4716-1
3'3"
1 1/2"x2'
.44-1.06
6500 lb.
4 3/4 lb.
H4716-2
4'9"
1 1/2"x4'
.44-1.06
6500 lb.
5 3/4 lb.
H4716-3
6'9"
1 1/2"x6'
.44-1.06
6500 lb.
6 3/4 lb.
H4716-4
8'9"
1 1/2"x8'
.44-1.06
6500 lb.
7 3/4 lb.
H4716-5
10'9"
1 1/2"x10'
.44-1.06
6500 lb.
8 3/4 lb.
H4716-6
12'9"
1 1/2"x12'
.44-1.06
6500 lb.
9 3/4 lb.
H4717
5'
1 1/2"x4'
.72-1.50
6500 lb.
9 7/8 lb.
H4717-1
7'2"
1 1/2"x6'
.72-1.50
6500 lb.
11 7/8 lb.
H4718
5'2"
1 1/2"x4'
1.00-2.50
6500 lb.
11 1/8 lb.
H4718-1
7'2"
1 1/2"x6'
1.00-2.50
6500 lb.
13 lb.
H4718-2
9'2"
1 1/2"x8'
1.00-2.50
6500 lb.
15 lb.
H4718-3
11'2"
1 1/2"x10'
1.00-2.50
6500 lb.
17 lb.
H4718-4
13'2"
1 1/2"x12'
1.00-2.50
6500 lb.
19 lb.

Accessories
B. M3002-1

B.

Flexible rubber hand guard to assist in maintaining minimum
clearances between the hand and the working end of the hot line tool.

D.

E.

Hastings Elbow Pullers
C. 13567
15kv elbow connector tool used for handling and positioning
loadbreak elbows. Rotating latch feature captures and releases elbow.
Made of heat treated aluminum alloy with polyurethane coating.

Hastings Switch/Disconnect Tools
D. 460-8
1 1/4" diameter x 8ft fiberglass stick with switch head.

Hastings

C.

Wire Holding Tools
E. Multipurpose Holding Tool
For holding slack conductors during sleeving.
Provides positive control for shaping and bending jumpers
and buss wires. Excellent means of applying factory
formed tie wires, armor rods, and securing captured
hardware during crimping operation.

Rigid Head

Model
Pole Dia. & Length
4600
1"x4'
4601
1"x6'
4602
1"x8'
Adjustable Head
4603
1"x4'
4604
1"x6'
4605
1"x8'

Conductor Size
#6-1 1/16"
#6-1 1/16"
#6-1 1/16"

Weight
3 1/4 lb.
3 3/4 lb.
4 1/4 lb.

#6-1 1/16"
#6-1 1/16"
#6-1 1/16"

4 lb.
4 1/2 lb.
5 lb.

33

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hot Line Tools
Hastings
Hot Stick Tester 6799
Wet/Dry hot stick tester. Utilizing 2500 volts output, the meter is calibrated to indicate the leakage values that
would be present if 75kvac were applied to a 12 inch section of the fiber glass tool for the wet test and 100 kvac
per foot for the dry test. Operates on 120 volts. Complete with carrying/storage case and test bar.

Elbow Puller 5326-1 Impact elbow tool with torque handle for safe removal and installation of elbow

A.

connectors on transformers, switch gear, and other apparatus utilizing elbow connectors.

Strain Link Stick
Used to support conductors and isolate rope blocks and hoists from energized conductors. Used in conjunction
with rope blocks or hoists, they are capable of handling heavy conductors.
Model
5708-3
5708-4
5709-4
5710-2
5710-3
5715-6
5715-8
5720-6
5720-8

Pole Dia. & Length Overall Length
1 1/4"x2'
3'
1 1/4"x4'
5'
1 1/2"x4'
5'
1 1/2"x4'
5'
1 1/2"x6'
7'
1 1/2"x6'
7' 4"
1 1/2"x8'
9' 4"
2"x6'
7' 4"
2"x8'
9' 4"

Wire Size Working Load
1.38"
3000 lb.
1.38"
3000 lb.
1.38"
4000 lb.
1.75"
4000 lb.
1.75"
4000 lb.
2.50"
4000 lb.
2.50"
4000 lb.
2.50"
5000 lb.
2.50"
5000 lb.

Weight
4.5 lb.
5.2 lb.
5.7 lb.
6.3 lb.
7.6 lb.
10.5 lb.
11.8 lb.
12.5 lb.
13.8 lb.

B.

A. Grip All Clampstick Telescopic Shotgun
Model
8158
8158-80
8158-98
81611
81611-97
81-811
81-814
81-1018

Retracted Length
5' 1"
5' 1"
5' 1"
6 1/2'
6 1/2'
8'
8'
9'10"

Operating Length
5' 1", 6 1/2', 8'
6 1/2', 8'
8' 2"
6 1/2', 8', 9 1/2', 11'
8', 9 1/2', 11'
8', 9 1/2', 11', 12 1/2'
8', 10', 12', 14'
9'10", 11' 9", 13 1/2',
15 1/2', 17 1/2'

Weight
5 3/4 lb.
5 3/4 lb.
5 3/4 lb.
6 3/4 lb.
6 3/4 lb.
7 1/4 lb.
7 1/4 lb.

Carrying Case #
C-35
C-35
C-35
C-8106
C-8106
C-8106
C-8106

9 1/2 lb.

C-8106

B. Fixed Length Shotgun With External Operating Rod
Model
8104
8106
8108
8110
8112

Length
4' 6"
6' 6"
8' 6"
10' 6"
12' 6"

Weight
4.5 lb.
5.2 lb.
6.5 lb.
7.2 lb.
7.8 lb.

Carrying Case #
C-8104
C-8106
C-8108
C-8110
C-8112

C.

C. Measuring Sticks
Lightweight, safe, easy storage, and ideal for fast and accurate measurements.
Model
Extended Length Retracted Length Weight Case
E-25
25'
65 3/4"
3.2 lb.
C-35
E-30
30'
65 3/4"
4.42 lb. C-35
E-35
35'
65 3/4"
5.86 lb. C-35
E-40
40'
65 3/4"
7.5 lb.
C-35
E-50
50'
69 3/16"
13.2 lb. C-40

D. Telescoping Tools. “TEL-O-POLE” II
“No Twist” stick for long reach, speed, convienence and safety.
A unique triangular design enables each section to lock in automatically.
Model
Extended Length Retracted Length Base Dia. Weight
HV-208
8'
26"
1.75"
3 lb.
HV-212
12' 7"
58"
1.45"
3.7 lb.
HV-216
16' 9"
60"
1.61"
5 lb.
HV-220
21'
62"
1.75"
6.4 lb.
HV-225
25' 6"
64"
1.91"
8.1 lb.
HV-230
30'
66"
2.07"
10 lb.
HV-235
35'
68"
2.22"
12.1 lb.
HV-240
39' 6"
69"
2.38"
14.4 lb.

34

Case #
C-208
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-40
C-40
C-40
C-40

D.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hot Line Tools
Safety Line (Link Stick)
A. Safety Line Link Stick 12578CH
1/4" x 6' 6" fiberglass stick with cap and threaded ferrule.

B. 12578CU 1 1/4" x 6' 6" fiberglass stick with cap and universal ferrule.
A.
C. 12578HE1 1/4" x 6' 6" fiberglass stick with toggle handle and threaded ferrule.
12578HH
12596CH
12596HE
12596HH
12596UE
12596CU

B.

C.

1 1/4" x 6' 6" fiberglass stick with two threaded ferrules.
1 1/4" x 8' fiberglass stick with cap and threaded ferrule.
1 1/4" x 8' fiberglass stick with toggle handle and threaded ferrule.
1 1/14" x 8' fiberglass stick with two threaded ferrules.
1 1/4" x 8' fiberglass stick with toggle handle and universal ferrule.
1 1/4" x 8' fiberglass stick with cap and universal ferrule.

Safety Line (Mechanical Hand Stick)
Model

Description Handle Length Weight

1FGU
101FGQ
101FGU

Quick Change
Universal
Quick Change
Universal

D. 1FGQ

6' 6" (1.98 m)
6' 6" (1.98 m)
8' (2.43 m)
8' (2.43 m)

4 lbs (1.81 kg)
4 lbs (1.81 kg)
5 lbs (2.27 kg)
5 lbs (2.27 kg)

Heads

E. 1CQ
44556970

Head Only, Quick Change
Head Only, Universal

1 lb (0.45 kg)
1 lb (0.45 kg)

Bags
B1
Protective Bag for 1FG
B101
Protective Bag for 101FG
Other lengths available. Bag not included.

2 lbs (0.91 kg)
2 lbs (0.91 kg)

Fiber glass handle diameter: 1 1/4"
(3.2 cm). The mechanical hand stick
serves both as a hand and as pliers so
that any serve-up or type of tie can
be made or removed from the line.
Very little effort is required to serve
a wire taut and as perfectly as when
hand and pliers are used. It is
possible to roll the wire into place
around the conductor, making a tight
connection easily, instead of jerking
and pulling.

D.

E.

Safety Line (Wire Clamp Stick)
Model

Description Handle Length

Weight

2FGQ
2FGU
201FGQ
201FGU
201CFGQ

Quick Change
Universal
Quick Change
Universal
Top Hook and
Quick Change

6' 6" (1.98 m)
6' 6" (1.98 m)
8' (2.43 m)
8' (2.43 m)

6 lbs (2.72 kg)
6 lbs (2.72 kg)
9 lbs (4.08 kg)
9 lbs (4.08 kg)

8'(2.43 m)

9 lbs (4.08 kg)

F.

Heads

G.

2CQ
2CU
2CFGQ

Head Only, Quick Change
3 lbs (1.36 kg)
Head Only, Universal
3 lbs (1.36 kg)
Head Only, Top Hook Quick Change 3 lbs (1.36 kg)

The wire clamp stick has two fiberglass
handles: the operating handle is 1" (2.5
cm) in diameter and the stationary
handle is 1 1/4" (3.2 cm) in diameter.
The wire clamp stick is used to hold tie
wires in place, hold jumper wires while
taps are being made or removed, and to
hold wires when cutting and removing.

Bags
B1
Protective bag for 2FG
B101
Protective Bag for 201FG
Other lengths available. Bag not included.

1 lb (0.45 kg)
2 lbs (0.91 kg)

F.

G.

35

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hot Line Tools
Safety Line (Alligator Stick)
Model

Description Handle Length

Weight

4FGQ
4FGU
408FGQ
408FGU

Quick Change
Universal
Quick Change
Universal

4 lbs (1.81 kg)
4 lbs (1.81 kg)
7 lbs (3.18 kg)
7 lbs (3.18 kg)

A.

6' 6" (1.98 m)
6' 6" (1.98 m)
8' (2.43 m)
8' (2.43 m)

Heads

B. 4DQ
4DU

Head Only, Quick Change
Head Only, Universal

1 lb (0.45 kg)
1 lb (0.45 kg)

Bags
B1
Protective Bag for 4FG 2 lbs (0.91 kg)
B101
Protective Bag for 408FG 2 lbs (0.91 kg)
Other lengths available. Bag not included.

Fiberglass handle diameter:
1 1/4" (3.2 cm). Use the alligator
stick to install and remove single
sheave or double blocks in the top
of gin poles and to install circuit
breakers, line hooks and strain
breakers on live lines. With the
alligator stick, you can remove arm
slings on cross arms, and hook blocks
in arm slings and come-alongs when
changing dead ends.

A.

B.

Safety Line (Pigtail Stick)
Model

Handle Length

Weight

Quick Change
5FGU
Universal
501FGQ Quick Change
501FGU Universal

6' 6" 1.98 m)
6' 6" (1.98 m)
8' (2.43 m)
8' (2.43 m)

6 lbs (2.72 kg)
6 lbs (2.72 kg)
7 lbs (3.18 kg)
7 lbs (3.18 kg)

Heads
Model

Description

Opening Size

Quick Change
Universal
Quick Change
Universal
Quick Change
Universal

7/8" (2.2 cm)
7/8" (2.2 cm)
11/2" (3.8 cm)
11/2" (3.8 cm)
2" (5.1 m)
2" (5.1 cm)

C. 5FGQ

D. 5C2Q
5C2U
5C3Q
5C3U
5C4Q
5C4U

Description

Weight
1 lb (0.45 kg)
1 lb (0.45 kg)
1 lb (0.45 kg)
1 lb (0.45 kg)
1 lb (0.45 kg)
1 lb (0.45 kg)

Bags
B1
B101

Protective Bag for 5FG
Protective Bag for 501FG

C.
Designed to lift and guide live lines,
and maintains clearances while
working on poles. The pigtail stick is
used to change pin type insulators
and ridge pin insulators when the
conductor is light enough for one
person to lift. Units come standard
with 7/8" (2.2 cm) hook; also
available with 1 1/2” (3.8 cm)
and 2" (5.1 cm) hooks.
Other lengths available. Bag not
included. Fiberglass handle diameter:
1 1/2" (3.8 cm).

D.

E.

2 lbs (0.91 kg)
2 lbs (0.91 kg)

Safety Line (Stranded Wire Holding Stick)
Model

Description

Handle Length

1211FGU
1226FGQ
1228FGQ

Quick Change
Universal
Quick Change
Quick Change

6' 6" 1.98 m)
8' (2.43 m)
6' 6" (1.98 m)
8' (2.43 m)

E. 121FGQ

Weight
6 lbs (2.72 kg)
6 lbs (2.72 kg)
8 lbs (3.63 kg)
8 lbs (3.63 kg)

F.

Heads

F. 121CQ
G. 122CQ

Head Only, Quick Change

2 lb (0.91 kg)

Head Only, Quick Change

2 lb (0.91 kg)

G.
H.

Bags
B1
Protective Bag for 121FGQ or 1226FGQ
1 lb (0.45 kg)
B101
Protective Bag for 1211FGQ or 1228FGQ 2 lbs (0.91 kg)
Has two 1" (2.5 cm) diameter fiberglass handles, holds conductors or wires during operations.
The 121 Series has 3/4" (1.9 cm) wide jaws that open to 9/16" (1.4 cm), and the 122 Series,
has 2" (5.1 cm) wide jaws that open to 1 1/2" (3.8 cm). Other lengths available. Bag not included.

Safety Line (Cable Handler)
Model

Description

H. 50206 Handle and head
50208
Handle and head
I. 5020H Head only

Length

Weight

6' 6" (1.98 m)
8' (2.44 m)

3 lbs (1.36 kg)
4 lbs (1.81 kg)
1 lb (90.45 kg)

Has a 11/4" (3.2 cm) fiberglass handle. Used to handle, lift, or move energized cables. Other lengths available.

36

I.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hot Line Tools
Safety Line (Cotter Key Plier Stick)
Model

A.

Description

39FGQ Quick Change
391FGQ
Quick Change

Handle Length

Weight

6' 6" (1.98 m)
8' (2.43 m)

7 lbs (3.18 kg)
8 lbs (3.63 kg)

Head

B. 39CQ

Head Only, Quick Change

2 lbs (0.91 kg)

Bags
B1
Protective Bag for 39FGQ
1 lb (0.45 kg)
B101
Protective Bag for 391FGQ
1 lb (0.45 kg)
Grips, holds objects in place, or removes small pieces. Excellent for inserting cotter keys that are
holding automatic sleeves, and for holding conductors during live line work. Fiberglass handle diameters
are 1" (2.5 cm). Other lengths available. Bag not included.

B.

A.

Safety Line (Fiberglass Clampsticks “SHOTGUNS”)
Model
Threaded
Ferrule

Model
Plain
Cap

Model
Toggle
Handle

Overall Length

Model
Protective Bags

Weight

Weight

C.

8104S
8104C 8104
4' 6" (1.37 m)
4 1/2 lbs (2.04 kg) B8104
1 lb (0.45 kg)
8104E
8106C 8106E
6' 6" (1.98 m)
5 lbs (2.27 kg)
B1
2 lbs (0.91 kg)
8108S
8108C 8108E*
8' 6" (2.59 m)
6 1/2 lbs (2.95 kg) B101
2 lbs (0.91 kg)
8110S*
8110C* 8110E*
10' 6" (3.20 m) 7 lbs (3.18 kg)
B1010
2 lbs (0.91 kg)
*shotguns 10’6" (3.20 m) must be shipped by truck freight.
These are fixed length external rod fiberglass clampsticks which maintain maximum dielectric strength.
A full open side hook provides an unobstructed view of the hook. The molded, insulated head provides a larger opening.
The precision cast slide gives complete control and an extra firm grip. The hook release mechanism is easy to operate
and the extended length spear provides an easy method of locating the eye of hot taps that are other-wise hard to locate.
The foam filled fIberglass handles are tested at 100 kV/foot for 5 minutes. Other lengths available. Bag not included.
TOGGLE MAXIMUM TORQUE RATING: 60 FOOT POUNDS.

C.

Safety Line (Safety Hook)
Model

Description

Handle Length

Weight

790124Q
790126Q
790128Q
D. 7974Q
7975 Q
7976Q
7978Q
E. 79012HQ

With 12" (30.5 cm) Hook
With 12" (30.5 cm) Hook
With 12" (30.5 cm) Hook
With 6" (15.2 cm) Hook
With 6" (15.2 cm) Hook
With 6" (15.2 cm) Hook
With 6" (15.2 cm) Hook
12" (30.5 cm) Hook Only

4' (1.22 m)
6' 6" (1.98 m)
8' (2.44 m)
4' (1.22 m)
5' (1.52 m)
6' 6" (1.98 m)
8' (2.44 m)

4 lbs (1.81 kg)
5 lbs (2.27 kg)
6 lbs (2.72 kg)
4 lbs (1.81 kg)
5 lbs (2.27 kg)
5 lbs (2.27 kg)
6 lbs (2.72 kg)
2 lbs (0.91 kg)

E.

F.

F.
7975HQ 6" (15.2 cm) Hook Only
2 lbs (0.91 kg)
1925MC125 Optional 1 1/4" (3.2 cm) Mounting Clip
3 oz (84 g)
For use in critical accident situations to remove personnel from energized conductors. This safety
hook uses a quick change attachment, with a 1/4" (3.2 cm) fiberglass handle, tested at 100 kV per foot for 5 minutes.
The hook is covered with a PVC plastic coating. Other lengths available. Hand guard included.
D.

37

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hot Stick Cleaners
American Polywater
A. S-1 Wipes
Hot stick cleaner and water repellent wipe. Convenient, pre-saturated, lint free wipe which
cleans and applies water repellent. Evaporates quickly and does not “build up” over time.
Prevents continuous water film on stick in wet weather. Removes grease, dirt, and grime.
Designed for one time use and disposal. Meets IEEE maintenance recommendations.

A.

B.

AB Chance
B. C400-2364 Moisture Eater II cleaner-solvent, 1 gallon.
Used for hot-line tools, line hose, and blankets.
C. C400-2365 Epoxiglass cleaning kit.

Contains 1 gallon Moisture Eater II,
20 abrasive cleaning pads, gloss restorer kit, and 2 hot stick wiping cloths.

C.

AB Chance
C400-2538 Moisture Eater II wipes. 1 box of 50 packets.
C400-2551 Moisture Eater II cleaner-solvent, 32 oz. Spray.

D. C400-2568
Silicone wipes, 1 box of 50 packets. Quick and easy extra protection.
Deposits thin protective coat that helps resist accumulation of dirt and
other airborne contaminants.

H1917 Epoxiglass bond patching kit. Can be used to repair small surface ruptures on Epoxiglass hot
sticks, to install new ferrules on Epoxiglass poles, or to assist in replacing rungs on Epoxiglass ladders.
The kit consists of a tube of hardener and a tube of resin that are mixed immediately before repairs are
made. Mixing stick is included which can be used to place the bond in the area to be repaired.

D.

M1904 Wiping cloth for hot sticks.

Safety Line
E. 2000 Silicote cloth
Used to wipe dust and dirt from fiberglass insulating handles. Leaves a thin coating on the insulating handles.
Grease, insulation marks, and other foreign matter should be cleaned from handles with fiberglass cleaner
before using silicote cloth.

Hastings
10-090 Silicone treated wiping cloths.

10-188 Box of 50 hot stick wipes packaged in a

To remove light dust and dirt from stick surfaces.
It is also needed after light cleaning of tool with all
purpose cleaner to allow moisture to bead up on tool.

dispenser box. Excellent for daily wiping of hot sticks
prior to use. Removes contaminants such as dirt, oils,
creosote, and other undesirable matter.

10-091

10-197

Hot Stick Boom & Bucket wax for aerial lift buckets,
booms, and hot sticks. A high grade carnuba wax specially
formulated for application to fiberglass finishes. 14oz.

Six pack all purpose concentrate cleaning kit.
Includes six 7oz ready to mix containers of
concentrate cleaner, fourteen pads, and six large
adhesive backed identification labels to affix to
your gallon containers after mixing. Each plastic
bottle contains the correct amount of concentrate to
mix with one gallon of water.

10-171
Complete fiberglass cleaning kit. Includes 1 gallon all
purpose cleaner, 20 ultra fine non metallic pads,
1 quart of clear epoxy refinish kit, and silicone treated
wiping cloths.

10-100
Clear epoxy refinishing kit is a two part kit which
is used to bring the tool surface back to its original
finish if normal cleaning is not sufficient.

10-169
1 gallon of all purpose fiberglass cleaner.

10-170
Box of 20 ultra fine non metallic pads.

10-337
Hot stick cleaning/repair materials kit.
This compact kit provides the brushes and sectional
fiberglass rods needed to thoroughly clean the inside
of telescoping hot sticks, and internal rod shotgun
sticks. Includes vinyl fold up storage case, fiberglass
rods 3ft in length, and industrial type nylon bristle
brushes to accommodate all inside diameters of telescoping tools.

3 8 Cleaning solvents are in-store purchases only. No shipping available.

E.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hot Stick Accessories
AB Chance

A. M3002-1 Handguards assist in maintaining minimum

A.

B.

C.

D.

clearances between the hand and the working end of the hot line tool.

B. M4455-103 Used to install cotter keys into semirecessed
hardware such as found EHV, this tool will hold the keys of the
position for proper insertion into clevis pins. The tool will hold
the key firmly, yet readily release on engagement.

C. M4455-12 Hammer-like action makes it extremely useful in
pulling out stuck cotter keys. Release of the compression spring by a
quick jerk of the pole deals the cotter key a hammer blow
without disengaging the eye.

D. M4455-18 Used for replacing cotter keys in insulator fittings or
in fittings which are out of reach of linemen or near energized lines.
Spring gripping jaw traps cotter key on tool, making installation easy.

E.

F.

E. M4455-19 For ball and socket insulator coupling. Straight end
of the tool enters the socket opening to force cotter key out. Curved end
forces cotter key back into position.
F. M4455-2 For replacing pins and bolts. The bolt head fits into a
slot and is held tight by spring action. Will take bolts or pins up
to 5/8" diameter. Fits EEI and NEMA insulators.

G.

G. M4455-23 Excellent for use at various angles where a hack saw
is needed near energized conductors, comes with 10 blades.

H.

H. M4455-29B Universal Clamp Stick Head for use with Eye Screw
Grounding Clamps. The 6" head is for long eye screw grounding clamps.

I.

I. M4455-36 Use with light conductors. The clamp will hook into a

J.

cum-a-long ring. Jaw openings range from .750"to .22". Jaws have
rounded edges to prevent scarring conductors. The hook is made of
heat-treated aluminum alloy. Screw is Everdur.
J. M4455-46 Made to fit standard wrench sockets.
Flexibility permits use at various angles.

K. M4455-50 For cutting or scraping insulation,
cleaning conductors, etc., prior to making splices. Its use with a
universal pole permits work near energized lines with safety.

K.

L.

M.

N.

L. M4455-6 This Ratchet Wrench is used for tightening bolts in substation
equipment, hardware bolts on transmission and distribution lines, etc.

M. M4455-63 V-position of brushes gives 2-sided cleaning action.
As brushes wear, they can be rotated, by loosening the anchor screws,
so that unused bristles will come in contact with conductor.

N. M4455-66 Developed for use with a pruning saw when
limbs are convenient and insulation is not needed. Aluminum alloy.

O. M4455-67 Designed to grasp 9" and 10" disk insulators used
in deadend construction. Will raise most pin type insulators up to
15 lb. Fiber jaws open and close by rotating screw.
P. M4455-69 For placing insulator ties with looped ends. Head treated
aluminum alloy body. Prong swivels freely, permitting a full turn on the
tie wire without releasing contact. This minimizes the possibility of
kinking or burning the wires.

Q.

P.
O.

Q. M4455-70 For manipulating tie wires with or without
looped ends. The heat treated aluminum alloy body design permits a
swivel action. Wire is wrapped or unwrapped without turning universal pole.
A V-notched carbon steel blade grasps tie wire securely.

R. M4455-72 This aluminum gauge is small, compact, and light. It is used to make

R.

S.

a quick, accurate check on the gauge of ACSR, solid or stranded copper conductors.

S. M4455-77 The Chance Fuse Puller may be preset to any position desired and locked
there by tightening the wing nut. A spring assembly also permits the tool to be preset
without locking, so that it will align with the fuse during the pulling operation. The Fuse
Puller is opened and closed by turning the pole. Its jaws are plastisol covered.

39

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hot Stick Accessories
AB Chance
A. M4455-78 The Chance Fuse Puller may be preset to any position desired

A.

B.

C.

and locked there by tightening the wing nut. A spring assembly also permits the tool
to be preset without locking, so that it will align with the fuse during the pulling operation.
The Fuse Puller is opened and closed by turning the pole. Its jaws are plastisol covered.
B. M4455-82 For pulling and replacing hump-type cotter keys.
Particularly suitable for use on clevis pins and ball socket insulators.
Easy guiding of cotter key provided by contoured slot and raised eye pin.

C. M4455-84 When this adapter is mounted on a universal stick,
the tool can be set at almost any angle to the stick. Useful for working in close places.
D. M4455-85 Used for many operations around energized conductors
such as moving conductors or moving suspension clamps and other
pieces of hardware requiring a forceful blow.

E. M4455-87 Used on heavy socket clevises...particularly where aluminum

D.

suspension and deadend clamps are attached to ball and socket insulators.

E.

F. M4455-88 Used on heads of 3/4" and 5/8" dia. bolts to keep bolt from turning

as nut is being tightened. Extremely useful on rural ridge pin type construction_ outer
edges of wrench are tapered so that they can be wedged between flanges on channel
and bolt head to keep bolt from turning.

G. M4455-92 Semi-tubular shape allows linemen to clean

F.
G.

6" of entire circumference of conductor with two stick position.

H. M4455-96 This Cotter Key Puller is used to partially withdraw a ball-socket cotter
key so that the insulator can be removed from another insulator hanger. This puller with
its thin prong is preferred for prying out standard keys deeply set on long insulator strings.

I. M4455-98 Designed for attaching a Super Tester voltage detector to
a Grip- All, a Universal Pole or a Positive- Grip Stick. With this adapter the
tester can be used in any position, above or below the workman.

Hastings
10-082 The NEW FUSE CLAW from HASTINGS, with its innovative design
for installing, removing, and changing-out cutout fuse barrels, is a MUST for all
linemen, line servicemen, trouble-workers, trouble-trucks, and emergency crews!

I.

H.

J. 10-115 Remote spray can holder with universal fitting.
10-167 6ft extension for impact wrench. Manufactured with heavy duty fiberglass to withstand
the torque requirements when used with commercial grade hydraulic impact wrenches.

10-200 3ft extension for impact wrench. Manufactured with heavy duty fiberglass to withstand
the torque requirements when used with commercial grade hydraulic impact wrenches.

J.

10-201 4ft extension for impact wrench. Manufactured with heavy duty fiberglass to withstand
the torque requirements when used with commercial grade hydraulic impact wrenches.

K. 10-175 Conductor cleaning brush.

Compact “U” type brush
for tight clearances and easy storage in linemans pouches.

10-176 Conductor cleaning brush with universal fitting. Stainless steel
bristles to allow the cleanest connection possible.

10-177 Replacement brush for a 10-176.

L. 10-178 Conductor cleaning hand brush. “V” style.

K.

10-179 Replacement brush for 10-178.

M. 10-180 Conductor cleaning brush with universal fitting. “V” style.
10-184 Compact “U” type conductor cleaning brush.
10-186 Conductor cleaning brush with universal fitting. “U” style.
10-187 Replacement brush for 10-186.
4 0 Rubber goods testing available (see page 176).

L.

M.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Overhead Transmission
AB Chance
A. Strain-Link Stick
On deadend structures and running corners, a strain link stick is used as insulation between rope blocks and a cum-a-long clamp.
Also used to support the middle conductor on H-frame structures during insulator or crossarm changes.
Model
Length
Dia and Length
Working Load (lb)
1 1/4" x 4'
3500
H4715-2
49"
C400-0814
7' 3"
1 1/4" x 6'
3500
1 1/4" x 8'
3500
C400-0815
9' 3"
A.
B.
C.
1 1/4" x 10'
3500
C400-0816
11 '3"
1 1/4" x 12'
3500
C400-0817
13' 3"
1 1/4" x 14'
3500
C400-0818
15' 3"
H4716-1
3' 3"
1 1/2" x 2'
6500
1 1/2" x 4'
6500
H4716-2
4' 9"
1 1/2" x 6'
6500
H4716-3
6' 9"
1 1/2" x 8'
6500
H4716-4
8' 9"
1 1/2" x 10'
6500
H4716-5
10' 9"
H4716-6
12' 9"
1 1/2" x 12'
6500
6500
H4717
5'
1 1/2" x 4'
1 1/2" x 6'
6500
H4717-1
7' 2"
1 1/2" x 4'
6500
H4718
5' 2"
1 1/2" x 6'
6500
H4718-1
7' 2"
H4718-2
9' 2"
1 1/2" x 8'
6500
1 1/2" x 10'
6500
H4718-3
11' 2"
1 1/2" x 12'
6500
H4718-4
13' 2"

B. Spiral Link Stick
Used in lieu of a strain link stick in close places where the lineman cannot safely install a strain link stick by hand.
A lifting eye on the head ferrule enables the lineman to guide the spiral link stick to the conductor with a hotstick.
Model

H4722
C400-0812

Overall Length
27 1/2"
57 1/2"

Dia and Length
1 1/4" x12"
1 1/4" x42"

Max Conductor Size

Working Load (lb)

1510.5 ACSR
1510.5 ACSR

3500
3500

D.

C. Roller Link Stick
Used to spread and hold conductors aside at midspan when relocating poles. It is applied to the
conductor at the the pole and pulled to position by a hand line attached to the butt ring. The handline
should be secured by a temporarily installed screw anchor or other fixed object. Also used for measuring
conductor-to-ground clearance by attaching a measuring tape or length of rope to the butt ring.
Model

Overall Length

Dia and Length

Max Conductor Size

Working Load (lb)

H4714-4
58"
1 1/4" x4'
605 ACSR
1000
1 1/4" x6'
605 ACSR
1000
H4714-6
82"
D. Adjustable Strain Poles
Help support conductors while insulators are removed and replaced. Can be used with yoke plates and
hook assemblies at the conductor and structure ends of suspension, V-string or deadend insulator strings.
7500 lb max working load, 2" dia epoxiglass pole, 2ft adjustment by pole clamp in 6" increments.
Model

Description

Max Voltage

C401-2144
C401-2145
C401-2146
C401-2147
C401-2215
C401-2148
C401-2149

6' strain pole
7' strain pole
8' strain pole
10' strain pole
12' strain pole
14' strain pole
18' strain pole

72.5kv
169kv
242kv
302kv
362kv
552kv
765kv

Insulated Section
36"
48"
63"
84"
102"
135"
180"

Overall Length
7'8"
8'8"
9'11"
11'8"
13'2"
15'11"
19'8"

41

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Overhead Transmission
AB Chance
A. Two-Pole Strain Carriers

A.

Relieve strain from an insulator string to permit removal from energized lines. Normally used on a
single string of insulators, these carriers are sometimes used for multiple strings where conductor-end
hardware permits attachment. Available as complete assemblies, separate components may be ordered.
Model

Nom Pole Length

Distance Between Yokes
Min
Max
Weight (lb)

C401-2174 6'
49'
C401-2175 7'
59'
C401-2176 8'
74'
C401-2177 10'
95'
C401-2216 12'
113'
C401-2178 14'
146'
C401-2179 18'
191'
Accessories available. Please call.

81'
93'
108'
129'
147'
180'
225'

81
83
85
89
95
97
105

B.

B. Strain Poles for Bundle Conductor Yoke Plates
Model

Description

Working Length

Max Load (lb)

H1949-113
Clevis 3.35" x1" 113"
12000
C400-0612
Clevis 1.56" x1" 113"
12000
12000
C400-0613
Clevis 1.56" x1" 134"
C. Epoxiglass Swivel Hook Ladders
Regular Duty 2" Side Rails, 14 1/2" Between Side Rails
Model

Overal Length

H4904-8
8'
H4904-10
10'
H4904-12
12'
H4904-14
14'
H4904-16
16'
Heavy Duty 2 1/2" Side Rails

Weight (lb)

42
46
52
60
68

C.

14 1/2" Between Side Rails
Model
Overall Length

Weight (lb)

H4905B-8
H4905B-10
H4905B-12
H4905B-14
H4905B-16
H4905B-18
H4905B-20

47
55
63
70
76
85
98

8'
10'
12'
14'
16'
18'
20'

Weight (lb)

17
14
15

D. Epoxiglass Spliced Ladders
Spliced Heavy Duty 2 1/2" Side Rails
Model
Top Section Length
C402-0482
10'
C402-0402
12'
C402-0404
14'
C402-0407
16'
C402-0411
20'
T402-0423
10' middle section

Model

Bottom Section Length

Weight (lb)
44
48
52
56
64
44

C402-0418
C402-0421
C402-0422

8'
10'
12'

28
32
36

Weight (lb)

E. Insulated / Non-insulated
Platforms and Railings. For sizing please call.

42

E.

D.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Overhead Transmission
AB Chance
A.Three Rail Epoxiglass Ladder
Model
C402-0119
C402-0512
C402-0513
C402-0514

Description
20' straight ladder
8' bottom section
12' bottom section
12' top section

A.

Weight (lb)
100
43
52
62

Ladder Support Attachments
Model
Description
E402-0525
E402-0568
E402-0087
D402-0526
E402-0099
E402-0138
E402-0092

Ladder support assembly for vertical tower member
Yoke assembly
Ladder support assembly for horizontal tower member
Vertical ladder support attachment for wood poles
Spreader bar
Ladder clamp
C.
Double ladder clamp

B.

Dillon
B. Mechanical Dynamometers
Available sizes: 1,000 lb up to 40,000 lb. 5" or 10 " faces are available.

Huskie Tools
C. SH-70 Punch & Die

D.

35 ton hydraulic steel punch. Punches up to 1/2" mild steel, aluminum and copper.
13/16" max hold diameter, will punch oval, round, square, and slotted holes. Operates from a 10,000psi
pump source. Die sizes are 7/16" for 3/8" bolt, 9/16" for 1/2" bolt, 11/16" for
5/8" bolt, and 13/16" for 3/4" bolt.”

Morpac Industries

F.

D. Bell Lifter (Potty Chair)

G.

E.

Ridgid

E. 87 ACSR Cable Trimmer
Trims ACSR cable from 8 AWG to
1,780,000 circular mils. Bushing sizes
from 1/0 to 1,780,000 circular mils.

Sagging Tools

F. Mechanical Sagwatch
G. Conductor Thermometer
H. Sag Bracket
I. Sagscope

J.
H.

I.

Tinker Tools
J. Clipping Blocks
K. Deadend Blocks

K.

Skookum

M.

L. Skookum Blocks

Alcoa
M. Bolt Grips

L.

Klein Tools
N. Klein (Chicago) Grips
.

N.
43

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Rubber Goods and Covers
AB Chance Covers
A. C406-0002

A.

Substation and underground barrier. Bright orange-linear polyethylene material. 4’x6’x.255"
which can be cut to size with any hand or power saw used to cut wood. Forming the sheet can be
accomplished with a blow torch or an oven heated to 250 degrees. Will not flash flame, and the
puncture strength is 300 volts per mil.

B. C406-0009
25kv phase to phase cutout cover. Aids in the protection of lineman working near most open type
cutouts rated at 25kv or under, but it will not fit over cutouts with linkbreak levers or similar
devices. It can be placed over the cutout, and then a locking pin slips behind the cutout insulator
over the hanger bracket and into a hole on the opposite side. Eyes on both the cover and locking
pin allow installation with a Grip-All clampstick. Made of orange high impact ABS plastic.
Several units can be nested together for convenience and space saving on the truck.

B.

C. C406-0082GA
46kv phase to phase spiral conductor cover with Grip-All adapter. Easy installation from bucket
or platform, in single units or linked together. The bright orange conductor cover provides extra
protection with a wide air space between two thicknesses of solid insulation. The cover is made
of tough, durable ABS plastic. Overall length of each cover is 53 inches. Can interlock with each
other to make up a chain of guards. Optional storage bag available.

D. C406-0083

15/36.6kv phase to phase spiral conductor cover with 4ft retractable epoxiglass handle. Used for
a single crossarm. Easy installation from bucket or platform, in single units or linked together.
The bright orange conductor cover provides extra protection with a wide air space between two
thicknesses of solid insulation.The cover is made of tough, durable ABS plastic. Overall length
of each cover is 53 inches. Can interlock with each other to make up a chain of guards. Formed
on the end to fit over most 15kv insulators, thus eliminating the need for an insulator cover.
Optional storage bag available.

C. D. E.

C406-0083GA
Same as above but with Grip-All adapter fitting instead of handle.

E. C406-0084GA
15/36.6kv phase to phase spiral conductor cover with Grip-All adapter. For use on double
crossarm. Easy installation from bucket or platform, in single units or linked together. The
bright orange conductor cover provides extra protection with a wide air space between two
thicknesses of solid insulation. The cover is made of tough, durable ABS plastic. Overall length
of each cover is 53 inches. Can interlock with each other to make up a chain of guards. Formed
on the end to fit over most 15kv insulators, thus eliminating the need for an insulator cover.
Each double-crossarm unit will fit over two 15kv pin-type insulators.
Optional storage bag available.

F. C406-0164
25kv phase to phase deadend cover. Made of orange linear polyethylene and is designed to fit
over a maximum of two 10 inch diameter deadend insulators. The end of the cover will mate
with Chance 25kv conductor covers or rubber line hose to extend the protected area. Measures
34 inches in length, 11 inches wide, and 12 1/2 inches from the conductor to the bottom of the
unit. The split unit fits easily over the conductor and insulators, yet it can be tightly clamped
together using the large hot stick clamp pin, which is similar to those used in securing rubber
blankets. A Grip-All adapter (included) allows the unit to be installed with a clampstick, or it can
be placed into position with rubber gloves and sleeves when work practices permit.

F.

G. C406-0181
25kv phase to phase conductor cover. 5ft long with 4ft epoxiglass handle. A highly versatile
system of covering up a wide variety of configurations on distribution systems. The conductor
and insulator units mate together to cover pin type or post type insulator construction and also
can be used with the dead-end cover. The unit virtually surrounds the hot parts and hardware to
give the lineman extra protection when rubber gloving or using hot sticks. Made of high density
polyethylene and are bright orange in color.

C406-0181GA
44

Same as above but with Grip-All adapter instead of handle.

G.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Rubber Goods and Covers
AB Chance Covers
A. C406-0182
25kv phase to phase insulator cover. 21" long x 6" wide with
Grip-All adapter. The conductor and insulator units mate together to cover pin type or post type
insulator construction and also can be used with the dead-end cover. The unit virtually surrounds
the hot parts and hardware to give the lineman extra protection when rubber gloving or using
hotsticks. Made of high density polyethylene and are bright orange in color.

A.

B. C406-0504
Crossarm cover up for class 3 26.4kv phase to phase systems. This rigid cover up fits onto wood or
steel crossarm sizes up to 3 3/4"x4 3/4." The two-piece design telescopes from 31.1 to 20.9 inches,
allowing easy adjustment to various lengths. With its removable insert in place, the cover gives the
desired close fit on pin insulator construction. For the same type fit on post insulators, the insert
simply is not used. An external hoststick adapter on the cover allows easy placement and removal by a
Grip-All clampstick from most access angles.

C. C406-0514GA
36.6kv class 4 conductor cover. 5ft long with v-shaped bottom edge makes it easy to install. Four
indented ribs along the cover’s top edge provide an air gap between the conductor and the cover.
Max conductor size is 666 MCM ACSR.

B.

D. Pole Covers
Used to help protect personnel when raising or lowering a pole between energized lines, or to cover
poles when rubber glove maintenance is performed in relatively confined areas. The covers are made
of high-dialectric linear polyethlylene material that will not flash flame. This material will have some
softening without deformation at approximately 170 degrees, and will resist britttleness at -50
degrees. Ribbed to reduce cover contact with the pole minimizing creosote contamination. A nylon
button on 4 and 6 foot lengths allow the pole covers to be joined together in tandem, where longer
lengths require covering. The rope handles permit personnel to easily spread the covers and snap them
around the pole; rubber gloves must be worn during this procedure. Prolonged contact with an
energized conductor must not be allowed.
Models
Overall Length
6" Diameter Pole Covers
C406-0050
48"
C406-0551
72"
9" Diameter Pole Covers
M4937-1
12"
M4937-2
24"
M4937-4
48"
M4937-6
72"
12" Diameter Pole Covers
C406-0029
24"
C406-0030
48"
C406-0000
72"

Weight
6 1/2 lb.
9 1/2 lb.

C.

2 1/2 lb.
4 lb.
9 lb.
13 lb.

D.
5 1/2 lb.
11 lb.
16 lb.

Kearney Covers
E. 131025
69kv conductor cover with 6ft fiberglass handle. Overall length is 4ft 6 inches.
Maximum conductor size is 795 MCM with rods.

E. F. G.

131025-1
Same as above but with clampstick adapter instead of handle.

F. 131100
25kv conductor cover with clampstick eye.
Overall length is 5ft. Maximum conductor size is 636 MCM with rods.

G. 13648-32
Coupler guard with 4ft fiberglass handle.
Overall length is 4ft 6 inches. Maximum conductor size is 795 MCM with rods.

13648-50
Same as above but with clampstick eye instead of handle.

45

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Rubber Goods and Covers
Salisbury Covers

A.

A. Substation Cover Up
Used for routine maintenance where outages are difficult to get to. These covers may be
applied with rubber gloves or hot sticks. Made from Type I orange ABS plastic. Not intended
for permanent or semi-permanent barrier or insulating applications. Use covers to protect against
accidental contact only. Not to be left installed for extended periods of time especially when in contact
with both a grounded and energized object.

B.

Bus Guard
Model Dimension
Voltage Rating
Weight
1374
5.25" x 9.5" x 4.5' 34.5kv
6 lb.
Easily interlock with each other. Place one unit on the bus then the other, pulling it over the first one
until the dimples interlock at the required length.

B. Bus “ T ” Guard
Model Dimension
Voltage Rating
Weight
1375
5" x 15" x 25"
Phase to Phase
4 lb.
Interlock two or three bus guards at bust tap “ T ” connections and 90 degree angles. To interlock units,
first position the bus guard then slide the “ T ” guard over the top interlocking the dimples.

C.

C. Bus End Guard

Model
Dimension
Voltage Rating
Weight
9992
8.5"x12"x24"
27kv Phase to Phase 5 lb.
Cover the ends of a substation bus supported by station post insulators. The slot and insulator grip hole
can be easily enlarged in the field with a sharp knife. This cover also has a guide bead for a trim fit.

D. Switch Jaw Guard
Insulate the energized upper switch jaw and insulator when work is being done on the switch blade,
lower insulator or other de-energized equipment ahead of the open switch. These guards easily slide over
the upper insulator on open substation switches and lock over the bus. Jaw guards are made from
Type III UV resistant plastic.
Model
2418
2424
2413

Dimension
8"Dx18"
8"Dx24"
13"Dx24"

Description
Voltage Rating
Use w/switch 8" diameter
27kv
Insulated
Use w/switch 13" diameter
Phase to Phase Pin cap insulator

Weight
4 lb.
5 lb.
7 lb

D.

E. Switch Barrier
Slide between the last two skirts on the post or pin cap insulators of the substation disconnect switch.
This locks the barrier in place. When switches are mounted back to back and work is needed on one, the
barrier can be placed on the energized switch to form a visible, electrical and mechanical barrier.
Work can then be done on the opposite switch or other de-energized equipment.
Model
1376

Dimension
.125"x43"x52"

Description
Voltage Rating
Orange Type I High Impact 35kv
5" slot to center
ABS Plastic Phase to Phase

Weight
12 lb.

E.

F. 1378
Applicator eye kit is used to apply a new or extra shotgun eye where needed. If a Bus or “T ” guard needs
to be shortened or inverted, this kit allows field modifications to be made. Clear PVC pipe cement may be
used to secure the eye. Directions are included. Two eyes per kit.

F.

46

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Rubber Goods and Covers
Salisbury Covers

A.

Lightweight Conductor Covers
Ideal to cover long spans when weight is a consideration. This cover is made
from orange Type I high density cross link polyethylene and has a voltage rating
of 27kv. They can be applied when wearing rubber gloves or with a fiberglass stick.
Available with an eye for application with shotgun sticks.
Model

A. 21172
B. 21173
C. 21315
21234

Description

Grade

5' cover w/eye

2

4 lb.

5' cover w/o eye

3

3 lb.

5' cover w/4' fiberglass stick
Adapter eye

1
-

5 lb.
1.5 lb.

B.

Weight

C.

D. Versa Guards-34.5kv 4.5'
Makes use of air as well as the dielectric strength of plastic to provide total insulating value.
7" in diameter and has a hook shaped inner lip to keep the guard in place.
Model
1686
1687
1688
2373
2377
2378
2389
2689

Description
ABS Eye
ABS 4' Stick
ABS 6' Stick
PPO Eye
PPO 4' Stick
PPO 6' Stick
Lightweight 47" PPO 4' Stick
Lightweight 47" PPO Eye

Type
I
I
I
III
III
III
III
III

Grade
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
2

Weight
8.8 lb.
10.8 lb.
11.8 lb.
8.8 lb.
10.8 lb.
11.8 lb.
6.1 lb.
8.1 lb.

E. Link Guards-69kv 4.5'

D.

E.

A voltage rating of 69kv, and has inner and outer shells that run full length to include
male and female couple ends. Two guards connected provide four overlapping thicknesses
of plastic plus air at a joint.
Model
1680
1681
1682
2475
2476
2477

Description
ABS Eye
ABS 4' Stick
ABS 6' Stick
PPO Eye
PPO 4' Stick
PPO 6' Stick

Type
I
I
I
III
III
III

Grade
2
1
1
2
1
1

Weight
10.5 lb.
12.5 lb.
13.5 lb.
10.5 lb.
12.5 lb.
13.5 lb.

F.

F. Tee Connectors
Used on horizontal and vertical posts and suspension insulator strings when plastic line
guards are used on the conductor. Made from Type I, ABS plastic with eye fittings, the
connector accommodates the male end of a guard. Available in two ratings: 69kv and 46kv.
Accepts 34.5 kv pin insulators along with post and insulator strings.
Model
2224
2884

Description
69 kv
46 kv

Type
I
I

Grade
2
2

Weight
7.8 lb.
6 lb.

G. Stinger Covers
Protect against wildlife contacts between energized equipment and ground by insulating the lead
wire. The stinger cover can be installed without disconnecting the lead wire from the bushing.
Available in three diameters, it is easily cut in the field to the needed length. Track resistant and
made from Type II Ozone and UV resistant SALCOR elastomer in a grey color. The covers are
proven to provide years of reliable service either independently or when used with bushing covers.
Model
I.D. (in.) Dimensions Quantity F T V kv
Weight
38-2SC
8 3/8
2ft
25pcs.
13
9 lb.
38-50SC
8 3/8
50ft
1 coil
13
9.5 lb.
38-100SC
8 3/8
100ft
1 coil
13
19 lb.
58-12SC
8 5/8
12ft
4pcs.
18
10.5 lb.
58-50SC
8 5/8
50ft
4pcs.
18
44 lb.
58-100SC
8 5/8
100ft
4pcs.
18
88 lb.
34-12SC
4 3/8
12ft
4pcs.
20.5
11 lb.
34-25SC
4 3/8
25ft
4pcs.
20.5
22 lb.

G.

47

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Rubber Goods and Covers
A.

Salisbury Covers
A. 4314
Underground distribution elbow cover which covers primary elbows and spade terminals during
routine maintenance. It covers up to the face plate and cable connection. This cover is made from
orange Type I polyethylene plastic. The Grade 2 hot stick eye allows this cover to be applied and
removed with a hot stick. This cover self locks for a secure fit in confined areas. The bead can be
trimmed in the field to meet clearance requirments. The maximum exposure voltage is 27kv phase to
phase. 15"x14.25". Weight 2 lb.

B. Cut Out Covers
Cut out cover made from Type II orange SALCOR corona resistant elastomer. Can be used for
overhead cutouts as well as for underground pad-mount applications. Cutout covers comply with
the current ASTM D1049 specifications.
Model
CC24
CC30

Class
2
4

Dimensions
24"x15"x3.5"
30"x20"x7"

B.

Weight
4 lb.
10 lb.

C. Switch Board Matting
Permanently placed in front of switchgear, motor control centers and other high voltage apparatus to
provide personal protection for workers. It is also used when tending take-up and pay out reels and
when adding or replacing conductors. Made from high quality rubber, 1/4" thick and tested to 20kv
to comply with ASTM D178, Class 2 specifications. The corrugated surface acts as a safety tread
while reducing the possibility of metal particles becoming embedded. Switchboard matting is made
in 25 yard rolls which can be custom cut to specified lengths as per customer request.
Maximum Voltage: 17,000
Model
M-24-2
M-30-2
M-36-2
M-48-2

Dimensions
1/4"x24"
1/4"x30"
1/4"x36"
1/4"x48"

C.

Weight
9 lb.
12 lb.
15 lb.
18 lb.

D. MRG
Universal cover which covers pin-type insulators though 8.5" diameter and 13.8kv post-type
insulators. A trim bead permits use on both 35kv and 15kv crossarm construction. Class 4 Type II.
Fits line hoses 1.5"to 2.5". Fits insulators up to 8.5" diameter. 9" inside diameter x 12.25"H. 7 lb.

D.

E. SC-5
Spade cover easily installed to provide temporary insulation when working in padmount transformers
and other electrical apparatus. Or, when securely held in place, they may be left on spades or
connectors indefinitely for front end protection. The larger SC-5 is also used to cover primary elbows
as well as the larger and longer multiple lead primaray and secondary fittings and lugs used in
underground enclosures and vaults. Molded from flexible orange SALCOR, they have excellent
aging and weathering characteristics. The opening at the top end of the slot holds the cover on to the
terminal. One inch wide lips extending along the slot provide additional protection over the
connection. 3" x 6" x 10". 2 lb.

F. Line Hose & Connectors

E.

Type II orange SALCOR remains flexible in cold weather and is not damaged
by ozone or ultraviolet rays.
Model
SALCOR Straight
OR125-45
OR125-6
OR150-6

Class
Dimensions I.D.xLength (in.)
Line Hose
2
1.25"x4.5"
2
1.25"x6"
3
1.5"x6"

SALCOR Connector End Line Hose
OR100-6C
2
1"x6"
OR125-45C
2
1.25"x4.5"
OR125-6C
2
1.25"x6"
OR150-45C
3
1.5"x4.5"
OR150-6C
3
1.5"x6"

48

Weight
6 lb.
7.5 lb.
9.5 lb.
6.5 lb.
6.5 lb.
9 lb.
8 lb.
9 lb.

F.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Rubber Goods and Covers
AB Chance Hose

A.

A. Short Lip Flexible Line Hose
Much lighter than other flexible dielectric cover-ups.
Helps protect workers from accidental contact
with conductors. In accordance with ASTM D 1050-90,
Chance ozone/corona resistant thermoplastic
elastomer offers excellent performance properties. It does not absorb water. Serrated external ribs
permit coupler to engage grooves inside long arm on flexible hoods made by others. Resilient
lips overlap to surround conductor. Parallel grooves inside coupler match and grip the 20 serrations
in outside rips. All serrated sections measure 5' long. Coupler overlaps 6" onto plain end.
Interchangeable with other flexible cover up brands. Also engages Chance rigid type insulator
hoods, deadend covers, and lineguards (rated for 25kv) phase to phase.
Orange Color - Style A - Plain, Both Ends
Orange Color - Style B - Coupler, One End
Model
Length Weight
Model
Length Weight
1 1/4" Inside Diameter - Max Use Phase to Phase: 17kv - Class 2, Proof Tested at 20kv AC rms
C406-0294
3ft.
2.27lb.
C406-0304
3ft.
3.17lb.
C406-0295
4 1/2ft. 3.41lb.
C406-0305
4 1/2ft. 4.31lb.
C406-0296
6ft
4.55lb.
C406-0306
6ft
5.44lb.
1 1/2" Inside Diameter - Max Use Phase to Phase: 26.5kv - Class 3, Proof Tested at 30kv AC rms
C406-0297
3ft.
3.11lb.
C406-0307
3ft.
4.09lb.
C406-0298
4 1/2ft. 4.66lb.
C406-0308
4 1/2ft. 5.64lb.
C406-0299
6ft.
6.22lb.
C406-0309
6ft.
7.2lb.

B.

C.

B. C406-0416
Ball stud cover fits only the C600-2102 or T600-2364 ball studs. Same material as the
Chance line hose, nonconductive cover may help prevent flashover on ball studs installed
in enclosed switchgear, switchyards or substations. Snap fit keeps cover in place.
The 5/8" loop at top permits hot line tools to “pop” it on and off. Chance silicone lubricant
C400-2320 or C417-0287 may ease installation and removal.

D.

AB Chance Blankets
C. Arc Suppression Blankets
(Not electrically insulated) For shields against electrical fault blasts. Two synthetic fabrics
are combined in the ArcSafe suppression blanket from Workrite. Fabrics are aramid-fiber types.
The inner layer is Kevlar and the outer is NOMEX III. Easy to maneuver in confined spaces.
Tested successfully at 42,000 amps fault current.
Model
C406-0452
C406-0453

Size
4ftx5ft
4ftx8ft

E.

Weight
4lb.
6 1/2lb.

D. C406-0346
Class 4 Type II 36kv solid blanket. Proof tested at 40kv AC rms. 36"x36". Weight 8 1/4lb.

Salisbury Blankets
E. Insulating Blankets
Slotted style insulating blankets are designed for increased versatility and flexibility in special
cover-up situations. Use for covering ridge pins, cross arms with insulators or any place a wire,
pin or projection interferes with proper placement of other cover-up devices.
Model
14
15
15-1
1100
1300
1301
1302
1304
1300-V
1400-E
1800-E

Eyelets
28
28
28
28
28
28
2" hole
4.5" hole
Zip style
6
10

ASTM Class/Proof Test Volt Type/Material Size (in.)
2/20kv
I/Natural
22x22
4/40kv
II/SALCOR
22x22
4/40kv
II/SALCOR
22x22
2/20kv
I/Natural
36x36
4/40kv
II/SALCOR
36x36
4/40kv
II/SALCOR
36x36
4/40kv
II/SALCOR
36x36
4/40kv
II/SALCOR
36x36
4/40kv
II/SALCOR
36x36
2/20kv
I/Natural
46x46
4/40kv
II/SALCOR
46x46

Color
Black
Orange
Black
Black
Orange
Black
Orange
Orange
Orange
Black
Orange

Weight (lb.)
2.5
2.5
2.5
7
7
7
7
7
7
12
11

49

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Rubber Goods and Covers
Salisbury Insulating Blankets

A. Eyelet style insulating blankets were designed to be easily secured in place by using blanket
pins, snap buttons, or ty-straps. Compliant with ASTM D1048 specifications, are flexible and feature
a reinforced beaded edge and eyelets for added strength and tear-resistance.
Model Eyelets ASTM Class Type/Material Size (in.) Color Weight (lb.)
12
28
2/20kv
I/Natural
22x22
Black 3
13
28
4/40kv
II/SALCOR
22x22
Orange 3
13-10 10
4/40kv
II/SALCOR
22x22
Orange 3
400-E 6
2/20kv
I/Natural
27x36
Black 6
1000-E 6
4/40kv
II/SALCOR
27x36
Orange 6
300-E 6
2/20kv
I/Natural
36x36
Black 8
900-E 6
4/40kv
II/SALCOR
36x36
Orange 8
1900-E 6
4/40kv
II/SALCOR
46x46
Orange 12

A.

B. Blanket Canisters Molded in bright orange, hi-impact polyethylene protects insulating
blankets when not in use. A tight fitting cap is secured to the canister with
B.
polypropylene rope. Available sizes range from 1-2 blankets to 1-6 blankets.

Kunz Gloves

C. Leather Protectors Available sizes 7-12 including half sizes.
Cream colored cowhide gloves are flexible and long wearing. The goatskin
gloves are lightweightand flexible offering the best dexterity.
Overall Length
Cream Cowhide Pearl Goatskin
11"
1050-2
1200-2
12"
1050-3
1200-3
13"
1050-4
1200-4
14"
1050-5
1200-5
15"
1050-6
1200-6
16"
1050-7
1200-7
(For mitten type, add suffix 1F - Finger Mitten, SP - Shirred Back,
PB - Plain Back, BC - Bell Cuff)
Example 1050-3 1FBC
*Consult ASTM F496 Table 4 for minimum distance between gauntlet and cuff requirements.

C.

D.

D. Low-Voltage Protectors Class 0 and 00.
Specially designed and manufactured to current ASTM F696 specifications as mechanical
protection for 11" or 14" low voltage class 0 or 00 rubber insulating gloves described by
ASTM D120. Allow flexiblity and dexterity required for secondary work operations. Made from
pearl-colored goatskin grain leather and available with shirred elastic back or adjustable pull strap.

Class

Elastic Back

Overall Length

0
0
0

999
910
913

10"
10"
13"

Salisbury Gloves

E. F. G. H.

Leather Protectors Should always be worn over Rubber Insulating Gloves to provide the needed
mechanical protection against cuts, abrasions, and punctures. All Salisbury protectors are steamed
pressed on curved hand forms to insure proper fit over Rubber Gloves. Made from top grade leather,
all are sewn with heavy duty nylon thread in the “gunn cut” inseam construction pattern. Comes with a
non-metalic buckle on the pull strap and an extra wide leather reinforcement over the thumb seam.
Sizes 8 through 12 including half sizes.

50

For Class 00 Rubber Insulating Gloves - Not for use with Class 0 or higher
Model
Description
Length (in.)
E. 110G Elastic Back
10
F. 100S Pull Strap
10
For Low Voltage Rubber Gloves
G. 210-G Elastic Back
11 or 14
H. 200-S Pull Strap
11 or 14
Orange Color SALCOR Cuffs
I. 156-4 4" Straight Cuff 12
156-6
6" Straight Cuff 14
156-7
7" Contour Cuff 15

I.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Rubber Goods and Covers
Salisbury Gloves

A.

A. Rubber Insulated Gloves
Available from 8 through 12 including half sizes. Meeting and exceeding the ASTM D120 specifications,
Salisbury rubber insulating gloves are manufactured by dipping porcelain forms into a tank of liquified rubber.
The thin layer of rubber which results is allowed to dry and the process is repeated until the required thickness
is reached. To determine glove size, measure the circumference of the hand between the thumb and index finger
and add one inch. Allow for additional room if fabric glove liners are to be worn, especially with thermal liners.
Glove Length
Class
Color
Size
11
0
BL or R 8, 8H, 9, 9H, 10, 10H, 11, 11H, 12
14
0
BL or R Same
R= Red Type I Natural Rubber BL= Blue Type II SALCOR.
Example 11-00BL-8 “Class 00 Gloves”

B. Proof Test kv

Glove Length
5
11
5
14
R= Red Y= Yellow B= Black
Example 5-11Y8 “Class 0 Gloves”

Color
Y, B, or R
Y, B, or R

B.

Size
8, 8H, 9, 9H, 10, 10H, 11, 11H, 12
Same

C. Proof Test kv

Glove Length
Color
Size
10
10,14, 16, or 18
Y, R, B, YB, or RB 8, 8H, 9, 9H, 10, 10H, 11, 11H, 12
20
4, 16, or 18
Y, R, B, YB, or RB Same
30
14, 16, or 18
Y, R, B, YB, or RB Same
40*
14, 16, or 18
Y, R, B, YB, or RB 10-12 Only
B= Black Y= Yellow R= Red YB= Y inside, B out RB= R inside, B out
Example 10-16Y10H “ Class 1, 2, 3, 4 Gloves”

C.

A “Straight” cuff is standard on 14" and 16" gloves. For 18", gloves are either “Straight” or “Contour” cuff is
available. A “Contour” cuff prevents bunching or binding at the elbow when the arm is bent. Designate SC for
“Straight” or CC for “Contour”. A “Bell” cuff accomodates heavier winter clothing, is available for Class 1
through 4 gloves. “Bell” cuffs are not available in sizes 8 or 8.5H.

D. Liner Gloves
Reduce the discomfort of wearing Rubber Insulated Gloves in all seasons. For year
round use, liners provide warmth in cold weather, while they absorb perspiration in the
warm months. Many styles and fabrics are available with either a straight or knit wrist.
Model Description
Wrist Style
Length (in.)
L10
Military style, cotton, inset thumb
Straight
10
64-14
Military style, cotton, inset thumb
Straight
14
75
Jersey style, fleece lined, inset thumb
Straight
10
85
Jersey style, fleece lined, on-finger mitten
Straight
11
95K
Jersey style, fleece lined
Knit
13
301
Wool liner
Straight
11
401K
Thermal, cotton waffle pattern
Knit
10

D.

E.

Salisbury Sleeves
E. Insulating Sleeves Extend coverage of the arm from the cuff of the
rubber insuating gloves to the shoulder fully protecting these areas from accidental contact with
energized conductors and equipment. Meet the required ASTM D1051 and offer the same high
level of quality and protection. Dipped and molded type sleeves are manufactured.
Breakdown for Dipped Sleeves - Available in Extra-Curved, Curved, and Straight cuff styles

Voltage Class

Size

D1
R, L, or XL
D2
R, L, or XL
D3
R, L, or XL
D4
R, L, or XL
Example D2-L-YB

Color
Y= Yellow R= Red B= Black YB= Y inside, B out RB= R inside, B out
Same
Same
Same

Glove and Sleeve Testing Available

51

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Rubber Goods and Covers
Salisbury Sleeves
A. Insulating Sleeves

B. C.

A.

Extend coverage of the arm from the cuff of the rubber insuating gloves to the
shoulder fully protecting these areas from accidental contact with energized conductors
and equipment. Meet the required ASTM D1051 and offer the same high level of quality
and protection. Dipped and molded type sleeves are manufactured.
Available in Extra-Curved, Curved, and Straight cuff styles.
Voltage Class
Size
Color
D1
R, L, or XL Y= Yellow R= Red B= Black YB= Y inside,
B out RB= R inside, B out
D2
R, L, or XL Same
D3
R, L, or XL Same
D4
R, L, or XL Same
*Add suffix “-ST ” to order straight cuff or “-EC”
to order extra-curved cuff.
Example D2-L-YB

B. Breakdown for Molded Type I Sleeves
Voltage Class
Size
Color
1
R or L
B
2
R, L or XL
B, Y
3
R or L
Y
4
R or L
M
R= Regular L= Large XL= Extra Large B= Black
Y= Yellow M= Maroon
Example 2-L-B

E.

D.

C. Breakdown for Molded Type II Sleeves
Voltage Class
Size
Color
1
R or L
BS or OS
2
R, L or XL
BS or OS
R= Regular L= Large XL= Extra Large
BS= Black SALCOR OS= Orange SALCOR
Example 2-L-0S

D. Salisbury Accessories
10-4 Ten-Four glove dust is a cooling frictionless powder that
absorbs moisture and perspiration when wearing rubber gloves.
Provides extra comfort while preventing gloves from getting sticky.
Available in 6 oz and 4 quart sizes.

F.

E. 21
Blanket clamp pin made of nylon with pin boots. Holds
insulating blankets in place. Springs are used for tension while
extra holes in the body of pin are used to grip conductors and
prevent line hose from sliding.

F. B-22
Two-piece sleeve button. 4 sets required per sleeve.

G. MB-6

Magnetic blanket button designed for use in eyelets of insulating
blankets when covering energized portions in hard-to-cover areas
like pad mounts, cubicles, switchboards, and substations.
Four permanent floating magnets are mounted between nickel
plated steel plates. May be applied manually, wearing rubber
gloves, or with a shot-gun stick.

52

G.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Meters and Testers
AB Chance Testers
A. C403-0457 Phasing Tester

Easily determine phase relationships, these Chance
Phasing Testers read approximate voltage (line-to-line or line-to-ground) on transmission
circuits. The testers consist of two high-impedance components encased in fiberglass poles,
each with an end fitting threaded for interchangeable hook probes. A 22-foot-long insulated
flexible cable from the voltmeter stores on a reel on the other pole. Two complete kits offer a
choice of voltage ranges for specific system applications. Each kit includes a pair of 11/4"diameter insulated handles for proper working clearances. Individual items listed in each kit’s
bill of materials may be ordered separately by reference numbers given.

A.

B. C403-0838 Phasing Voltmeter Tester

Allows line personnel to determine, in the field,
the operating condition of the Chance instruments named above. The tester uses each
instrument’s own meter to display its operating condition. The tester plugs into the jack on the
instrument and meter readings are noted when the tester’s clip is contacted to each of the
instrument’s two terminals and the tester’s polarity switch is in both of its positions. If all four
readings are within two units, the instrument is in proper working order. Pulling the plug from
the jack automatically disconnects the tester’s battery. The 9-volt battery, furnished, usually lasts
one year and is easily replaced. The tester’s durable and compact fiberglass housing will
withstand the abuse of field applications.

C. C403-0979 Multi-Range Voltage Detectors
1 to 40kv lines. To confirm that a line is de-energized prior
to performing maintenance on it, the Multi-Range Voltage Detector
(MRVD) presents field practicality. Actually a field intensity meter,
the MRVD is calibrated to read approximate line-to-line voltage when
connected to any phase conductor. It responds to the magnitude of
the field gradient between its end probe and floating electrode
(at the universal hotstick-attachment fitting). If the universal
fitting is close to a ground, another phase or another voltage source,
the reading should tend to be high; if it’s close to a jumper or equipment
of the same phase, the reading should be low. The MRVD gives
metered readout capable of distinguishing actual line voltage from
static or feedover from an adjacent line. Readings from an MRVD
can be compared with numerical certainty rather than the subjective
judgments associated with “fuzz-sticking” or “glow-detecting.”
Since the MRVD is not a voltmeter, no specific accuracy is claimed
by the manufacturer or can be assumed by the user. Available in
modes for various ranges, the MRVD must be mounted on proper length
hotstick for the voltage class involved. Complete instructions are
furnished with easy, illustrated step-by-step procedures. Internal
circuit and pushbutton permit check before and after each use to
confirm operational condition of instrument and battery.

D. C403-1029 16 to 161kv lines.
E. C403-1140 69 to 600kv lines.

B.
C.

D.

E.

F. C403-2794 Digital Voltage Detectors
For 1 to 40kv lines. As tools for linework, these two Digital Voltage
Indicators (DVI) apply to most system voltages. For overhead applications,
the hooked probe hangs directly onto the conductor or apparatus.
For such uses as confirming a “dead” condition before placing temporary
grounds for de-energized maintenance, each unit provides an easy,
yet reliable, means to determine if a line is: De-energized, carrying
less than normal system voltage from any source or induced charges
from an adjacent live circuit, energized at full system voltage.
Simply by selecting “Peak Hold,” the DVI will retain the display of its
approximate highest reading for 10-15 seconds. A built-in self-test function
allows for a quick check of the meter before and after each use.

F.

53

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Meters and Testers
AB Chance Testers
A. C403-3402 Digital Phasing Tester 16kv

A.

Large direct-reading display of Chance Digital Phasing Testers easily determine phase
relationships and approximate voltage, line-to-line or line-to-ground. Each tester consists of two
fiberglass poles with end fittings threaded for interchangeable probes. The probe fittings couple
with a high-impedance component encased in each pole. To complete the test circuit, a 22-foot
length of insulated flexible cable stores on the reel affixed to one pole and connects to
the electronic display module on the other pole. Simple to operate, the tester attaches to
two 6-foot Epoxiglas® insulating universal handles (included in each kit for proper working
clearances). Then the probes can be brought into contact with the conductors appropriate
for the tester to display phase-to-phase or phase-to -ground voltage. Push-button
B.
controls permit easy selection of options. When not in use, the unit’s Sleep mode
automatically conserves the battery.

B. H1876-1 Phasing Tester 16kv
Chance Phasing Testers easily determine phase relationships and
approximate voltage, line-to-line or line-to-ground. Each tester consists of two
fiberglass poles with end fittings threaded for interchangeable probes. The probe
fittings couple with a high-impedance component encased in each pole. To complete
the test circuit, a 22-foot length of insulated flexible cable stores on the reel affixed
to one pole and connects to the voltmeter on the other pole. Simple to operate, the
probes can be brought into contact with the conductors appropriate for the meter
to read phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground voltage.

C.

C. H1876-2 Pair of Extension Resistors for up to 80 kv (43" long)
D. H1876-4 Phasing Tester 40kv Pair of Extension Resistors for up to 48 kv (25" long)
E. H1876-7 Phasing Tester 16kv Chance Phasing Testers easily determine phase

D.

relationships and approximate voltage, line-to-line or line-to-ground. Each tester consists of two
fiberglass poles with end fittings threaded for interchangeable probes. The probe fittings couple
with a high-impedance component encased in each pole. To complete the test circuit, a 22-foot
length of insulated flexible cable stores on the reel affixed to one pole and connects to the
voltmeter on the other pole. Simple to operate, the probes can be brought into contact with the
conductors appropriate for the meter to read phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground voltage.

F. H1879 Phase Rotation Tester 16kv
To determine the correct phase-rotation relationship, this portable instrument
features construction similar to Phasing Tester H1876-1. An additional grounding circuit on
the Phase Rotation Tester sets it apart for the specific purpose named. The probe fittings
couple with a high-impedance component encased in each pole. A 22-foot length of insulated cable
stores on the reel affixed to one pole and connects to the voltmeter on the other pole.

E.

G. C403-3374 Indicator, Auto-Ranging Volt 600v to 69kv.
This smart new-generation instrument makes hot-line voltage testing easier than ever.
Its state-of-the-art electronics eliminate the need for a selector switch. Its automatic ranging function
quickly displays the approximate line-to line voltage class. It provides an easy, yet reliable means for
the operator to determine if a line is: (a) De-energized (b) Carrying less than normal system voltage
from any source or induced charged from an adjacent live circuit (c) Energized at full system voltage.
Simple to operate, the tester attaches to an Epoxiglas® insulating universal handle of appropriate
length to maintain proper OSHA working clearances. A single pushbutton activates the instrument,
then a single light indicates either Power On (by glowing solid) or Low Battery (by blinking).
With a good battery condition, the instrument performs a confirming self-test by illuminating each of
the six indicator lights in series while emitting an alternating audible signal. Then the probe can be
brought into contact with the conductor. It automatically begins detecting at approximately 480 Volts
and holds the display of one of these voltage classes: 600v, 4kv, 15kv, 25kv, 35kv or 69kv
phase-to-phase. The audible signal begins as a slow beeping that becomes faster as the final
reading is displayed. When not in use, the unit’s energy-saving Sleep mode automatically
conserves the battery. For overhead testing, a Shepherd Hook probe is included with the ARVI
(Auto-Ranging Voltage Indicator). For underground testing, order as a separate item Bushing Adapter
T403-0857. It simply threads onto the ARVI in the field to check for voltage at switch bushings and
on cables, using a feed-thru device.

54

F.

G.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Meters and Testers
AB Chance Testers
A. MEAMP32RN Ammeter
Up to 69kv. Instead of you manipulating a hinged or clamp-type inductive pick-up, the
patented LoadLooker electronically closes the loop for you. Its unique U-shape jaw senses
the amperage present between its tines. The open-end design lets you check loads on
components not accessible by other hot-line ammeters. Live-line-ready hotstick mount,
a standard fitting on the LoadLooker, lets it mount on your insulated hotsticks just as any
other universal tool. Your hot-line crews can begin using it immediately, in compliance
with prescribed safe-working clearances for your system voltages. Simple pushbutton
operation, direct-reading accuracy, a single button controls the operation. Push it
once to turn on the LoadLooker. Push it a second time and LoadLooker will display
the word HOLD and continue to display the next reading it “sees” until you push the
button to clear it. This lets you bring it down from the line to eye level to read it. After
five idle minutes, the unit will turn itself off or you can manually turn it off by keeping
the button depressed for five seconds. A detailed Operators Manual and storage case
are included with each LoadLooker.

A.

B.

B. T403-2271 Multi-Range Voltage Detector
This Multi-Range Voltage Detector (MRVD) tests both overhead and underground
distribution systems in voltage classes from 5 through 40 kv. This model provides an
easy, yet reliable means for the operator to determine if a line is: (a) De-energized, (b)
Carrying less than normal system voltage from any source or induced charged from an
adjacent live circuit, (c) Energized at full system voltage. For this basic function, this
model adapts to both overhead lines as well as URD circuits with 200 Amp loadbreak
elbows, including those with and without capacitance test-points. Interchangeable
probes and adapters just thread into the MRVD end fitting and the selector
switch dials to the voltage range or test point (T.P.) setting appropriate to each
application. Furnished owner’s manual illustrates operating details for all models.

C. T403-2557 Phasing Tester Kit 16kv
Versatile to popular distribution voltages, convenient Kit facilitates testing both underground and overhead systems. Basic functions include identifying phases and reading
line-to-line or line-to-ground voltage. URD accessories in the Kit also permit cable-fault
detection.The main instrument consists of high-impedance components encased in two
fiberglass poles with threaded end fittings for overhead probes or URD adapters.
A 22-foot-long cable connects to the voltmeter pole and stores on the reel pole.

C.

Greenlee Testers
D. DVC-10
Digital Electric Tester. Measures AC/DC voltage 0 to 700v. GFCI test capability eliminates the need for additional testers. Visual and audible continuity test and live conductor
test. Built-in flashlight for probe positioning in dark areas _ a valuable safety feature. Dual
display, with LEDs and LCD backlit digital screen for accurate measurement. Rugged
casing is dust and water resistant to IP65 for any jobsite toughness. Accessories included:
protective probe caps, carrying case, (2) 1.5v AAA batteries.

D.

Hastings Testers
E. 6793 Transformer Tester
The instrument for determining the condition of your transformers before placing
them “into” service or back into service after being de-energized. Tests new
transformers and troubleshoots in-service transformers. Provides operating personnel
a safe and reliable method to verify distribution transformers do not have shorted
or open windings prior to energizing. Detects failures in transformers before loading
and transporting to job sites. Eliminates blowing cutout fuses to determine condition
of the transformer. Reduces potential hazards of oil spills and costly clean up
caused by energized shorted transformers.

E.

55

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Meters and Testers
HD Electric Testers
A. Halo I Digital Ammeter Ideally suited for taking spot
load studies at transformers or at any mid-span location, as well
as, phase balance studies on primary or secondary lines. Halo I
is an average reading instrument. Its load-latching circuitry
continually latches and locks on to peak system currents. It will
display and hold the reading until the display is reset.

A.

C.

B.

B. Tilt II Transformer Tester

Transformer Initial Livening Tester is a versatile tool for quick
and easy checks of transformers and connections made to them.
In the field, the Tilt II is used to test the primary and secondary
sides of new or reworked, single or three phase transformer
installations for short circuits prior to energizing. The Tilt II can
test the secondary sides of transformers and all the connections
made to them, up to and including the meter, prior to energizing.
Unlike a simple ohmmeter, the Tilt II can differentiate a true
short from the low resistance of a transformer winding.

C. Quick-Check Transformer and Capacitor Tester
Performs all the transformer tests of the Tilt II and also tests
capacitors and capacitor banks. The Quick-Check uses the same
single push-button operation as the Tilt II and automatically
distinguishes between transformers and capacitors.

Knopp Inc.Testers
D. K-3 Phase sequence indicator

60-600 volts, 25-60 hertz.

K-6 Phase sequence indicator 24-480 volts, 400 hertz.

Salisbury Testers

E.
D.

E. 4244 Voltage Indicator - 240v to 230kv Voltage detector
used to verify live or de-energized conductors. May be used
with rubber insulating gloves or hot sticks using the splined
universal end fitting. Has a 4.5 volt transistor amplifier with a
audio/visual indicator. It is recommended that the tester be
moved closer to conductor until warning is indicated, or it
touches conductor, apparatus, or test point. Test the unit on a
nearby conductor to get verification of “dead.”
4356 Complete kit voltage detector for 240v to 230kv. Includes tester, case, and shotgun adapter.
4367 Complete kit voltage detector for 240v to 500kv. Includes tester, case, and shotgun adapter.
4444 Voltage detector for 15kv/25kv/35kv URD. 4.2kv/15kv/25kv/35kv/46kv/69kv Overhead.
4469 Complete kit voltage detector for 240v to 69kv. Includes tester, case, and shotgun adapter.

Safety Line Testers
F. PD800W Cordless Phasing Tester Featuring state-of-the-art wireless technology,
the PD800W Cordless Phasing Tester effectively and easily operates in multiple applications
including phasing, voltage detection, phase sequencing and phase angle indication.
The set is designed to operate like a conventional phasing tester, but does not require an
interconnect cable. Each set consists of two units; a Reference Probe (Transmitter)
and a Meter Probe (Receiver).

Basic Functions:

56

• Cordless Phasing Tool - 120V - 500kV
• Phaser Sequence & Phaser Angle Indicator - Identifies phase relationships with indicating lights
and in degrees of separation. Automatically alerts user of the existence of Delta/Wye transformations.
Can be used to tie utility systems and cogeneration plants together.
• Voltage Detector - 4kv
• Operating Range - 50 feet
The ability to display the degree relationship between phases allows the PD500W to function
as a high voltage phase sequence indicator.

F.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Meters and Testers & Locators
Safety Line Testers
A. 81280US 300v - 25kv Underground and Overhead voltage

A.

detector and phasing voltmeter. Universal fitting. Comes with 2
bushing adapters. Grip all and quick style also available.

83280QS
300v - 35kv Underground and Overhead voltage detector and phasing
voltmeter. Quick change fitting. Comes with 2 bushing adapters.
Universal and grip all styles are also available.

8128TEALB 15 - 25kv elbow adapter.

B. 84600
Phase sequence indicator used to determine the proper
sequence on all polyphase circuits prior to connecting phase sensitive
loads such as pumps or motors. They will indicate the presence of all
PA25PP Phasing probe with quick change.

Dillon Dynamometers
C. Dynamometer

B.

C.

The Dillon AP Mechanical Dynamometer exhibits limitless versatility
as a tension, traction and weight measuring instrument. Available in
capacities from 500 to 100,000 pounds. The core of the device is a
steel flexing beam. The enclosure is a heavy aluminum alloy case
with baked on protective finish. The dial face is sealed and cushioned
with a rubber gasket. Most models have a 5:1 ultimate safety factor.
5- or 10-inch face.

D.

Subsurface Technologies
D. Locators PL-2000 The PL-2000 Pipe and Cable Locator
offers a new approach in high power, low frequency locating. With
three active frequencies, two passive frequencies, four modes of
operation, and both inductive and direct connection capabilities, the
PL-2000 is powerful and versatile, but still surprisingly easy to
use and cost effective.

E.

F.

E. PL-920 Versatile tool that can be used to locate the following:
Iron, steel, and copper water lines, metal gas lines, copper tracer wire,
copper and aluminum electrical wires, steel cables, telephone and tv
cables, aluminum conduit, and any continuous metal pipe or line.
F. ML-1M Magnetic locator used to find: Corner markers,
steel drums, mag nails and PK nails, septic tank handles, valve and
curb boxes, energized electric cables, iron and steel pipes, marker
magnets, well casings, unexploded bombs, and manhole covers. The
ML-1M is a non-metered device. It features a digital meter that
provides for visual signal strength, polarity indication, gain setting
plus battery life display.

G.

G. LD-7 Among the best water leak survey and pinpointing
equipment in the business. Our systems are easy to use, accurate and
dependable. The sensors can even be submerged in flooded valve boxes
without worry. Our leak detectors can detect most any leak pressurized
at 10 to 15 p.s.i. or more.

HD Electric

H. DVI-100 Digital Voltage Indicator
This high-voltage indicator provides the user with the approximate
line-to-ground voltage of the electrical circuit being tested.
Used on a hot stick, DVI is a direct contact instrument utilizing
an ultra bright LED display. For use on system voltages up to 161kV
and can be used on underground electrical systems with an
optional underground probe.

H.

57

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Grounding
AB Chance
A. Copper Grounding Cable
Copper grounding cable is available in black, yellow and clear, is extra-flexible for handling ease
yet strong and tough for long wear. Jacketing is smooth, abrasion, weather and oil resistant in
accordance with applicable ASTM Specifications, marked with AWG size approximately every 4 feet.
Yellow and black jackets are T-prene rubber compound with -20 degree F recommended low
temperature. Clear jackets (which allow visual inspection of strand conditions) are ultraviolet inhibited
Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC). Recommended low temperature for PVC-jacketed cable is 0 degree F.
Extra-flexible cables, because of their extra-fine strands, require termination ferrules when used with
ground clamps. Either aluminum or copper ferrules may be used with copper cable.
Approx.
Approx Wt.
Model
AWG Size
Strands Dia. (Inch)
O.D. (Inch)
Lb./1000ft.
Yellow Jacket Copper Cable
S6116
2
665
0.32
0.55
280
S6117
1/0
1045
0.41
0.66
425
S6118
2/0
1330
0.47
0.73
520
S6119
4/0
2109
0.59
0.87
760
Clear Jacket Copper Cable
S6449
2
665
0.344
0.53
289
S7568
1/0
1050
0.445
0.63
520
S6450
2/0
1323
0.487
0.7
546
S6451
4/0
2107
0.616
0.84
841
Black Jacket Copper Cable
S3713
2
665
0.32
0.55
280
S3715
1/0
1045
0.41
0.66
425
S3712
2/0
1330
0.47
0.73
510
S3714
4/0
2109
0.59
0.87
76

A.

B.

AB Chance
B. Clamps & Ferrules C600-0085 Tower clamp with aluminum
body and retainer. Bronze scrubber-type contact pads,
bronze T-handle with fine threads, bronze pressure-type terminal.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
4" Structural Angles
Main Line Range - Min
2" Structural Angles
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
3 3/4 lb.
ASTM Designation Type III Class B Grade 5

C.

C. C600-0152 Cluster Support, 1-terminal type. Conveniently hangs around grounding sets on the
pole to facilitate lifting clamps _ one at a time to the conductors. Accepts plain ferrules on #2 to 4/0
grounding cable. Copper bar length is 11 inches.
D. C600-0197 Snap-On (Duckbill-type) grounding clamp has an aluminum body, bronze upper jaw,
serrated jaws, bronze eyescrew with acme threads, 5/8-11 UNC terminal threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
950 MCM Cu 1510 MCM Al (1.506")
Main Line Range - Min
#6 Sol. Cu (.162")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
1 1/2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class B Grade 5

58

Custom grounds and jumpers available! Please call in your clamp type, cable size and length.

D.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Grounding
AB Chance
A. C600-0434
Snap-On (Duckbill-type) grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws, bronze eyescrew
with fine threads, bronze pressure-type terminal.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
950 MCM Cu 1510 MCM Al (1.506")
Main Line Range - Min
#6 Sol. Cu (.162”)
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
1 1/2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class B Grade 5

A.

B. C600-1734
Snap-On (Duckbill-type) grounding clamp with aluminum body, smooth jaws, bronze eyescrew
with fine threads, 5/8-11 UNC terminal threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
556 MCM Cu 900 MCM ACSR (1.162")
Main Line Range - Min
#6 Sol. Cu (.162")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
1 1/2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class A Grade 5

B.

G1810-2
Snap-On (Duckbill-type) grounding clamp with aluminum body, smooth jaws, bronze eyescrew
with fine threads, bronze pressure-type terminal.
Continuous Current AMPS
300
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
28,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
20,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
250 MCM Cu 4/O ACSR (.575")
Main Line Range - Min
#6 Sol. Cu (.162")
Jumper Range - Max
2/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
1 1/2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class A Grade 3

C. G3622-1

C.

Snap-On (Duckbill-type) grounding clamp with aluminum body, smooth jaws, bronze eyescrew
with fine threads, bronze pressure-type terminal.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
566 MCM Cu 900 MCM ACSR (1.162")
Main Line Range - Min
#6 Sol. Cu (.162")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
1 1/2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class A Grade 5

Custom grounds and jumpers available!
Please call in your clamp type, cable size and length.

59

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Grounding
AB Chance
A. T600-0806
Snap-On (Duckbill-type) grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws,
bronze eyescrew with fine threads, bronze pressure-type terminal.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
1590 MCM ACSR (1.625")
Main Line Range - Min
.5"
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
1 3/4 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class B Grade 5

A.

B. C600-0862
Cutout grounding clamp with L-stud, bronze, used to ground the bottom hinge contact on
cutouts used on distribution riser poles or where grounding is required. Fits Chance F2, F3,
and C Cutouts, Westinghouse LDX, Southern States B-80; Southern States series 63; Joslyn;
S&C Type SX; McGraw-Edison LMO, and GE Durabute. Clamp can be installed with or
without grounding cable to aid as a warning and possibly avoid accidental closing of cutout.
Clamp’s drilled terminal accepts threaded-stud cable ferrules. It also accepts threaded L-stud
and T-stud terminals (3/4" diameter bronze) for use with conventional ground-clamp sets.
Fault current rating 20,000 amps for 30 cyles.

B.

C. C600-1584
“Eyebolt” style conversion terminal. Threaded-terminal adapter for pressure-type grounding
terminals. Simply retrofit this bolt on adapter to convert C-type, Snap-On Flat-Face clamps
with threaded-stud cable ferrules tapped 5/8-11 UNC.

D. C600-1735
Tower & flat face grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws, bronze eyescrew with
fine threads, 5/8-11 UNC terminal threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
25,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
25,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
1 1/2" Angles 1 1/2" Flat
Main Line Range - Min
1/8"
Jumper Range - Max
2/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
1 1/2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class B Grade 3

C.

E. C600-2231
Tower & flat face grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws, bronze T-handle with
acme threads, drilled terminal, no threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
E.
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
1 1/2"Angles 1 1/2" Flat
Main Line Range - Min
1/8"
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type III Class B Grade 5

60

Custom grounds and jumpers available!
Please call in your clamp type, cable size and length.

D.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Grounding
AB Chance
A. C600-2232
Tower & flat face grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws,
bronze eyescrew with acme threads, drilled terminal, no threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
1 1/2" Angles 1 1/2" Flat
Main Line Range - Min
1/8"
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class B Grade 5

A.

B. G3363-1
Tower & flat face grounding clamp with bronze body, serrated jaws,
bronze eyescrew with fine threads, bronze pressure-type terminal.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
25,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
25,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
1 1/2" Angles 1 1/2" Flat
Main Line Range - Min
1/8"
Jumper Range - Max
2/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
2 1/2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class B Grade 3

B.

C.

C. G3363-2
Tower & flat face grounding clamp with bronze body, serrated jaws,
bronze t-handle with fine threads, bronze pressure-type terminal.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
25,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
25,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
1 1/2" Angles 1 1/2" Flat
Main Line Range - Min
1/8"
Jumper Range - Max
2/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
2 1/2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type III Class B Grade 3

D. G3363-3SJ
Tower & flat face grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws,
bronze eyescrew with fine threads, bronze pressure-type terminal.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
25,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
25,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
1 1/2" Angles 1 1/2" Flat
Main Line Range - Min
1/8"
Jumper Range - Max
2/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
1 5/8 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class B Grade 3

Custom grounds and jumpers available!
Please call in your clamp type, cable size and length.

D.

61

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Grounding
AB Chance
G3363-4SJ
Tower & flat face grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws, bronze t-handle with
fine threads, bronze pressure-type terminal.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
25,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
25,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
1 1/2" Angles 1 1/2" Flat
Main Line Range - Min
1/8"
Jumper Range - Max
2/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
1 5/8 lb.
ASTM Designation Type III Class B Grade 3

A.

A. T600-1798
Tower & flat face grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws, bronze t-handle with
acme threads, 5/8-11 UNC terminal threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
25,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
25,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
1 1/2" Angles 1 1/2" Flat
Main Line Range - Min
1/8"
Jumper Range - Max
2/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
1 1/2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type III Class B Grade 3

B.

B. C600-1733
C-type grounding clamp with aluminum body, smooth jaws, bronze eyescrew with acme threads,
5/8-11 UNC terminal threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
2 1/2" O.D. Bus
Main Line Range - Min
#4 Str. Cu (.232")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
2 3/8 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class A Grade 5

C. T600-0790
C-type grounding clamp with bronze body, smooth jaws, bronze t-handle/eyescrew with fine
threads, 5/8-11 UNC terminal threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
200
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
21,500
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
15,000
Recommended Torque
200
Main Line Range - Max
477 MCM ACSR (.814")
Main Line Range - Min
#6 Sol. Cu (.162")
Jumper Range - Max
1/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
1 1/2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class A Grade 2

62

Custom grounds and jumpers available!
Please call in your clamp type, cable size and length.

C.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Grounding
AB Chance
A. C600-1743
C-type grounding clamp with aluminum body, smooth jaws, bronze eyescrew with fine threads,
5/8-11 UNC terminal threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
1000 MCM Cu 1590 MCM ACSR (1.50")
Main Line Range - Min
#6 Sol. Cu (.162")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
1 1/2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class A Grade 5

A.

B. C600-1754
C-type grounding clamp with aluminum body, smooth jaws, bronze eyescrew with acme threads,
5/8-11 UNC terminal threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
350
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
28,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
20,000
B.
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
750 MCM Cu 636 MCM ACSR (.998")
Main Line Range - Min
#8 Sol. Cu (.128")
Jumper Range - Max
2/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
1 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class A Grade 3

C. C600-2255
C-type grounding clamp with aluminum body, smooth jaws, bronze eyescrew with acme threads,
5/8-11 UNC terminal threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
2" O.D. Bus
Main Line Range - Min
#6 Sol. Cu (.162")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
1 3/4 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class A Grade 5

C.

D. C600-2256
C-type grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws, bronze eyescrew with acme threads,
5/8-11 UNC terminal threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
D.
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
2" O.D. Bus
Main Line Range - Min
#6 Sol. Cu (.162")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
1 3/4 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class B Grade 5

Custom grounds and jumpers available!
Please call in your clamp type, cable size and length.

63

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Grounding
AB Chance
A. C600-2276
C-type grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws, bronze eyescrew
with acme threads, bronze pressure-type threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
1033 MCM ACSR (1.25")
Main Line Range - Min
#8 Sol. Cu (.128")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
1 1/4 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class B Grade 5

A.

C600-2275

C600-2282

C-type grounding clamp with aluminum body, smooth jaws,
bronze eyescrew with acme threads, bronze pressure-type threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
1033 MCM ACSR (1.25")
Main Line Range - Min
#8 Sol. Cu (.128")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
1 1/4 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class A Grade 5

C-type grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws,
bronze eyescrew with acme threads, bronze pressure-type threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
2" O.D. Bus
Main Line Range - Min
#6 Sol. Cu (.162")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class B Grade 5

C600-2281

T600-2708

C-type grounding clamp with aluminum body, smooth jaws,
bronze eyescrew with acme threads, bronze pressure-type threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
2" O.D. Bus
Main Line Range - Min
#6 Sol. Cu (.162")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class A Grade

C-type grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws,
bronze eyescrew with acme threads, 5/8-11 UNC terminal threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
1033 MCM ACSR (1.25")
Main Line Range - Min
#8 Sol. Cu (.128")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Threaded Stud
Weight
1 1/4 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class B Grade 5

AB Chance
B. G3367-2
C-type grounding clamp with aluminum body, smooth jaws, bronze eyescrew
with acme threads, bronze pressure-type threads.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
2 1/2" O.D. Bus
Main Line Range - Min
#4 Str. Cu (.232")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
2 3/8 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class A Grade 5

64

Custom grounds and jumpers available!
Please call in your clamp type, cable size and length.

B.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Grounding
AB Chance
G3369

A.

B.

Bus-Bar grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws,
bronze eyescrew with acme threads, bronze pressure-type terminal.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
300
Main Line Range - Max
4"x4" Square 4.5" O.D. Bus
Main Line Range - Min
1/0 Str. Cu (.368")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
5 1/4 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class A Grade 5

A. G4228-10SJ
All-angle grounding clamp with aluminum body, serrated jaws,
bronze pressure terminal.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
2 1/2 IPS (2.88")
Main Line Range - Min
#2 Cu (.258")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
3 1/4 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class B Grade 5

D.

C.

B. G4229-1SJ All-angle grounding clamp with aluminum body,
serrated jaws, pressure terminal.
Continuous Current AMPS
400
Fault Current 15 Cycles AMPS
43,000
Fault Current 30 Cycles AMPS
30,000
Recommended Torque
250
Main Line Range - Max
954 MCM ACSR (1.196")
Main Line Range - Min
#2 Cu (.258")
Jumper Range - Max
4/0 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min
#2 Grd. Cable w/Plain Plug
Weight
2 lb.
ASTM Designation Type I Class B Grade 5
C600-2100 Ball-and-socket grounding clamp with drilled terminal.
For threaded stud ferrule on #2 to 4/0 grounding cable.
Fault current rating 43,000 amps 15 cycles or 30,000 amps 30 cyles.

C. C600-2101 Ball-and-socket grounding clamp with tapped terminal.

E.

F.

For threaded stud ferrule on #2 to 4/0 grounding cable.
Fault current rating 43,000 amps 15 cycles or 30,000 amps 30 cyles.
D. C600-2102 Standard ball stud. Overall length 4 /14", shank length 1 13/16."
Does not interchange with three-way grounding clamp sets.

E. T600-2364 Long ball stud. Overall length 7", shank length 3 5/16."
Does not interchange with three-way grounding clamp sets.

F. C600-2300 Ball-and-socket grounding clamp with pressure terminal.
For plain-plug ferrule on #2 to 4/0 grounding cable.
Fault current rating 43,000 amps 15 cycles or 30,000 amps 30 cycles.

Custom grounds and jumpers available!
Please call in your clamp type, cable size and length.

65

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Grounding
AB Chance
A. Shrouded Plain Copper Ferrules
Plain Plug Type for pressure-type grounding clamp terminals
Burndy Die
Cable Size
Model
Sect. A
Sect. B
AWG
C600-2630
U165
U166
#2
C600-2631
U165
U168
1/0
C600-2632
U165
U-L
2/0
C600-2633
U166
U-L
4/0

A.

B.

E.

D.

C.

B. Unshrouded Plain Copper Ferrules
Plain Plug Type for pressure-type grounding clamp terminals
Model
Burndy Die
Cable Size AWG
C600-2614
U165
#2
C600-2615
U165
1/0
C600-2616
U165
2/0
C600-2617
U166
4/0

C. Shrouded Threaded Copper Ferrules

F.

G.

H.

Threaded Stud Type for tapped or drilled grounding clamp terminals
Burndy Die
Cable Size
Model
Sect. A Sect. B A W G
C600-2622
U165
U166
#2
C600-2623
U165
U168
1/0
C600-2624
U165
U-L
2/0
C600-2625
U166
U-L
4/0

D. Unshrouded Threaded Copper Ferrules
Threaded Stud Type for tapped or drilled grounding clamp terminals
Model
Burndy Die
Cable Size AWG
C600-2606
U165
#2
C600-2607
U165
1/0
C600-2608
U165
2/0
C600-2609
U166
4/0

E. G3370
Temporary ground rod provides a temporary ground where
a system ground is not available. When installed, the 6' spiral
ground rod develops less resistance than straight ground rods.
However, actual effectiveness depends upon soil properties.
The reusable ground rod is copper clad.

F. G3605-1

I.

C-type ground clamp with aluminum body and smooth jaws.
Opening size from .162". Fault Current Rating is ASTM Grade 5, continuous
current 400 Amps. Jumper range max 4/0 with plain terminal, min range
is #2 with plain terminal. Weight is 1.75 lb.

Support Studs-For pressure-type terminal clamps. Can be installed
on any pressure type terminal ground clamp, in place of the
restraining strap immediately below the pressure terminal.
The stud serves as a mechancial parking stand for a second clamp,
preventing the clamp from making contact with the conductor or ground.
This feature is particularly beneficial in three-phase grounding applications.

G. G3626 stud for rear mount
H. G3627 stud for side mount

66

7/16"x2 1/2"
7/16"x3"

I. G4754-1 Terminal block - 4 way for cables with plain plug ferrules.
Used to attach ground leads from grounding clamps to a common ground.
These terminal blocks are also ideal where permanent temporary grounding
sets are part of substation emergency equipment.
Accommodates 4/0 grounding cables with plain ferrules.

Custom grounds and jumpers available!
Please call in your clamp type, cable size and length.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Grounding
Hastings
21057

A.

Substation grounding clamp with aluminum body, bronze eyescrew with acme threads. Min range .398"
diameter. Max range is 6.625" diameter. Hanger stud is 5/8" diameter copper alloy. Rating is 54,000 amps
for 15 cycles and 39,000 amps for 30 cycles. Weight 8.7 lb.

Safety Line
1715 Hydraulic spike for underground cable.
Used for grounding and draining a cable after it has been de-energized and before contact is made by hand.
Each assembly has a 30 foot insulated hydraulic hose and a hand-operated hydraulic pump.
The ground lead is 6ft long, 1/0 insulated copper cable with a clamp (760001C) for connection to a
local system ground. Maximum spike depth 1 5/8." Fault duty of 17kA meet ASTM F-855
grade 2 specifications. Weight is 27 lb., and a bag is included.

75421236 Ball stud cover.

B.

7542581BSS Stainless steel ball stud.
5/8-11 thread. Fault duty 15 cyles 27kA. ASMT F-855 grade 3. Weight 10oz.

C.

A. 760001PB Aluminum bar pole band.
It is lightweight and easy to install. Required component of equal potential zone
grounding systems. Fault duty for 15 cycles is 27kA. Grade 3. Weight is 4 lb.

B. 760045PB Copper bar pole band.
It is lightweight and easy to install. Required component of equal potential zone
grounding systems. Fault duty for 15 cycles is 43kA. Grade 5. Weight is 5 lb.

C. 760001C Standard C-clamp with aluminum body.
Smooth jaws, bronze eyescrew, threaded. Min size #6 (3/16"), max size 1 1/4."
Grade 5, class A, termination style 7. Weight 1 lb.

D.

7640002CS2S Cutout clamp with studs.
Aluminum body, smooth jaws, bronze eyescrew, threaded.
Min size #6 (3/16"), max size 1 5/8."
Grade 3, class A, termination style 7. Weight 1 lb.

Salisbury
21192 Ball stud - Long. 6.13." Made from copper alloy, tin-plated.

E.

Has a 1" diameter ball, 1/2"-13 UNC x 2" thread and a recommended
installation torque of 300 in. lbs. Can also be used as the grounding point
for “C” or duckbill clamps that have a jaw width of 2.75" or less.

21228 Offset NEMA Pad - Short 5.13" x 1.5."
Made from copper alloy, tin-plated. Has standard NEMA bolt hole spacing.

21236 Cover for ball stud.

D. 4388 C-clamp with aluminum body and strain relief sleeve.
Bronze smooth upper jaw, and curved lower jaw. Main line range
1.12" - .12." 400 RMS, 60 Hz. Weight 1 lb.

E. 9967 C-clamp for substation bus.
6.62" aluminum body, acme threads. Double contact stud. Grade 5 aluminum
smooth jaw with flat lower jaw. Main line range 6.12" IPS, 6.62" - 4." 400 RMS,
60 Hz. Weight 7.3 lb.

F.

AB Chance
F. Grounding Sets C600-0729 Underground 15kv Single phase transformer ground set. Includes
orange-jacketed elbow, 6 ft. of 1/0 copper grounding cable with yellow jacket and bronze grounding clamp
T600-0466. Fault current rating 10,000 amps for 10 cycles.

T600-2131 Underground 25kv Single phase transformer ground set. Includes orange-jacketed elbow,
6 ft. of 1/0 copper grounding cable with yellow jacket and bronze grounding clamp T600-0466.
Fault current rating 10,000 amps for 10 cycles.

Custom grounds and jumpers available! Please call in your clamp type, cable size and length.

67

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Grounding
AB Chance
C600-0758

A.

C-Clamp Live-front temporary ground set. Includes three-way copper terminal
block, four bronze ground clamps and three 6ft lengths of 2/0 copper clear-jacket
ground cable with threaded-stud aluminum ferrules. C-clamps are T600-0466.
Fault curent ratings 21,500 amps for 15 cycles or 15,000 amps for 30 cycles.

A. C600-0759
15kv temporary ground set for 3-phase switches and transformers.
B.
Includes three-way terminal block assembly, three 6ft lengths of
2/0 copper ground cable with clear jacket, a ground clamp and
three orange elbows. Fault current rating 10,000 amps for 10 cycles.

C.

B. C600-1625
Ground set for underground cable. For temporary grounding of
underground distribution cable with jacket over concentric neutral,
special clamps help ensure contact with center conductor.
Chisel point clamp main line capacity is 1 1/2." C-type clamp in set
fits conductors from #6 (.162") to 636 MCM (.998").
Set includes 6ft of #2 copper clear-jacket ground cable and ferrules,
and penetrator clamp C-type.

C. T600-1922 Spike clamp for underground cable.

D.

Spiked-point clamp main line capacity is 2 1/2." Spiked clamp only.

D. T600-2233 Ground set for underground cable.
For temporary grounding of underground distribution cable with jacket
over concentric neutral, special clamps help ensure contact with center conductor.
Spiked point clamp main line capacity is 2 1/2." C-type clamp in spiked set fits
conductors from #6 (.162") to 2" O.D. bus. Set includes ground rod,
6ft of #2 copper clear-jacket ground cable and ferrules, and penetrator clamp C-type.

F.

C600-1927 Underground Distribution 35kv Single phase
transformer ground set. Includes orange-jacketed elbow,
6 ft. of 1/0 copper grounding cable with yellow jacket and
bronze grounding clamp T600-0466. Fault current rating
10,000 amps for 10 cycles.

E.

Ground Parking Stand
E. T600-3091 15kv
F. T600-2124 25kv
Ground parking stand pre-assembled for padmounted transformers.
Provides a grounded surface for the jacketed elbow after it is removed from
the transformer bushing and tested to determine if it is de-energized.
Set includes bronze ground clamp and 4ft of 1/0 yellow ground cable.

G.

Bashlin Tools
G. 336A
The 336A traveling ground reduces the possibility of electric shock due to accidental contact
with energized conductors during stringing operations. Designed for 336 MCM conductor.

Everly
H. Ever-Grounds

68

Three models to protect against fatal injuries or severe burns during stringing operations.
Their unique and exclusive design provides a constant, continuous grounding and guards
against accidental energizing of moving conductors. Meet the requirements
for travelling grounds by O.S.H.A. section 1926.955 (d) (1-4).
Conductor Test Current
Model
Range
Weight
Size in Test
Amperes Cycles
Length of Test
JT3TA
.0625" - 1"
3 1/2 lb.
4/0 ACSR
23,000
30
JT77TA
.250" - 1.625" 4 3/4 lb.
750 MCM Al
23,000
29
JT712TA .250"- 2.187"
30 lb.
2300 MCM Al 30,800
27

H.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hoists
Chain Link
A. AB Chance
Part
C309-0438

Rating
3/4-Ton

Handle
Pull
Rating
65lb.

3011S

1-Ton

90lb.

Lift
Rating
5 1/2ft

Hook to
Hook
Minimum
1in.

Handle
Length
20in.

Weight
14lb.

5 1/2ft

1in.

20in.

14lb.

A.

C309-0439
1 1/2-Ton 60lb.
5 1/2ft
6in.
20in.
22lb.
Every Chance hoist is proof-tested and factory-operated at 150% of capacity rating. Lightweight
high-strength handle and sheave housings are heat-treated aluminum. All working parts are fully
enclosed in the housing unit to protect the hoist mechanism and to cover the gearing for worker
safety. Chain is high-strength alloy steel, polished for smooth action and low wear. Load hooks are
forged steel with spring-loaded latches. Both top and bottom hooks swivel 360 degrees to allow for
unwinding action of rope or stranded cable under tension.

B.

B. Little Mule

Handle
Hook to
Pull
Lift
Hook
Handle
Part
Rating
Rating
Rating Minimum Length Weight
LMSB-1500
3/4-Ton
46lb.
5ft
11 5/8"
9 1/4"
13lb.
Impact resistant stamped steel housing. Compact design, long chain life. Low handle effort, 360
degrees rotating handle. Easy free chain. State-of-the-art free wheeling mechanism allows quick
and easy one-handed take-up and positioning of slack chain. Tested at 125% of rated load.

C.

C. Little Mule
Handle
Pull
Rating

Hook to
Lift
Hook
Handle
Part
Rating
Rating Minimum Length
TB-602
550lbs
5ft
Mini Tool Box Hoist (Easy fit for a tool box)
The TB-602 is the most compact ratchet lever hoist in the
market, performs just like the larger models, but small enough to
fit in a hard hat.

Weight
6lb

D.

D. Jet “Mini-Mite” Series
Handle
Hook to
Pull
Lift
Hook
Handle
Part
Rating
Rating
Rating Minimum Length Weight
MM-75
3/4-Ton
48 1/2lb. 5ft
9 3/4"
10 5/64" 13 1/2lb.
Impact resistant steel construction with powder coat finish.
Single hand control and operation. Drop-forged hooks are designed to bend slowly to warn of
overload condition. Super hardened grade 100 low-wear chain. Proof tested and certified.

E. Harrington
Part
LB008

Rating
3/4-Ton

Handle
Pull
Rating
58lb.

Lift
Rating
5ft

Hook to
Hook
Minimum
11in.

Handle
Length
10.4in.

Weight
14lb

LB090

9-Ton

74lb.

5ft

27.8in.

16.3in.

93lb.

E.

Compact design with low headroom. Lightweight rugged, all-steel construction.
Grade 100 heat-treated manganese alloy load chain resists abrasion and wear while
minimizing chain weight. Factory load tested to 125% of rated capacity.

69

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hoists
Chain Roller
A. Little Mule
Part

Rating

Handle
Pull
Rating

Lift
Rating

Hook to
Hook
Minimum

A.
Handle
Length

Weight

AG/AGI
1500lb.
56lb.
56 1/2in. 13in.
18 3/4in. 14lb.
ATG/ATGI
3000lb.
60lb.
57in.
15in.
18 3/4in. 17lb.
FG/FGI
3000lb.
116lb.
56 1/2in. 16in.
27 5/8in. 25lb.
FTG/FTGI
6000lb.
120lb.
57in.
17 5/8in.
27 5/8in. 34lb.
ZG-4 1/2
9000lb.
124lb.
53in.
25in.
33 5/8in. 49lb.
ZG-6
12000lb.
124lb.
53in.
25in.
33 5/8in. 59lb.
WG-9
18000lb. 124lb.
60in.
30in.
33 5/8in. 120lb.
WG-11
22000lb.
124lb.
60in.
30in.
33 5/8in. 130lb.
WG-13
26000lb.
124lb.
60in.
30in.
33 5/8in. 140lb.
WG-15
30000lb.
124lb.
60in.
30in.
33 5/8in. 150lb.
Single or double locking pawl for hoists up to 3-ton. Malleable iron housings,
internal components made of heat-treated alloy steel for superior strength and durability, riveted construction
makes the unit tamper resistant, reversible handle for operation from either side, free chain feature allows
easy positioning and setup _ will not free chain under load. Handle stops prevent handle from spinning in case
operator removes hand from handle during operation. 360 degrees swivel hooks equipped with safety latches
for positive load engagement. All units tested at 125% of rated load.

Strap (Lineman)
B. Little Mule

Single Line

Double Line
Hook to
Hook to
Lift
Hook
Lift
Hook
Web Strap
Handle
Part
Rating
Rating
Minimum
Rating
Rating
Minimum
Length
Length
322B
1500lb.
14ft.
20in.
3000lb.
7ft.
23in.
15ft.
24in.
322DB
1500lb.
14ft.
20in.
3000lb.
7ft.
23in.
15ft.
24in.
322DHB
1500lb.
14ft.
22in.
3000lb.
7ft.
26in.
15ft.
24in.
344DB
2000lb.
11ft.
20in.
4000lb.
5 1/2ft.
23in.
12ft.
30in.
344DHB
2000lb.
11ft.
22in.
4000lb.
5 1/2ft.
26in.
12ft.
30in.
DB - Includes Hot Stick Rings on All Hooks and Control Surfaces
DHB - Includes Hot Stick-Type Gate Latch on All Hooks as well as Hot Stick Rings on All Hooks and Control Surfaces
Fiberglass handle and polyester webbing provide increased operator safety when using proper
hot line techniques, 360 degrees swiveling hooks with safety latches for positive load engagement, durable and
portable with special cast aluminum and zinc alloy housings, stainless steel springs and shaft make these
units corrosion resistant. Self storing web drum provides compact operation, nonconductive winding wheel
provided for quick take-up or positioning of slack webbing, utilizes a double pawl system with multiple
C.
pawl stops for precise load adjustment, open construction allows for easy cleaning and inspection,
utilizes a quick disconnect pin, and converts hoist for single line use.

Ship
Weight
12 1/2lb.
13lb.
13lb.
13lb.
13lb.

B.

C. Lug-All
Single Line
Double Line
Lift
Lift
Web Strap
Handle
Ship
Part
Rating
Rating
Rating
Rating
Length
Length
Weight
2B
1000lb.
8ft.
2000lb.
4ft.
8ft
30in.
10 1/4lb.
3B
1500lb.
10ft.
3000lb.
5ft.
10ft
30in.
13lb.
4B
2000lb.
8ft.
4000lb.
4ft.
8ft
36in.
14 3/4lb.
Equipped with hot stick rings, exclusive overload warning link signals to warn operator of dangerous
overload, easily field replaced handle, double flanged drum prevents web strap from coming in contact
with ratchet teeth, forged hooks straighten if over-stressed, double locking pawl mechanism prevents load drop,
oiled for life bearings assure smooth operation, open frame construction for cleaning and visual inspection.

D. AB Chance
Single Line

70

Part
C309-0452

Rating
1500lb.

Lift
Rating
6ft.

Rating
3000lb.

Lift
Rating
3ft.

Double Line
Web Strap
Length
9ft.

Ship
Weight
13 1/2lb.

D.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hoists
Cable
A. Little Mule
Single Line

Double Line
Hook to
Hook to
Lift
Hook
Lift
Hook
Cable Dia
Ship
Part
Rating
Rating
Minimum
Rating
Rating
Minimum Length
Weight
115SA
1000lb.
13 3/4ft.
19in.
3/16in.x16ft.
7 3/4lb.
115DA
1000lb.
13 1/2ft.
21in.
2000lb.
6 1/2ft.
27in.
3/16in.x16ft.
9 1/2lb.
202WNA 1500lb.
12 1/2ft.
21in.
3000lb.
6ft.
27in.
1/4in.x15ft.
10 1/2lb.
Handle designed for overload protection, bends to warn of hazardous condition and prevent overload,
360 degrees swivel hooks with safety latches for positive load engagement, lightweight and rugged, heavy duty cable
7x19 galvanized extra flexible aircraft cable, self storing cable drum, easy load positioning, fast cable take-up, open
construction allows for cleaning and visual inspection, designed with 4:1 safety factor and tested at 125% of rated load.

A.

Load Binder
B. Ratcliff
Part
Rating
Headroom
Weight
Model C
5400lb.
20”
10lb.
Grab hooks top & bottom, the only rollerless chain binder with 15,000lb. minimum
tensile strength that one man can easily operate, alloy steel head, diamond chain, tamper resistant, takes
up or releases in 1/2in. increments, total take up is 12in., lever will not whip as on over-center binders.

Rope Hoist
C. Maasdam

B.

Part
Desc.
Capacity
Max.Lift
Rope Dia.
Leverage
Weight
A-0
w/o rope
3/4 ton
10:1
7lb.
A-20
w/rope
3/4 ton
20ft.
1/2in.
10:1
9lb.
Long haul rope puller can be used for recovering vehicles, securing material
to trucks, handling logs, trees, and stumps, moving boats and trailers, or clearing debris.
Unlimited reach, non-conductive properties with a manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

C.

71

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hoists Accessories
Capstan Hoist
AB Chance
1000lb. Hoist

A.

A. C308-1170

B.

Power
Rating
Weight
115V AC
1000lb.
35lb.
Includes power hoist and foot control only

B. C308-1190
Power
Rating
Weight
Gas
1000lb.
34 3/4lb.
Includes power hoist and foot throttle Only.
Recommended bracket C308-0925.

C.

Accessories for 1000lb hoist:
C. C308-1335
All Purpose Bracket (23lb.)

D.

D. E308-1321
Bolt Down Bracket (8lb.)

E. C308-0925
Universal Bracket

F. C417-0346
Chain Clamp (7 1/8lb.)

G. C308-0856

F.

Rope Lock Device (1 1/2lb.)

3000lb. Hoist
C308-1370 See Photo A.

E.

Power
Rating
Weight
115V AC
3000lb.
53lb.
Includes power hoist and foot control switch only.

C308-1390 See Photo B.

Power
Rating
Weight
Gas
3000lb.
53 3/4lb.
Includes power hoist and foot throttle only.
Note: 3000lb. Hoist works at slower speed than 1000 lb. Hoist.

Accessories for 3000lb. Hoist:
C308-1443 See Photo E.

G.

All Purpose Bracket (30lb.)

E308-1434 See Photo D.
Bolt Down Bracket (15lb.)

C308-0856
Rope Lock Device (1 1/2lb.)

H . C417-0337
Foot Switch for both 1000lb and
3000lb madels.

72

H.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Support Grips
Kellems
A. Wire Mesh (Pulling Socks)
Offset Eye, Closed Mesh Standard support grips for permanent
support when cable end is available to be installed through grip.
Cable Dia.
Approx. Break
Model #
Range (in)
Strength (lbs) Length (in)
02201037
.50-.62
500
14
02201038
.63-.74
750
14
02201039
.75-.99
950
17
02201041
1.00-1.24
1500
19
02201042
1.25-1.49
1500
20
02201043
1.50-1.74
1500
22
02201044
1.75-1.99
2000
25
02201045
2.00-2.49
3100
30
02201046
2.50-2.99
3100
32
02201047
3.00-3.49
3800
36
02201048
3.50-3.99
3800
38

A.

B.

Conduit Riser
Ring type, single weave, tin-coated bronze riser support grips.
Suitable for schedule 40 conduit only.

B. Model
RR-075
Cable Sizes (in): .75-.99
Length (in)
11
Conduit Sizes (in)
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4

5
6

RR-100 RR-125 RR-150 RR-175 RR-200 RR-250 RR-300
RR-350
1.00-1.24 1.25-.149 1.50-1.74 1.75-1.99 2.00-2.49 2.50-2.9 3.00-3.49 3.50-3.99
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
21
Model # and Break Strength
02213003 (1020lb)
02213007 (970lb) • 02213009 (1610lb)
02213010 (920lb) • 02213012 (1520lb) • 02213013 (1610)
02213014 (870lb) • 02213016 (1430lb) • 02213017 (1510)
02213018 (1610) • 02213019 (2150lb)
02213020 (820lb) • 02213022 (1340lb) • 02213023 (1400lb)
02213024 (1490lb) • 02213025 (1990lb) • 02213026 (3260lb)
C.
02213033 (2970lb) • 02213034 (3260lb)
02213035 (720lb) • 02213037 (1160lb) • 02213038 (1190lb)
02213039 (1250lb) • 02213040 (1670lb) • 02213041 (2680lb)
02213042 (2890lb) • 02213043 (4080lb)
02213061 (2170lb) • 02213062 (2860lb) • 02213063 (3130lb)
02213071 (1795lb) • 02213072 (2245lb) • 02213073 (2245lb)

C. Service Drop Support Grip
Single eye, tin-coated bronze.
Light duty, closed mesh, single weave support grip for permanent
support when cable end is available to be installed.
Cable Dia.
Approx Break
Model
Range (in)
Strength (lb)
Length (in)
02216001
.23-.31
290
6 3/4
02216002
.29-.37
290
9 1/4
02216003
.35-.44
500
10 1/4
02216004
.41-.50
500
10 1/2
02216005
.46-.56
660
11 1/4
02216006
.52-.62
790
13 1/4
02216007
.58-.68
790
13 1/2
02216008
.64-.75
790
13 3/4
02216009
.70-.81
790
14 1/4
02216010
.75-.87
1020
16
02216011
.81-.94
1020
16 1/4
02216012
.87-1.00
1020
16 3/4
02216013
.94-1.06
1020
18
02216014
1.00-1.18
1020
18 1/2
02216015
1.06-1.25
1020
18 1/2

73

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Pulling Grips
Kellems
Underground Pulling Grips
Rotating eye, k-type pulling grips are made of high strength
galvanized steel strand. All grips feature double weave mesh for
greater strength and added mesh contact on the cable,
to handle longer or heavier pulling jobs.
The forged eye mates easily with a swivel or shackle.
Cable Dia.
Rotating Eye
Approx Break
A. Model #
Range (in)
Eye Dia. (in)
Strength (lb)
03301011
.50-.61
7/8
5600
03301012
.62-.74
7/8
6800
03301024
.75-.99
1
9600
03301025
1.00-1.49
1 3/8
16400
03301026
1.50-1.99
1 3/8
16400
03301027
2.00-2.49
1 5/8
27200
03301028
2.50-2.99
1 7/8
33000
03301029
3.00-3.49
1 7/8
41000
03301030
3.50-3.99
1 7/8
48000
03301031
4.00-4.49
1 7/8
48000
03301039
4.50-4.99
1 7/8
48000
03301047
5.00-5.99
1 7/8
48000
03301045
6.00-6.99
1 7/8
48000

A.

Length (in)
21
21
38
B.
40
41
45
48
49
51
52
68
70
76

Overhead Pulling Grips
Flexible or rotating eye, triple, double, single weave, galvanized steel.
Multiple strength pulling grips are designed for pulling ACSR,
aluminum or copper bare conductor, ground wires, messenger strands,
wire rope and insulated cables.

B. Grip-Rotating Eye
Model

Cable Dia.
Range (in)

Rotating Eye
Dia. (in)

Approx Break
Strength (lb)

Length (in)

03302016
03302018
03302020
03302022
03302024
03302026
03302028
03302066
03302097
033021030
033021031

.25-.49
.50-.74
.75-.94
1.00-1.24
1.25-1.49
1.50-1.74
1.75-2.24
2.00-2.49
2.50-2.99
3.00-3.49
3.50-3.99

7/8
1
1
1 3/8
1 5/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8

6800
10000
14400
24600
30600
30600
48000
48000
48000
48000
48000

31
38
47
60
64
69
80
60
62
64
68

A-Eye Dia. (in)
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8

Approx Break
Strength (lb)
6800
10000
14400
24600
30600
30600
48000
48000
48000
48000
48000

Length (in)
35
41
52
64
68
72
88
68
70
72
76

C. Grip-Flexible Eye
Model
03302044
03302046
03302048
03302050
03302052
03302054
03302056
033021078
033021079
033021080
033021081

74

Cable Dia.
Range (in)
.25-.49
.50-.74
.75-.94
1.00-1.24
1.25-1.49
1.50-1.74
1.75-2.24
2.00-2.49
2.50-2.99
3.00-3.49
3.50-3.99

C.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Pulling Grips
Kellems
Fiber Optic Cable Grips
Galvanized steel for outside plant cable
A. Flexible Eye Low Profile
Cable Dia.
Approx. Break
Model
Range (in)
Strength (lb)
033291193
.10-.22
900
033291194
.21-.35
1400
033291195
.32-.48
2000
033291196
.42-.61
2500
033291197
.53-.74
3000
033291198
.64-.87
4200
033291199
.75-1.00
4200

A.
Length (in)
17 1/2
B.
21 1/2
27 1/2
29 1/2
31 1/2
33 1/2
35 1/2

B. Slack Pulling, Split Mesh Rod Closing, Single Weave
Model
033291015
033291016
033291017
033291018

Cable Dia.
Range (in)
.25-.37
.38-.49
.50-.61
.62-.74

Approx. Break
Strength (lb)
300
800
800
1200

Length (in)
7 7/10
8
10 1/2
11

C.

Kearney Cumalong
C. Cumalongs The exclusive wedge-grip action provides a positive, tight grip on the
conductor for non-kinking, in-line pull. Easily installed and removed with a tie stick.
All models except 16847 Series include hardened steel rollers for easier opening and
positive holding. Wedges are bronze, except 1833-14 (steel) and 130429 (aluminum).
Bodies are aluminum except 1833-2 and -3 (bronze).
Conductor
Model
Range (in)
Max
Left Hand
Right Hand
Max
Min
Working Load(lb)
16847
16847-1
2-7 str.-.292"
8 sol-.128"
2000
1833
1833-1
4/0 ACSR-.563"
8 sol-.128"
4000
1833-2
1833-3
4/0 ACSR-.563"
8 sol-.128"
6000
1833-4
1833-5
*795 ACSR-1.050"
2 sol-.258"
5500
1833-22
1833-21
954 str.-1.126"
4/0 ACSR-.563"
5500
130428
1590 ACSR-1.545"
266.8 str.-.586"
15000
130428-1
1590 ACSR-1.545"
266.8 str.-.586"
4000
*795 ACSR when diameter of specific stranding does not exceed 1.050"

Replacement
Wedge
16960
1833-14
1833-14
1833-44
1833-24
135105-1
130429

Klein
D. Chicago/Catch-off
Grips for large diameter conductor. The 1628-50 is furnished
with removable floating jaw which allows maximum coverage
of cable and minimize conductor damage, particularly under heavy load.
Jaw must be removed to insert cable.
YOUR ORDER MUST SPECIFY EXACT OUTSIDE DIAMETER
OF CABLES, CIRCULAR MILLS WITH STRAND COMBINATION
OR MANUFACTURER’S CODE. EACH GRIP FOR LARGE
DIAMETER CABLE IS MADE FOR ONE-SIZE CABLE ONLY.
Model

D.

Minimum
Maximum
Max Safe
Approx
Cable (in)
Cable (in)
Load (lb)
Weight
1628-16P 2 ACSR .31
477,000 CM ACSR .88
15,000
17
1628-30
477,000 CM ACSR .85
1,033,000 CM ACSR 1.24 20,000
27
1628-40
1,033,500 CM ACSR 1.24 1,590,000 CM ACSR 1.54 25,000
34
1628-50
666,600 CM ACSR 1.0
2,500,000 CM Al 1.82
25,000
34
Minimum-Maximum sizes listed indicate the unfinished size-range capability for each model #.
Maximum safe stringing tension 12,500 lbs to minimize conductor damage.

Jaw
Length (in)
7 1/4
10 3/4
10 3/4
10 3/4

75

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Pulling Grips
Klein

A.

A. Grips for bare ACSR, Aluminum, and Stranded Copper cables
Model
1656-20
1656-30
1656-40
1656-50
1656-60

Minimum
Cable (in)
6 ACSR
2 ACSR
0.53
397,500 CMACSR
477,000 CMACSR

Maximum
Cable (in)
.201/0ACSR .40
.31 0.53
336,400 CMACSR .74
.74 477,000 CM ACSR .86
.86 605,000 CM ACSR .96

Max Safe
Load (lb)
4500
4500
8000
8000
8000

Approx
Weight (lb)
3
3 1/4
7 1/2
7 1/2
7 1/2

B. Grips for Aluminum conductors.
For use on aluminum conductors in distribution work.
Minimum
Maximum
Max Safe
Model
Cable (in)
Cable (in)
Load (lb)
1678-20
0.96
1.02
8000
1678-30
1.02
1.08
5500
1678-40
1.08
1.14
5500
1678-50
1.14
1.2
5500

Jaw
Length (in)
4
4 3/4
5 1/2
5 1/2
5 1/2

B.
Approx
Weight
7 1/2
7 1/2
7 1/2
7 1/2

Jaw
Length (in)
5 1/2
5 1/2
5 1/2
5 1/2

C.

C. Grip for bare wire.
A lightweight, especially economic grip for working with solid and
stranded bare wire from .08" to .20." Single “V” groove jaw.
Model
1613-30

Minimum
Cable (in)
12 B&S Solid .08

Maximum
Cable (in)
4 B&S Solid .20

Max Safe
Load (lb)
1500

Approx
Weight (lb)
1 1/2

Jaw
Length(in)
3

D. Grips for Weatherproof Wire.
For weatherproof coated wire. Notches in jaw provide firm grip on insulation.
Model #
1611-20
1611-30
1611-40
1611-50

Minimum
Cable (in)
0.2
0.31
0.53
0.78

Maximum
Cable (in)
0.4
0.53
0.74
0.88

Max Safe
Load (lb)
4500
4500
8000
8000

Approx
Weight (lb)
3
3 3/4
7 3/4
7 3/4

Jaw
Length(in)
4
4 3/4
5 1/2
5 1/2

D.

E. Grips for PVC covered conductors. Serpentine jaws are specially machined

E.

to allow insertion of insulated conductor through the jaws, which reduce danger of
slippage which might result in insulation damage. Eliminates necessity of stripping insulation
from conductor. Round inside jaw contour.
Model
1659-20
1659-30
1659-40
1659-50

Minimum
Cable (in)
0.2
0.31
0.49
0.79

Maximum
Cable (in)
0.42
0.5
0.79
1.01

Max Safe
Load (lb)
4500
4500
8000
8000

Approx
Weight (lb)
3
3 3/4
7 3/4
7 3/4

Jaw
Length(in)
4
4 3/4
5 1/2
5 1/2

F. Grips for extra-high strength cables, messenger, guy strand and conductors.
A family of grips for cable sizes from .12" to 1.0" Double “V” grooves give
four-point contact, reducing chance of slipping and providing proper alignment.
For larger conductors, see our grips with round inside-jaw contour.
Model #
1613-40
1684-5
1692-50
1684-5F
1628-16
1628-17
7 6 1628-18

Minimum
Cable (in)
0.12
0.218
0.218
0.16
0.31
0.5
0.75

Maximum
Cable (in)
0.37
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.62
0.75
1

Max Safe
Load (lb)
4500
8000
8000
8000
15000
15000
15000

Approx
Weight (lb)
3
6 1/4
6 3/8
6 1/4
15 1/2
17
17

Jaw
Length(in)
4
5
5
5
7 1/4
7 1/4
7 1/4

F.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Pulling Grips
Klein
A. Parallel jaw grips.
Lightweight, compact and pull an exceptionally wide range of cable sizes and types. Each grip
is designed with round-inside jaw contours. The lower jaw is serrated to firmly grip insulated cables and
conductors. The design includes a latch that prevents the grip from falling in case of jaw disengagement
from the cable, plus a larger diameter eye that accommodates large hooks on hoists, winches, and tackle blocks.
Model
1685-20
1685-30
1685-31

Minimum
Cable (in)
0.157
Discontinued
0.625

Maximum
Cable (in)
0.886

Max Safe
Load (lb)
4500

Approx
Jaw
Weight (lb) Length(in)
3
2.36

1.25

7500

5

A.

4.5

B. Hot line grips for bare conductors.
Model
1613-40H
1684-5H
1656-20H
1656-30H
1656-40H
1656-50H
1656-60H

Minimum
Cable (in)
8 B&S Solid .12
0.218
6 ACSR .20
2 ACSR .31
0.53
0.74
477,000 CM ACSR .86

Maximum
Cable (in)
1/0 B&S Strand .37
0.55
1/0 ACSR .40
0.53
336,400 CM ACSR .74
0.86
605,000 CM ACSR .96

Max Safe
Load (lb)
4500
8000
4500
4500
8000
8000
8000

Approx
Weight (lb)
3 1/4
6 1/4
3 1/4
4
7 3/4
7 3/4
7 3/4

Jaw
Length (in)
4
5
4
4 3/4
5 1/2
5 1/2
5 1/2

B.

C. Curved jaw grips for EHS cable.
The jaws of the grip are milled on a curve with a double “V” contour
which reduces the possibility of slippage and damage to
extra-high strength galvanized steel cable.
Minimum
Model
Cable (in)
1684-74
0.218
S1684-74H*
0.218
*Hot line latch and spring

Maximum
Cable (in)
0.55
0.55

Max Safe
Load (lb)
8000
8000

C.

Approx
Weight (lb)
6 1/4
6 1/4

Jaw
Length (in)
5
5

Approx
Weight (lb)
6 1/4
15 1/2
6 3/8

Jaw
Length (in)
5
7 1/4
5

Approx
Weight (lb)
6

Jaw
Length (in)
5

Klein
D. Bell-System type grips.
Equipped with a chain, toggle, and shackle.
Minimum Maximum
Model
Cable (in)
Cable (in)
1684-5AT
0.218
0.55
1628-16AT
0.31
0.62
1692-5AT
0.218
0.55

Max Safe
Load (lb)
8000
15,000
8000

D.

E. “Type B” strand puller.
Designed to pull 1/4" figure-8 telephone cable.
Serpentine grooves grip insulation on strand, preventing
slippage. Equipped with chain, toggle, and tackle.
Minimum Maximum
Max Safe
Model
Cable (in)
Cable (in)
Load (lb)
1659-5AT
0.2
0.37
5000

E.

77

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Pulling Grips
Klein
A. Long parallel jaw grips.
Longer jaws achieve a firm hold, reducing possibility of slippage and
damage to cable. Includes a latch, plus a large diameter eye that accommodates
large hooks on hoists, winches, and tackle blocks.
Minimum
Maximum
Max Safe
Approx
Jaw
Model
Cable (in)
Cable (in)
Load (lb)
Weight (lb)
Length (in)
1686-10
0.2
0.4
10,000
5
4 3/8
1671-10
0.37
0.75
10,000
5
4 3/8
*1686-20
0.2
0.4
10,000
5
4 3/8
*1672-10
0.37
0.75
10,000
5
4 3/8
*1672-10 is same as 1671-10 but with knurled jaws.
1686-20 is same as 1686-10 but with knurled jaws.

A.

B.

C.

B. “Haven” grips.
D.

Designed for use when light, compact grip is desired and where
conductor damage is not a factor. Gripping pressure of the knurled
jaw is applied to 1/4" cable area. 1604-20L and 1625 series have
a swing latch to help hold cable in the jaw.
Minimum
Maximum
Max Safe Approx
Model
Cable (in)
Cable (in)
Load (lb)
Weight (lb)
1604-10
14 B&S .06
2 B&S .25
2500
1
1604-20
8 B&S .125
Steel Strand .50
5000
2 1/2

C.

Model

1604-20L

D.

Model
1625-20
1625-20
1625-20

Minimum
Cable (in)

Maximum
Cable (in)

Max Safe
Load (lb)

Approx
Weight (lb)

8 B&S .125

Steel Strand .50

5000

2 1/2

Minimum
Cable (in)
1 B&S .28
7/80.38
10.5

Maximum
Cable (in)
Wire Rope .75
Wire Rope .88
Wire Rope 1.00

Max Safe
Load (lb)
8000
8000
8000

Approx
Weight (lb)
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2

Little Mule
E. Wire grips.

78

E.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Swivels
DCD Overhead & URD
A. Can-Link Connector The 00520 connector is used to connect two items with lugs or wire loop fittings. A common use is to
connect a wire mesh grip to the pulling wire. The connectors are manufactured from high strength stainless steel with hardened clevis pins.
The two smaller sizes have slotted clevis pins, while the larger sizes have hexagon clevis pins. *Safety factor of 3:1 (horizontal pull only).
Part
Safe Working Load
Dia.
Length Weight Clevis Pin
A.
00520-010
2500lb.
7/8"
2 1/8"
.19lb.
00010-SLT
00520-020
5000lb.
1 1/4"
2 7/8"
.50lb.
00020-SLT
C.
00520-027
9000lb.
1 1/2"
3 3/8"
.80lb.
00025-HEX
00520-035
15000lb.
2"
4 9/16" 2.0lb.
00035-HEX

HighLine

B.

B. HighLine Breakaway Swivel
Part
HL5/8 600
HL7/8 1000
HL1.25 1800

Safe Working Load
600lb.
1000lb.
1800lb.

Length
3 1/4"
4 1/16"
5 9/16"

Weight
.17lb.
.42lb.
1.20lb.

C. HighLine “Line Swivel”
Constructed with a thrust bearing for tensile load and a radial bearing for bending load. They combine a high safe working load with
a compact design. All sizes incorporate an oil seal and are manufactured from high strength stainless steel. 3:1 safety factor and are fully
capable of rotation at full working load.
Part
Safe Working Load
Dia.
Length Weight
D.
HL2250
2250lb.
7/8"
3 3/8"
.34lb.
HL5000
5000lb.
1 1/4"
4 3/4"
1.0lb.
HL10000
10000lb.
1 5/8"
6"
2.1lb.
E.
HL15000
15000lb.
2"
7"
3.8lb.

Condux Swivel Accessories
D. 08091200 Versatile clevis provides efficient link for several applications. All-steel construction with 10,000lbs.
Load capacity. Combinations of sheaves and pins allow following connections: 3/4" diameter rope to 3/4" diameter rope,
rope to forged eye pulling grip, forged eye pulling grip to forged eye pulling grip, rope to flexible eye pulling grip.

Directional Drilling
E. Drill Directional Swivels Designed specifically for directional drilling, the Condux 819 D. Drill swivels prevent boring
equipments’ rotational torque from interfering with the product (cable or conduit) being pulled. The D. Drill Swivels are greasable
and double sealed to keep contaminants out. Clevis pins with hex nuts allow for installation and removal from either side of the swivel.
There is a 90 day warranty on the directional drill swivels.
Part
Tension lbs.
Compression lbs.
08190016
8500
2800
08190020
10000
3300
08190025
20000
6600
08190030
30000
10000
08190040
45000
15000
08190045
60000
20000
08190060
90000
30000
08190080
120000
40000

**Condux requires the use of a calcium based lubricant only.**
F
G
A
B
C
D
E
1 5/8"
.63"
6.85"
1.59"
.56"
.78"
2.36"
2"
.75"
7.83"
1.81"
.63"
.75"
2.89"
2 1/2"
1.00"
10.93" 2.84"
.88"
1.25"
3.67"
3"
1.31"
12.75" 3.56"
1.13"
1.37"
4.50"
4"
1.63"
15.25" 4.00"
1.25"
1.84"
5.58"
4 5/8"
1.75"
17.48" 4.62"
1.50"
2.13"
6.31"
6"
2.00"
18.27" 4.50"
1.75"
2.18"
6.59"
8"
2.25"
21.71" 5.25"
2.00"
2.50"
8.25"

F. Replacement Parts. D. Drill swivel rebuild kits allow the swivel to be rebuilt by the user if bentonite gets past the seals and damages
the bearings. Kits includes 4 bearings, 2 seals, a roll pin, a setscrew, a grease zerk and instructions. Individual replacement clevis pins
and clevis pin locking nuts are also available.
Swivel Size
1 5/8"
2"
2 1/2"
3"
4"
4 5/8"
6"
8"

Rebuild Kit
08190001
08190002
08190003
08190004
08190008
08190005
08190006
08190009

Clevis Pin
08190104
08190114
08190124
08190134
08190154
08190144
08190164
08190167

Locking Nut
02250500
02250600
02250700
02250800
02263000
02250900
02251000
02279000

Rebuild Tool
08190168
08190188

F.

79

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Underground Tools & Accessories
Jameson Rodders
A. Little Buddy Fish Tape
Ideal for handling a wide variety of jobs. At 3/16" outside diameter, this fish tape is
available in lengths from 150 to 300 feet. Good for jobs like running inside and outside
conduit drops. Also ideal for home drops from the hand-hole box to the house or
building, and even light pole, control wiring, and walker ducts. Operates vertically or
horizontally, and offers a drag brake to control payout.
Models
10-316-150
10-316-200
10-316-250
10-316-300
10-316-AK
10-140
10-146
10-160
10-162
10-163

A.

Description
150' x 3/16" fish tape
200' x 3/16" fish tape
250' x 3/16" fish tape
300' x 3/16" fish tape
Standard accessory kit
Splice repair kit
End ferrule repair kit
Pulling eye
Large flexible pushing/pulling tip
Small flexible pushing tip

B. Wee Buddy Fish Tape
Plays a big role in inside wiring jobs in occupied conduit where a flat tape tends to
wrap around existing wire or cable. The round, slick sheath of the Wee Buddy slides
more easily over the existing wires, especially at bends. Can fish conduit as
small as 1/2" inside diameter.
Models
8-18-50
8-18-50K
8-18-100
8-18-100K
8-18-150
8-18-150K
8-18-AK
8-140
8-146
8-160
8-162

B.

Description
50' x 1/8" fish tape
50' x 1/8" fish tape w/accessory kit
100' x 1/8" fish tape
100' x 1/8" fish tape w/accessory kit
150' x 1/8" fish tape
150' x 1/8" fish tape w/accessory kit
Standard accessory kit
Splice repair kit
End ferrule repair kit
Pulling eye
Flexible spring leader

C. Good Buddy Rodder
For the larger jobs that still require some measure of portability. Designed especially
for manhole-to-riser and riser-to-riser jobs, but is also perfect for cable vaults and
running larger conduit in buildings. Vertical and horizontal swiveling allow the unit to
be ideally positioned in confined areas. Designed to fish conduit ranging from 2" to
4," and has a drag brake to control payout. Available with foot or meter markings.
Models
9-25-300
9-25-300M
9-25-400
9-25-400M
9-25-AK
9-140
9-146
9-139
9-141
9-143
9-148
11-142
9-25-12ST

80

Description
300' x 3/8" rodder
300' x 3/8" rodder marked (5' increments)
400' x 3/8" rodder
400' x 3/8" rodder marked (5' increments)
Standard accessory kit
Splice repair kit
End ferrule repair kit
Swivel eye
Roller guide
Swivel coupling
Rod grapple set
Shackle fitting
12" stinger tip

C.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

9-25-24ST

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Underground Tools & Accessories

24" stinger tip

Jameson Rodders
A. Good Buddy II Rodder Same as Good Buddy rodder but with longer rod lengths, and the reel is only 38" in diameter.
Models
11A-25-400
11A-25-400M
11A-25-500
11A-25-500M
11A-25-600
11A-25-600M
9-25-AK
9-140
9-146
9-139
9-141
9-143
9-148
11-142
9-25-12ST
9-25-24ST

Description
400'x3/8" rodder
400'x3/8" rodder marked
(5' increments)
500'x3/8" rodder
500'x3/8" rodder marked
(5' increments)
600'x3/8" rodder
600'x3/8" rodder marked
(5' increments)
Standard accessory kit
Splice repair kit
End ferrule repair kit
Swivel eye
Roller guide
Swivel coupling
Rod grapple set
Shackle fitting
12" stinger tip
24" stinger tip

A.

B.

B. Big Buddy Rodder. Heavy duty rodder designed for up to 4" inside diameter or larger. Perfect for manhole-to-manhole
or long run cable pulls. Operates vertically or horizontally, and with a drag brake. Stores easily in small vans.
Model
Description
11-38-500
500'x1/2" rodder
C.
Model
Description
11-38-500M
500'x1/2" rodder marked
11-38-RK
Standard accessory kit
(5' increments)
11-140
Splice repair kit
11-38-600
600'x1/2" rodder
11-146
End ferrule kit
11-38-600M
600'x1/2" rodder marked
11-139
Swivel eye
(5' increments)
11-141
Roller guide
11-38-800
800'x1/2" rodder
11-142
Shackle fitting
11-38-800M
800'x1/2" rodder marked
11-143
Swivel coupling
(5' increments)
11-148
Rod grapple set
11-38-1000
1000'x1/2" rodder
11-25-6ST
6' stinger tip
11-38-1000M
1000'x1/2" rodder marked
11-25-8ST
8' stinger tip
(5' increments)

Condux

C. Duct Rodders. Sturdy construction and a hand operated wheel brake. They can be used
on their sides as well as upright. Equipped with a threaded end fitting on each end, plus a tapered head on the outward end.
3/16" Mini-Cobra Rodder #12-24 End Fitting 16" Cage
Part
Length (ft)
Part
Length (ft)
08072405 50
8072420
200
08072410 100
872425
250
08072415 150
8072430
300

5/16" Cobra
Part
08083720
08083725
08083730
08083735
08083740
08083745
08083750

Rodder
Length (ft)
200
250
300
350
400
450
500

Part
08083755
08083760
08083765
08083770
08083775
08083780
08083790
08083710

Length (ft)
550
600
650
700
750
800
900
1000

1/4" Mini-Cobra Rodder 5/16" End Fitting 24" Cage
Part
Length (ft)
Part
Length (ft)
08072510 100
8072535
350
08072515 150
8072540
400
08072520 200
8072545
450
08072525 250
8072550
500
08072530 300
8072555
550
8072560
600
7/16" Cobra Rodder
Part
Length (ft)
Part
Length (ft)
08083870 700
08083820 200
08083875 750
08083825 250
08083880 800
08083830 300
08083890 900
08083835 350
08083810 1000
08083840 400
08083811 1100
08083845 450
08083812 1200
08083850 500
08083813 1300
08083855 550
08083814 1400
08083860 600
08083815 1500
08083865 650

81

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Underground Tools & Accessories
Condux

A. Flexible Steel Mandrel

A. B.

Steel discs in graduated sizes makes this mandrel ideal for removing obstructions
in duct with extreme bends. 7,000 lbs load capacity.

B. Duct Rodders
Part
08021700
08021925
08021800
08049400
08021900
08058900
08059000
08079500

Duct Size
2 in
2 1/2 in
3 in
3 1/2 in
4 in
5 in
6 in
8 in

Body Length
7.31 in
11.25 in
11.25 in
11.25 in
11.25 in
11.25 in
11.25 in
11.25 in

Max O.D.
1.75 in
2.25 in
2.75 in
3.25 in
3.75 in
4.75 in
5.75 in
7.75 in

C.

C. Rubber Duct Swab
Ideal for cleaning and assisting in the spreading of a lubricant
throughout the duct. 7,000 lbs load capacity.
Part
08028820
08028830
08028700
08028800
08058700
08058800
08022880

Duct Size
2 in
3 in
3 1/2 in
4 in
5 in
6 in
8 in

Body Length
10 in
10 in
10 in
10 in
10 in
10 in
10 in

Max O.D.
2 in
3 in
3 1/2 in
4 in
5 in
6 in
8 in

D. Wire Brush Mandrel
Flat steel bristles with a pulling eye on one end and a loop on the other end.
Easily removes sand, grit and other light obstructions from the duct. 800 lbs load capacity.
Part
08028904
08028905
08028900
08046000
08067100
08067200
08029000
08029100
08068100
08029080

Duct Size
1 1/4 in
1 1/2 in
2 in
2 1/2 in
3 in
3 1/2 in
4 in
5 in
6 in
8 in

Body Length
4.25 in
4.25 in
4.25 in
4.25 in
5.50 in
5 in
6.75 in
6.50 in
6.75 in
4.75 in

Max O.D.
1 in
1.25 in
1.75 in
2.25 in
2.75 in
3.25 in
3.75 in
4.75 in
5.75 in
7.75 in

D.

E. Line Carriers
Fast and efficient plastic carriers for fishing with high-speed blowers even in out-of-round duct.
Carrier will travel over minor obstructions in duct.
Part
067900
08030100
08030200
08030300
08030400
08030500

82

Duct Size
2 in
3 in
3 1/2 in
4 in
5 in
6 in

Max O.D.
2.06 in
3.06 in
3.56 in
4.06 in
5.06 in
6.06 in

E.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Underground Tools & Accessories
Condux

A. Inflatable Carriers

A.

Rip-stop nylon bag conforms to cable-occupied ducts. One carrier can be used in a
variety of duct sizes or when the duct size changes throughout the run. Easy to pull back.
Part
08032700
08032800
08031600
08031700

Duct Size
3/4"-1 1/4"
1 1/2"-2 1/2"
3"-4"
4"-6"

B.

B. Duct Projectile
Flexible rubber cones are durable for many repeated uses.
Fast and efficient for long runs with easy pull back.
Part
08031812
08031814
08031815
08031816
08031820
08031822
08031825
08031830
08031835
08031840
08031844
08031846
08031850
08031860
08031880

Duct Size
1 1/4"
1 3/8"
1 1/2"
1 5/8"
2"
2 1/4"
2 1/2"
3"
3 1/2"
4"
4 1/4"
4 1/2"
5"
6"
8"

Max O.D.
1.25"
1.37"
1.50"
1.62"
2"
2.20"
2.50"
3"
3.50"
4"
4.25"
4.51"
5"
6"
8"

C.

C. 08032165
Universal seal-off control valve.
Used with the innerduct seal-off, conduit seal-off, and double seal-off. Use the interchangeable
heads for the style and size needed. Comes equipped with an air flow valve and a universal hose
coupling for attachment to most compressors. 3/16" rope adapter included.

D. Rope Adapter Kit
Allows a wider range of rope diameters to be used with the innerduct and compressor seal-offs.
Part
08032181
08032190
08032191
08032170

Nominal Duct Size
Adapter kit for conduit seal-offs
3/16" rope adapter
1/4" rope adapter
3/8" rope adapter

D.

E. Foam Carrier
Lightweight carrier easily blows through duct.
Best suited for short runs and runs with multiple bends.
Part
08078200
08078300
08032200
08032300
08039800
08032400
08078400
08032500
08032100
08032600
08059100
08059200

Duct Size
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
2 1/2"
3"
3 1/2"
4"
5"
6"

E.

Max O.D.
.50"
.75"
1"
1.25"
1.50"
2"
2.50"
3"
3.50"
4"
5"
6"

83

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Underground Tools & Accessories
Condux

A. Individual Conduit Seal-Offs
Part
08032900
08032905
08032910
08032915
08032920
08032925
08032930
08032935

Nominal Duct Size
2"
2 1/2"
3"
3 1/2"
4"
5"
6"
8"

A.
Duct I.D. Range
1.93"-2.36"
2.40"-2.76"
2.87"-3.31"
3.50"-3.75"
3.54"-4.25"
4.72"-5.37"
5.50"-6.29"
7.83"-8.27"

B.

B. Individual Double Seal-Offs
Part
08032940
08032945
08032950
08032955
08032960
08032965
08032970
08032975

Nominal Duct Size
2"
2 1/2"
3"
3 1/2"
4"
5"
6"
8"

Duct I.D. Range
1.93"-2.36"
2.40"-2.76"
2.87"-3.31"
3.50"-3.75"
3.54"-4.25"
4.72"-5.37"
5.50"-6.29"
7.83"-8.27"

C.

C. Individual Innerduct Seal-Offs
Part
08034315
08034316
08034317
08034318

Nominal Duct Size
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"

Duct I.D. Range
.93"-1.19"
1.18"-1.44"
1.31"-1.69"
1.93"-2.31"

D.

Greenlee
D. Steel Fish Tapes
Large handle grip, self-tensioning case for easy winding.
Part
Description
438-10
100' x 1/8" x .60" steel fish tape in winder case
438-20
200' x 1/8" x .60" steel fish tape in winder case

E.

Fiberglass Fish Tape
Part
E. 540-50
540-100
542-150
F. 542-200
542-250

F.

Description
50' x 1/8" fiberglass fish tape in winder case
100' x 1/8" fiberglass fish tape in winder case
150' x 3/16" fiberglass fish tape in reel stand
200' x 3/16" fiberglass fish tape in reel stand
250' x 3/16" fiberglass fish tape in reel stand

G. 8025000
Manhole cover and grate remover kit.
Contains cantilever with tripod, 2ft handle extension,
center hole attachment, edge hole chain attachment, concealed
pick hole attachment, and bag for attachments.

G.

84

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Underground Tools & Accessories
Condux
A. 8030003
110v power dart blower. This unit is a pneumatic rodding system especially suited for long duct runs.
A three-motor system allows you to choose the right speed for your needs. Will easily blow 1/2" poly
line or measuring tape over 2,000ft in conduit up to 6 inches in diameter. Includes 110v blower unit,
hose, body seal-off, and seal-offs for 1/2" to 6."

B. Steel Duct Adapters
Part
8040300
8040400
8040600
8040800
8087200
8040900
8041300
8041200
8087000
8086800
8040133
8040136
8040142

Duct Adapter Dia.
4"
4"
4"
4"
4"
5"
5"
5"
6"
6"
4"
4"
4"

Duct Size Style
3"Round
3 1/4"Round
3 1/2"Round
4"Round
5"Round
4"Round
5"Round
6"Round
5"Round
6"Round
3 1/4"Square
3 1/2"Square
4"Square

OD
2.93"
3.06"
3.43"
3.81"
4.81"
3.87"
4.81"
5.81"
4.81"
5.81"
-

Condux Feeding Sheaves

ID
2.68"
2.81"
3.18"
3.62"
4.63"
3.69"
4.62"
4.62"
4.62"
5.62"
2.81"
3.25"
3.62"

A.

B.

C.

C. 08045000 Mini Corner Cable Guide
Features two hardened steel rollers that guide steel winch
line over sharp edges. It is small but sturdy, allowing for easy
handling and set-up along with duty capacities.
10,000 lbs. cable tension load capacity.

D.

D. Jamb Skid
For supporting sheaves or quadrant blocks inside a manhole
to pull cable into underground conduit. Can be placed
anywhere within a 360 degree radius inside the manhole.
Constructed of solid aluminum, is both strong and lightweight.
Accepts all Condux sheaves up through 8."
10,000 lbs. cable tension load rated.
Part
8097000
8097001
8097002
8097003

Description
Manhole Height Range
46" base section with locking units
43" extension
49"-80"
76" extension
78"-109"
109" extension
107"-138"

E. Cable Feeding Sheaves
Plugs into conduit in manhole wall, guiding cable safely into the conduit regardless of the
pulling angle. Replacement sheaves available.
Part
8617215
8617220
8617225
8617230
8617235
8617200
08617340*
8617250
8617260
08617360*
8617280
* Fits sch 80 pipe

Size
1 1/2"
2"
2 1/2"
3"
3 1/2"
4"
4"
5"
6"
6"
8"

Insert Sleeve Size
1.04"
1.38"
1.44"
2.25"
2.75"
3"
3"
3.75"
4.5"
4.5"
6"

ID
1.25"
1.75"
2.16"
2.62"
3"
3.5"
3.25"
4.5"
5.37"
5"
7.18"

OD
1.44"
1.95"
2.4"
2.95"
3.38"
3.95"
3.65"
4.9"
5.9"
5.56"
7.94"

Load Capacity
1500 lb
2600 lb
2600 lb
4800 lb
4800 lb
6500 lb
6500 lb
6500 lb
6500 lb
6500 lb
6500 lb

E.

85

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Underground Tools & Accessories
Greenlee
A. Feeding Sheaves
Yoke frame slides into the end of conduit and holds sheave, allowing the cable being fed
into the conduit to smoothly roll over the sheave. 5" wide aluminum allow sheave with
self lubricating bearings. Split tube for easy removal after cable is installed.
Part
Description
441-2
Feeding sheave for 2" conduit
441-2-1/2
Feeding sheave for 2 1/2" conduit
B.
441-3
Feeding sheave for 3" conduit
441-3-1/2
Feeding sheave for 3 1/2" conduit
441-4
Feeding sheave for 4" conduit
441-5
Feeding sheave for 5" conduit

A.

B. Hook Type Sheaves
Forged steel closure type hooks with 1" opening.
5" wide aluminum alloy sheaves
with self lubricating bearings.

Part
650
651
652
653

C.

Description
6" dia hook sheave with 1 1/2" minimum radius
12" dia hook sheave with 3 5/16" minimum radius
18" dia hook sheave with 7" minimum radius
24" dia hook sheave with 9 13/16" minimum radius

Ensley Feeding Sheaves
C. Breakaway Hook Type Sheaves
Side hinge opens easily to install or remove additional cables. No loose pieces,
built in cable guides to prevent cable slipping off sheave. Flat bottom allows breakaway
sheave to be used as cross-arm sheave.
Part
E-806B
E-812B
E-818B
E-824B
E-817BW

Trade Size
6"
12"
18"
24"
34"

Actual OD
6"
10 5/8"
18 1/4"
24"
34 1/2"

Weight
15 lb.
27 lb.
43 lb.
58 lb.
110 lb.

Condux Cable Pullers
D. Multiple Pulling Harness
Allows staggered attachment to cable or innerduct when pulling through conduit systems or
during directional drilling pull back operations. Choice of steel cable or chains (varies by model).
Working
Combined
Separation
Part
Description
Load per Leg Working Load Max Width Between Legs Lead Ring Dia. Leg Dia.
08549200 3 way 1/8" cable 550 lb
1600 lb
2.25"
14"
.37"
.12"
08549230 3 way 1/4" cable 1400 lb
2900 lb
3"
14"
.5"
.25"
08549325 4 way 1/4" cable 1400 lb
4200 lb
3.75"
14"
.62"
.25"
08569910 5 way 1/4" cable 1400 lb
4200 lb
3.75"
14"
.62"
.25"
08549326 6 way 1/4" cable 1400 lb
4200 lb
3.75"
14"
.63"
.25"
08549333 3 way 3/8" cable 4800 lb
9000 lb
2.63"
10"
.62"
.38"
08549329 4 way 3/8" cable 4800 lb
9000 lb
2.63"
10"
.62"
.38"
08549330 10 way 3/8" cable 4800 lb
6000 lb
4.5"
6"
.75"
.38"
08549334 12 way 3/8" cable 4800 lb
6000 lb
4.5"
6"
.75"
.38"
08549342 16 way 3/8" cable 4800 lb
6000 lb
4.5"
6"
.75"
.38"
08549331 2 way 1/2" cable 7000 lb
10000 lb
2.5"
12"
.5"
.5"
08549332 3 way 1/2" cable 7000 lb
15000 lb
3.75"
12"
.87"
.5"
08549340 4 way 1/2" cable 7000 lb
15000 lb
3.75"
12"
.87"
.5"

86

D.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Underground Tools & Accessories
CableGlider STD
08610650 110 Volt Standard Cable Puller
08678025 220 Volt Standard Cable Puller (for export only)
(International orders must specify plug type)
WARNING: CableGlider cable pullers are not to be used as a hoist or for
lifting, supporting or transporting people or loads.

Complete Pulling Packages For
CableGlider STD
Condux pulling packages offer cost savings and ordering convenience.
08674389

CableGlider STD (Package 1)
• 110 Volt Puller with accessories
• Standard Extension frame
• 600 ft. (183 m) of 7/8" (22 mm) double-braided rope
• Floor/Conduit/Pole Mount Frame
• 5" (127 mm) & 6" (152 mm) adapters w/retaining fork
• Running Line Tensiometer

08674388

CableGlider STD (Package 2)
• All items in package 1 plus:
• Chart Recorder for Running Line Tensiometer

CableGlider STD Package 2

SPECIFICATIONS

08610686

CableGlider STD (Package 3)
• All items in package 1 with:
• Amp-type Tensiometer (replaces RLT)

08674825

CableGlider STD (Package 4) (for export only)
• 220 Volt Puller with accessories (above)
• Standard Extension Frame
• 600 ft. (183 m) of 7/8" (22 mm) double-braided rope
• Floor/Conduit/Pole Mount frame
• 5" (127 mm) & 6" (152 mm) adapters w/retaining fork
• Running Line Tensiometer

08674820

CableGlider STD (Package 5) (for export only)
• All items in package 4 plus:
• Chart Recorder for Running Line Tensiometer

08674830

CableGlider STD (Package 6) (for export only)
• All items in package 4 with:
• AMP-type Tensiometer (replaces RLT)

PULLING FORCE
Maximum
Continuous
PULLING SPEED
No Load
At 2,000 lbs (8.9 kN)
At 4,000 lbs (17.8 kN)
At 6,000 lbs (26.7 kN)

Low Speed
lbs
kN
6,500
28.9
4,000
17.8
ft/min m/min
17.5
5.3
13.5
4.1
9.5
2.9
7.0
2.1

High Speed
lbs
kN
3,500
15.6
2,000
8.9
ft/min m/min
39.2
12.0
18.8
5.7

Power Requirements
08674300
08678050
PEAK POWER
GENERATOR

115 VAC @ 10 Amps
220 VAC @ 5 Amps
1.9 HP (1.42 kW)
4000 Watt Recommended. 2500 Watt Minimum

NOTE: Use of less than the recommended wattage generator may
effect the pulling specifications listed above.

CableGlider STD Typical Applications

Horizontal Pull

Horizontal Vault Pull

Vertical Pull With 45 Elbow

87

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Underground Tools & Accessories
CableGlider Plus
08674300 110 Volt Plus Cable Puller
08678050 220 Volt Plus Cable Puller (for export only)
(International orders must specify plug type)
WARNING: CableGlider cable pullers are not to be used as a
hoist or for lifting, supporting or transporting people or loads.

Complete Pulling Packages For
CableGlider Plus
Condux pulling packages offer cost savings and ordering convenience.
08674392

CableGlider Plus (Package 1)
• 110 Volt Puller with accessories
• HD Extension Frame
• 600 ft. (183 m) of 7/8" (22 mm) double-braided rope
• Floor/Conduit/Pole Mount Frame
• 5' (127 mm) & 6’ (152 mm) adapters w/retaining fork
• Running Line Tensiometer

08674391

CableGlider Plus (Package 2)
• All items in package 1 plus:
• Chart Recorder for Running Line Tensiometer

08674386 CableGlider Plus (Package 3)
• All items in package 1 with:
• Amp-type Tensiometer (replaces RLT)

CableGlider Plus Package 2

SPECIFICATIONS

08674840 CableGlider Plus (Package 4) (for export only)
• 220 Volt Puller with accessories
• HD Extension Frame
• 600 ft. (183 m) of 7/8" (22 mm) double-braided rope
• Floor/Conduit/Pole Mount Frame
• 5" (127 mm) & 6" (152 mm) adapters w/retaining fork
• Running Line Tensiometer
08674835 CableGlider Plus (Package 5) (for export only)
• All items in package 4 plus:
• Chart Recorder for Running Line Tensiometer
08674845 CableGlider Plus (Package 6) (for export only)
• All items in package 4 with:
• Amp-type Tensiometer (replaces RLT)

PULLING FORCE
Maximum
Continuous
PULLING SPEED
No Load
At 2,000 lbs (8.9 kN)
At 4,000 lbs (17.8 kN)
At 6,000 lbs (26.7 kN)

Low Speed
lbs
kN
6,500
28.9
4,000
17.8
ft/min m/min
17.5
5.3
13.5
4.1
9.5
2.9
7.0
2.1

High Speed
lbs
kN
3,500
15.6
2,000
8.9
ft/min m/min
39.2
12.0
18.8
5.7

Power Requirements
08674300
08678050
PEAK POWER
GENERATOR

115 VAC @ 10 Amps
220 VAC @ 5 Amps
1.9 HP (1.42 kW)
4000 Watt Recommended. 2500 Watt Minimum

NOTE: Use of less than the recommended wattage generator may
effect the pulling specifications listed above.

CableGlider Plus Typical Applications

88

Vertical Overhead Pull

Horizontal Pull Over Obstruction

Horizontal Vault Pull

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Underground Tools & Accessories
CableGlider Plus
08674500 CableGlider 110v cable puller with 20 amp twist plug. Delivers up to 12,000 lbs of pulling force at low speed.
The two-speed motor pulls up to 30 feet per minute at high speed and up to 15 feet per minute at low speed. Comes with heavy duty frame and
extra pivoting arm. Includes puller, foot switch, retaining fork, conduit adapters 2", 3", 3 1/2", and 4", and a tool box for the accessories.
08674691 CableGlider 110v complete package. Contains puller, extension frame, 600ft of 7/8" rope, floor/conduit/pole
mount frame, 5" and 6" adapters with retaining fork, and running line tensionmeter.
Swivel Head Innerduct Pulling Eye. Prevents twisting and binding of the innerduct as it is installed.
Part
Nominal Size Innerduct ID Range Max OD Hole Dia. Slot Width Slot Depth Pin Dia. Pin Center
08960712 1 1/4"
1.06"-1.43"
1.75"
.44"
.56"
1.31"
.44"
.56"
08960715 1 1/2"
1.37"-1.68"
2"
.44"
.56"
1.31"
.44"
.56"
08960720 2"
1.93"-2.12"
2.44"
.44"
.56"
1.31"
.44"
.56"

A.

Condux Cable Pullers
A. Reusable Power Pulling Eyes, Clevis Head. Feature a slotted head with clevis pin to allow direct attachment
to the Condux multiple pulling harness. Includes a clevis socket, sleeve nut, and plug.
Part
Cable Size
Color
Max Conductor Dia. Max Eye OD Slot Width
08918150 2500 kcmil Green 1.824"
3"
1"
08917750 1750 kcmil Yellow 1.526"
2.5"
1"
08917950 1500 kcmil Black 1.412"
2.38"
.75"
08917850 1250 kcmil Blue
1.289"
2.25"
.75"
08917150 1000 kcmil Orange 1.152"
2.06"
.75"
08917250 750 kcmil
Brown .998"
1.75"
.63"
08917350 700 kcmil
Gray
.964"
1.75"
.63"
08917450 500 kcmil
Yellow .813"
1.44"
.59"
08917550 350 kcmil
White .681"
1.25"
.56"
08960350 250 kcmil
Blue
.575"
1.13"
.38"
08960450 4/0 AWG
Green .528"
1"
.38"
08960850 2/0 AWG
Black .419"
1"
.38"
08960550 1/0 AWG
Red
.373"
.88"
.38"

B. Flexible Cable Guide with Aluminum Adapters. Cable feeds through the
Bell adapter and exits through the Duct adapter which fits into the duct.
Bell and Duct adapter included for specific duct and guide size ordered.
Flex
Flex
Flex
Flex
Part
Guide Dia. Guide Length
Part
Guide Dia.
08931009 2"
9ft
08935012 5"
08931012 2"
12ft
08936009 6"
08934009 4"
9ft
08936012 6"
08934012 4"
12ft
08988009 8"
08935009 5"
9ft
08988012 8"

Slot Depth
2.8"
2.8"
1.78"
1.78"
1.78"
1.59"
1.59"
1.41"
1.34"
1.06"
1.06"
1.06"
1.06"

Pin Dia.
.88"
.88"
.63"
.63"
.6"
.56"
.56"
.44"
.38"
.31"
.31"
.31"
.31"

Pin Center
1.23"
1.23"
.72"
.72"
.72"
.78"
.78'’
.59"
.59"
.53"
.53"
.53"
.53"

B.

Guide Length
12ft
9ft
12ft
9ft
12ft

Duct Adapter
Part
Flex Guide Dia. Duct Size O D
ID
Part
Flex Guide Dia.
Duct Size
OD
ID
08960200** 2"
Innerduct
1"
8935030
5"
3"
2.98" 2.75"
08931010
2"
1"
.90"
.72"
8935035
5"
3 1/2"
3.45" 3.25"
08931013
2"
1 1/4"
1.22" 1"
8935040
5"
4"
3.93" 3.75"
08931015
2"
1 1/2"
1.44" 1.19"
08935050* 5"
5"
4.93" 4.50"
008931020* 2"
2"
1.91" 1.66"
8935060
5"
6"
5.94" 5.50"
08934020
4"
2"
1.91" 1.65"
8936040
6"
4"
3.93" 3.50"
08934030
4"
3"
2.94" 2.69"
8936050
6"
5"
4.94" 4.63"
08934035
4"
3 1/2"
3.13" 3.44"
08936060* 6"
6"
5.94" 5.63"
008934040* 4"
4"
3.94" 3.69"
08988080* 8"
8"
7.94" 7.62"
08935020
5"
2"
1.98" 1.75"
* Included with cable guide unit above for that specific duct size. ** Tapered and threaded to fit over 1-2" (25-51mm) innerduct.

Bell Adapter (includes mounting bolts)
Part
08931000
08934000
08935000

Size
2"
4"
5"

ID
2"
4"
5"

Part
08936000
08988000

Size
6"
8"

ID
6"
8"

89

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Underground Tools & Accessories
Condux Extensions
A. Extensions (Includes mounting bolts)
Part
08931503
08931506
08931509
08931512
08934503
08934506
08934509
08934512
08935503
08935506

Flex Guide Dia.
2"
2"
2"
2"
4"
4"
4"
4"
5"
5"

Extension Length
3ft
6ft
9ft
12ft
3ft
6ft
9ft
12ft
3ft
6ft

A.
Part
8935509
8935512
8936503
8936506
8936509
8936512
988503
8988506
8988509
8988512

Flex Guide Dia.
5"
5"
6"
6"
6"
6"
8"
8"
8"
8"

Extension Length
9ft
12ft
3ft
6ft
9ft
12ft
3ft
6ft
9ft
12ft

Greenlee Misc.
B. 113 PVC hand saw.

B.

“V” tooth design allows for straight cuts, resharpenable blade. 13" blade.

114 PVC hand saw.
“V” tooth design allows for straight cuts, resharpenable blade. 18" blade.

C

C. PVC Heating Blankets
Make bends, offsets or saddles in PVC fast and easy.
Wrap blanket around PVC, secure with hook and loop strap. Controlled
heating for uniform bending. Temperature over 300 degrees F.
Part
Description
860-1-1/2
PVC heating blanket for up to 1 1/2"
860-3
PVC heating blanket for 2" to 3"
860-4
PVC heating blanket for 3 1/2" and 4"

Condux Misc.

D.

E.

D. Manhole Cover Lifting hook
Part
08023001
08023000
08023002

Length
18 in
26 1/2 in
36 in

E. Standard POP’N’WORK Ground tents
Range in size from 4’ x 4’ to 2’ x 10’. Most of the tents can have either one or two doors, with several different door design options.
In addition to a rugged frame construction, the polyester tent covers have an extra heavy coating for UV and flame resistance.
Except for the Gate Guard shelter, the tents all have a unique Unified Frame for easy cover replacement.
All POP’N’WORK Ground tents have a Quick-Pak flap for easy store and carry.
• 8x8 Ground Tents, Height 92" At the Peak and 71" At the Eave
• 4x4 Ground Tents, Height 78" At the Peak and 102" At the Eave
• 6x4.5 Ground Tents, Height 80" At the Peak and 69" At the Eave • 10x8 Ground Tents, Height 100" At the Peak and 77" At the Eave
• 12x10 Ground Tents, Height 102" At the Peak and 90" At the Eave
• 6x6 Ground Tents, Height 80" At the Peak and 69" At the Eave
• 8x6 Ground Tents, Height 92" At the Peak and 71" At the Eave
Sturdy umbrellas with center poles also available.

Polywater Lubricants

F.

F. Polywater J - High performance wire and cable pulling lubricant.

Maximum friction reduction,
clean and non-staining, high cling factor, compatible with all cables, UL and CSA listed, temperature
stable, and available in cold weather formula. Available in 1 quart bottles and 5 gallon pails.

G. Polywater PJ - Same as the Polywater J but is a pourable version.
Available in 1 gallon jugs and 5 gallon pails.

G.

H.

H. Polywater F - A lubricant for fiber optic and other telecommunications cable.
Easy to pour into innerducts and feeding tubes, superior friction reduction, compatible with
cable jackets including PE types, slow drying for long lasting lubrication, and available in
cold weather formula. Available in 1 quart bottles and 5 gallon pails.

I. Polywater NB Silicone - A clean, slow-drying, silicone-based cable pulling lubricant.
90

Type NB(tm) with small frictionless rollers added, offers superior friction reduction and
is ideally suited for use with silicone-lined and prelubed duct. Non-stringy Type NB(tm) pours and pumps
easily, and is suitable for use with all common cable jacket types. Available in 1 quart bottles and 5 gallon pails.

I.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Climbing Belts, Hooks, Skids
Bashlin Hooks & Pads

A.

A. No. 27 Bashlin’s gaff shaping kit combines the necessary tools to maintain gaffs.
It includes a file, gaff gauge, finishing stone, and instructions.

B. 85N Top straps 1 1/16" x 24". Made of nylon and double riveted
featuring a protective buckle shield.

C. 86N

B.

One piece lower straps 1 1/16" x 28".

C.

D. 87N
Two piece lower straps 1 1/16" x 28". Must be assembled.

E. 89N
Two piece lower straps with split ring - 1 1/16" x 28".

F. BD14 Series
The BD14 series is an aluminum offset climber with a replaceable,
forged steel gaff. This lightweight climber reduces fatigue and adds climbing comfort.

BD14-1N Bottom straps attached.
BD14-2N Bottom straps attached, and top straps.
BD14-3N Bottom straps attached, top straps and No. 110D pads.
BD14-4N Bottom straps attached, top straps and No. 130D pads.
BD14-5N Bottom straps attached, top straps and No. 140DS pads.
G. BD16BC Series

D.

E.

This steel climber has a replaceable gaff and twisted shank and offset design.
The twisted shank lies flatter on the leg for more comfort.

G.

BD16BC-1N
Bottom straps attached.

BD16BC-2N

F.

Bottom straps attached, and top straps.

BD16BC-3N
Bottom straps attached, top straps and No. 110D pads.

I.

H.

BD16BC-4N
Bottom straps attached, top straps and No. 130D pads.

BD16BC-5N
Bottom straps attached, top straps and No. 140DS pads.

H. No. 2 Gaff Guard

J.

Bashlin’s #2 gaff guards are made of leather and have a
hook/loop attachment. They protect the gaff and you.

K.

I. No. 5 Gaff Gauge Bashlin’s gaff gauge measures
the correct length, width, thickness and shape of the gaff.

J.105 BC This is the original angled “spur-stay” climber
pad for the BD14. It is designed to reduce kick- back
and twisting of the shank. It is an excellent choice for the
lineman who climbs occasionally.

K. 130D The 130D is an L-shaped design with light
padding for added comfort.

L.

M.

L. No. 14 Replacement 1 5/8" gaffs for the BD14, BD12,
and BD16B series pole climbers. No. 14T for tree gaff.
No.14S for polished gaff.
M. 140DS The wing pad holds the shank more securely than other leather pads.
The climber shank fits inside the pad, reducing movement and adding comfort.

91

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Climbing Belts, Hooks, Skids
Bashlin Leather Holsters

B.

A.

A. 111 HLS 4 pocket lineman’s holster for pliers, ruler, screwdriver,
Channellock, ratchet drive, knife or wrench.

B. 111 HLDS A 5" pocket version of the 111HLS

Bashlin Pole Straps
C. The 6 ply 1 3/4" neoprene coated nylon material uses a tongue buckle adjustment. The “HL”
snap action is similar to the movements used with the single locking snap. The “L” style 50 Series.
Length
5' 6"
6'
6' 6"
7'

HL Snap
51N-2HL
52N-2HL
53N-2HL
54N-2HL

L Snap
51N-2L
52N-2L
53N-2L
54N-2L

HLS Snap
51N-2HLS
52N-2HLS
53N-2HLS
54N-2HLS

Ship Wt.
3.75 lb
3.75 lb
4 lb
4 lb

C.
D.

Bashlin Belts

E.

D. 1511N
The Wrangler belt has a 5" cushion, a nylon back, and a 6 ply tong
ue and buckle section. It is lightweight, with standard comfort features,
including Bashlin’s S-shaped D-rings and an all leather cushion.

F.

E. No. 33
The nylon handline carrier fits over the tongue buckle section of the belt.
It is designed to straighten and drop the rope if the handling becomes snagged.

F. No. 83

G.

H.

Detachable rest-a-back belt is designed to provide support,
yet easily attaches to tool belts. Made of top grain leather.

G. No. 88

The Flordian belt’s superior design and performance make this
belt the industry standard. It combines a padded, contour cushion
section with flares for the shifting D-rings and a 5 1/2" back.

H. No. 88B

I.

Rest-A-Back version of the No. 88 belt designed to relieve strain and fatigue.

Buckingham Hooks & Pads
I. T92059A
Titanium climber to provide strength,
lightweight and comfort for total confidence
while climbing. The benefit of titanium is
its strong like steel, but lightweight like
aluminum, a perfect combination for
climbers. Replaceable gaff.

J. T9206A
A new redesigned gaff for the titanium
climber. Easily changed out with the aid
of an Allen wrench.

K. 6909U
Universal gaff guard.

L. 3500

Same as 3500 but has a cinch loop.

L. 3502
Similar to the 3500 but has a metal insert.

92

K.

Similar to the 3502 but has a cinch loop.

L. 3502KL
Same as 3502 but designed to fit Klein sleeve.

L. 3503
Same as 3500 but has a 3" width pad.

L.

M. 3503C
Same as 3503 but has a cinch loop.

M. 35032
Wrap around leather pads with metal inserts.
May be used with all Buckingham pole and
tree climbers. Use 24" or 26" leg straps.

M.

N. 60092

Cushion wrap pad 4" width. 3/4" of padding,
infinite adjustment with velcro, eliminates top Gaff guard made of leather with velcro
fastener for pole gaffs.
strap, fits most manufacturers.

L. 3500C

J.

L. 3502C

N. 60091

O.

Gaff guard made of
leather with velcro fastener for tree gaffs.

O. 9206
1 3/4" replacement pole gaffs.

N.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Climbing Belts, Hooks, Skids
Buckingham Belts
A . 2000M

A.

Buckinghams finest belt available. Hand crafted of the most pliable
and highest quality leather available to create that broken-in feeling
from the first day worn. It features a full float body belt with 5 1/2"
foam cushioned pad reinforced with rawhide lace. The belt strap is
leather and nylon sewn together for strength and comfort.
Available in Black, Brown, and Burgundy.

B. 20003M
A backsaver version of the 2000M.
The extra width provides support to the back helping to relieve strain.

C. 6257
Belt supporter used by those who carry heavy loads of tools who like
to spread the belt weight to a waist strap. Equipped with sturdy snaps
on moveable leather loops.

D. 6259
Belt supporter used by those who carry heavy loads of tools
who like to spread the belt weight to a shoulder harness.
Adjustable suspender type belt with moveable shoulder pads.
Equipped with heavy duty snaps to attach to the tool belt support rings.

B.

Buckingham Pole Straps
E. 346099E
6' length. The Slide Buckle Pole Strap offers
the user an easier way of adjusting the length when
on a pole. To adjust length, slide the desired length
of strap forward or back. When pressure is applied
to the buckle, it locks in place.
Made of 6 ply neoprene impregnated nylon.

346699E

347099E

348099E

6' 6" length

7' length

8' length

C. D.

F. 386699E
Nybuck pole strap 1 3/4" x 6' 6".

386099E

387099E

388099E

1 3/4" x 6'

1 3/4" x 7'

1 3/4" x 8'

E.

F.

93

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Climbing Belts, Hooks, Skids
Klein Climbers Accessories
A. 72

A.

1 1/2" pole climbing gaffs (supplied with 1972AR series).

86
1 9/16" pole climbing gaffs (supplied with 1986AR series).

07
2 3/4" tree climbing gaffs (supplied with 1970AR series).

244
Long gaff screw.

247

B.

Short gaff screw.

34910
Screw w/lock washer set (for steel sleeve)
(8 screws and 4 lockwashers).

C.

B. KG-2
Gaff sharpening kit includes 8" file, 3" stone, KG-1, and roll up case.

KG-1
Gaff gauge for pole and tree climbers.

C. 1907AR
Tree climber 15" - 19" with 2 3/4" gaffs.

1907ARL

D.

Tree climber 17" - 21" with 2 3/4" gaffs

CN1907AR

E.

1907AR climber complete set which includes 8"x8" cushioned leather pads,
steel sleeves, leg iron, gaff, split ring, and nylon calf and ankle straps.

CN 1907ARL
1907ARL climber complete set which includes 8"x8" cushioned leather pads,
steel sleeves, leg iron, gaff, split ring, and nylon calf and ankle straps.

D. 1945G
Removable gaff guard with easy to remove velcro strap.

E. 1972G
Snap-on gaff guard.

1972AR
Pole climber 15" - 19" with 1 1/2" gaffs.

F.

1972ARL
Pole climber 17" - 21" with 1 1/2" gaffs.

F. CN1972AR
1972AR climber complete set which
includes 8"x8" cushioned leather pads,
steel sleeves, leg iron, gaff, split ring,
and nylon calf and ankle straps.

CN1972ARL
1972ARL climber complete set which
includes 8"x8" cushioned leather pads,
steel sleeves, leg iron, gaff, split ring,
and nylon calf and ankle straps.

94

Climber straps for pole and
tree climbers
Cat No.
5301-18
5301-19
5301-21
5301-22

Overall Size
1" x 22"
1" x 26"
1 1/4" x 22"
1 1/4" x 26"

Ankle straps for pole and
tree climbers
Cat No.
5301-20
5301-23

Overall Size
1" x 24"
1 1/4" x 24"

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Climbing Belts, Hooks, Skids
Belt Sizing Guide
Sizing: Proper sizing is one of the most
important considerations in the purchase of a
lineman’s tool belt. An improperly sized belt
is uncomfortable and may cause an accident
or injury. Tool belts are best measured
by the “D” size, which is the distance between
the heels of the “D” rings. Belts must be
ordered according to the “D” size.

IMin

Center

Find your “D” size:
1. Locate the point where the heel of
the “D” ring should rest which is
approximately 4" down
from the top of the hip bone.
2. Begin to measure from this point.
Measure around the buttocks to the same
point on the opposite side.

D Rings

When a properly sized tool belt is worn,
the D-rings will point nearly straight
ahead and the tongue adjustment will
be in one of the center holes.
Note:
For the backsaver or Hip-Grip type belts, add 2" to your standard “D” measurement.
D Size

IMin

Center

Max

Tool Loops

D18

32

36

40

3

D19

33

37

41

3

D20

34

38

42

3

D21

36

40

44

4

D22

37

41

45

4

D23

38

42

46

4

D24

40

44

48

4

D25

41

45

49

4

D26

42

46

50

4

D27

44

48

52

4
95

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Buckets & Bags
Nut & Bolt Bag

C.

A. Klein 5142

D.

A. B.

Made from heavy duty brown canvas,
snaps provided on loops for easy attachment
to belts up to 3" wide, 9"x10".

B. Klein 5142P
Same as 5142 but with inside pocket.

C. Klein 5143
Canvas tapered bottom bag with two inside pockets
for small parts, snap for hanging, 6 1/2" diam x 8"H.

D. Klein 5416T

E.

Canvas bull-pin and bolt bag with 3” tunnel loop.

E. Bashlin 26G
F.

A soft leather bag with snap closure and
leather thongs, 8 1/2" x 9".

G. H.

F. Bashlin 25A

J.

Made of #8 cotton duck with a reinforced bottom,
belt attachment is by two straps joined by snaps
and “D”s, 8 1/2" x 9" x 4".

G. Buckingham 5299

I.

A light weight leather pliable bag, ideal for
maintenance and repair work, 10" x 9" x 3".

H. Buckingham 52993
Same as 5299 plus 3 inside pockets.

I. Estex 1000
10" x 6" x 3" with leather ties.

Oval Buckets

J.

J. Estex 1800

K.

15"L x 7"W x 9"H. 6 tool pockets on one side.

K. Estex 1807-1
15"L x 8"W x 19"H. Used for long handle tools. 5 Pockets.

L. Estex 1810-FR-C
Yellow vinyl with 7 inside pockets. Hard body sides,
vinyl cover and PVC offset.

M. N.

M. Estex 1815-14-7

L.

Inosil Corrosion shield.
14 outside pockets plus 15 inside pockets.

N. Estex 1815-1472G

Q.

Same as 1815-14-7 plus 2 grommets
for attachment to aerial basket.

O. Estex 1820-HB
15 inside pockets with hard body.

O. P.

P. Estex 1820-H-HB
Same as 1820-HB plus handles.

Q. Klein 5144
Oval canvas bucket with 15 inside pockets
and supplied with two 5144H hooks, 14"L x 8"W x 10"H.

R. Klein 5152-S
96

Oval canvas bucket with 26 inside and 15 outside pockets,
for use by cable splicers who use many color coded ties,
with swivel snap hooks, 14"L x 8"W x 10"H.

R.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Buckets & Bags
Round Buckets
A. Klein 5172-PS

B.

A.

C.

Tapered-wall canvas bucket, with 15 inside pockets, molded bottom,
rope handle and swivel snap, 12" diam top - 9" diam bottom x 12"H.

B. Klein 5171-PS
Same as 5172PS but without inside pockets, has 4 outside pockets.

C. Klein 5103-S
Heavy duty canvas bucket, with rope handle and swivel snap,
meets telephone specification AT6673 pr CAO 6673,
12"diam top - 9" diam bottom x 12"H.

D. Klein 5104
Leather bottom canvas bucket, 8"x8" inside pocket,
rope handle, 12" diam top - 12" diam bottom x 17"H

E. Klein 5109

D.

Wide opening straight-wall canvas buckets, 12" diam x 15"H.

F. Klein 5109-P

E. F. G. H.

Same as 5109 plus inside pocket.

G. Klein 5109-S
Same as 5109 plus swivel snap.

H. Klein 5109P-S

I. J. K. L.

Same as 5109P plus swivel snap.

I. Estex 2050
12" diam top, 8" diam bottom,
12" high, heavy canvas body with plastic bottom.

J. Estex 2050-S
Same as 2050 plus swivel snap.

K. Estex 2050-S-IP
Same as 2050-S plus 15 inside pockets.

L. Estex 2059
12"x12"H Plastic bottom,
swivel snap plus 14 outside pockets.

M. Estex 2070-AMP-1

M.

N. O. P.

12" diam x 15" H, rope and hook for crossarm,
outside shell loops, and 4 large outside pockets.

N. Estex 2061
12" diam x 15"H with leather bottom.

O. Estex 2068

R.

12" diam x 15"H, rubber bottom and swivel snap.

P. Estex 2069
Same as 2068, but with a leather bottom.

Q. Estex 2015

Q.

Carney bag 5 3/4" diam x 8" H with leather bottom.
Great for connectors, nuts & bolts, and any small materials.

R. Highline 650 Car bucket.

Bucket Hooks
S. Estex 1830

S.

T.

Fits all standard buckets.

T. Estex 1831
Fits buckets with 3" lip.

97

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Buckets & Bags
Equipment Bags
A. Estex 2190

A.
B.

Vinyl tool bag repels water, “Weather Flap” keeps rain
from entering the bag through the frame, 24"L x 10"W x 19"H.

B. Estex 2190-1LOSP
Same as 2190 but with one large outside pocket and shoulder strap.

C. Estex 2608-C
Storage bag, 14"L x 5 1/2"W x 8 3/4"H with zipper and hard bottom.

D. Klein 5180

C.

Extra-large nylon equipment bag, orange vinyl, extra flap for
storm protection, 24"L x 10"W x 18"D.

E. Klein 5105-24

D.

Canvas tool bag with leather handles, 24"L x 6"W x 15"D,
5102S for shoulder strap.

F. Buckingham 4433-SY
Durable rubber bottom canvas tool bag, lip protects against water,
with shoulder strap and outside pockets, 11"x 24".

F.

E.

Glove/Sleeve Bag
IT PAYS TO “LOOK UNDER THE HOOD”
Meaning – look both outside and inside to check for quality.
All Estex glove/sleeve bags have a leather patch on both sides.
Otherwise the only attachment the snap has to the bag is a thread. We sew
and rivet through two layers of leather and then cap the rivets so there are
no rough edges to scratch your gloves.

G. Estex 2110
8"L x 2"W x 12" H
with snap

H. Heavy
Natural Canvas
8"L x 4"W
Estex 2220 15"H
Estex 2223 18"H
Estex 2226 20"H

I. Extra Heavy

Natural Canvas
8"L x 4"W
Estex 2230 15"H
Estex 2233 18"H
Estex 2236 20"H

J. Yellow Canvas
8"L x 4"W
Estex 2240 15"H
Estex 2243 18"H
Estex 2246 20"H

98

K. Heavy F. R.

N. Yellow Canvas

8"L x 4"W
Estex 2247 15"H
Estex 2248 18"H
Estex 2249 20"H

With front pocket for
safety glasses or
glove dust. 8"L x 4"W
Estex 2270 15"H
Estex 2273 18"H
Estex 2276 20"H

Yellow Vinyl

L. Heavy
Natural Canvas
With front pocket for
safety glasses or
glove dust. 8"L x 4"W
Estex 2250 15"H
Estex 2253 18"H
Estex 2256 20"H

G.

O. Yellow Vinyl
With front pocket for
safety glasses or
glove dust. 8"L x 4"W
Estex 2280 15"H
Estex 2283 18"H
Estex 2286 20"H

M. Extra Heavy
Natural Canvas
With front pocket for
safety glasses or
glove dust. 8"L x 4"W
Estex 2260 15"H
Estex 2263 18"H
Estex 2266 20"H

Velcro Closures: Are optional on all Glove Bags. Please specify by adding “V” at the
end of product number. Bellows Side Gussets: Are also available on all Glove Bags.
The bottom dimensions are 3 1/2", the top gusset dimensions are 6". Please specify
by adding a “B” at end of product number.
Give your gloves that extra protection they warrant. Glove bags lined with Estex
“Hard Body” material.

H. I. J. K.

L. M. N. O.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Buckets & Bags
Ground Cluster Bags
A. Estex 2629

A.

Grounding Cluster Bag made from 18oz heavy weight vinyl coated
nylon, inside pocket for probes, velcro closure, 25 1/2" L x 28 1/2" H.

B. C. D.

Line Hose Bags
Without snap, canvas

B. Estex 1910

8" diam x 30" H

C. Estex 1932

D. Estex 1940

8" diam x 60" H

12" diam x 48" H

Hot Stick Storage Bags
Made from heavy vinyl nylon, snap closure (velcro also available).

E. Estex 1401

F. Estex 1411

G. Estex 1421 H. Estex 1431

5" W x 66" L

6" W x 72" L

6" W x 130" L

7 1/2" W x 84" ºL

E. F. G. H.

Glove/Sleeve Bags
I. Estex 2246-V-HG-Yel
“Hard Body” Glove Bag with
rigid polyethylene liner.
20" H x 8" L x 4" W

J. Estex 2499-SCE
Combination Bag for high
and low voltage gloves.
8" L x 2" W x 20" H

K. Estex 2221-BA-B

O. Traditional Glove and
Sleeve BagsYellow Vinyl
All bags are 8" L x 6" W
Estex 2446 14" H
Estex 2440 16" H
Estex 2443 18" H

P. Estex 2310
Traditional sleeve bag, 9" L at top,
7" L at bottom x 2" W x 28" H,
natural canvas.

Insulating Gloves Bag with
white polyfilm liner.
8 1/2" W x 16" H x 2 3/4" D

Q. Estex 2311

L. Estex 2433-1

R. Estex 2312

Available in yellow canvas.
Low volt glove pocket
7 1/2" L x 4 1/2" W x 11" H.
High volt glove pocket
9" L x 4" W x 16" H.

M. Traditional Glove and
Sleeve Bags Natural Canvas
All bags are 8" L x 6" W
Estex 2420 14" H
Estex 2423 16" H
Estex 2426 18" H
Estex 2429 20" H
Plus extra pocket on front for
goggles or glove dust.

N. Traditional Glove and
Sleeve Bags Yellow Canvas

J.
I.

Same as 2310 but yellow canvas.

K. L.

Same as 2310 but yellow vinyl.

M. N. O.

S. Estex 2449-CE-V
Extra large sleeve bag,
12" L at top, 8" L at
bottom x 4" W x 29 1/2" H
with velcro closure.

T. Estex 2449-CE

P. Q. R.

Same as 2449-CE but
with snap closure.

U. Estex 2449-TU-C

S. T. U. V.

Same as 2449-CE but with snap
closure and 8" L x 4" W x 17" H
outside glove pocket.

V. Estex 2449-TU-V
Same as 2449-TU-C but
with velcro closure

All bags are 8" L x 6" W
Estex 2430 14" H
Estex 2433 16" H
Estex 2436 18" H

99

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Aerial Bucket Equipment
Alliance Equipment
A. Liners

B.

C.

AE2129-50kv
50kv bucket liner 24" x 24 x 42"

A.

AE2212-50kv
50kv bucket liner 24" x 48" x 42"

Hastings
B. Steps
Fiberglass Step 26" x 8 1/2" x 8"
Model Type
05-961 For buckets with liners
05-960 For buckets without liners

D.

E.

F.

Bashlin
Tool Boards/Aprons/Trays
C. 708
18" x 20" tool board made of ABS.
Comes with 25B bag.

D. 708-2
18" x 20" tool board holds a variety of tools
including speed wrenches, hammers,
and compression tools. Lightweight.

G.

E. 708G

H. I.

18" x 20" new design tool board includes spaces for drill bits,
drivers, and the Lowell wrench. The 26L bag is standard.

F. 708S
18"x20" tool board can hold a pruning saw, cutter, or pruners.
The 26R canvas bag is standard.

G. 724

J.
K.

Yellow heavyweight nylon tool apron. It has socket pockets, two pockets
for auger bits, a hammer loop, and two large pockets for bolts, nuts and
connectors. Two pvc hooks for hanging are included. 23 7/8" x 21 1/4".

Buckingham
Tool Boards/Aprons/Trays
H. 4500 Rugged fiberglass tool apron. Provides a tool pouch, durable
bug bag, and loops to hold the lineman’s hammer and heavy wrench.

I. 45004 Same as 4500 with 4226 four pocket pouch instead of 4223 three pocket.
J. 45006 Same as 4500 with six pocket pouch instead of 3 pockets.
M.

Estex
Tool Boards/Aprons/Trays
K. 2708

N.

L.

Bucket pad that reduces back and leg strain.
Prevents slipping and protects liner from wear
and damage. Please specify size.

L. 1305 Auger bit organizer,
15" x 21"apron, 18" x 4" x 10", with pvc rod.
Two 6" x 8" pockets.
M. 1826 18" x 4" x 19 1/2" tool apron with eight tool pockets.
N. 1827 20 1/2" x 4" x 10 1/2" tool apron with six pockets and one loop.
O. 1828 18" x 4" x 10 1/2" tool apron with five pockets and two loops.
100

O.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Aerial Bucket Equipment
Estex
A. 1829-A-2 28 1/2"x4"x26 1/2" vinyl tool apron holds ratchet cutters
and crimpers, bolt cutters, and more.

A.

B.

B. 1829-DP
23 7/8"x4"x21 1/4" vinyl tool apron with lots of pockets including bit holders.

C. 1829-HB-7
Inosil liner tool apron, 23 7/8"x4"x21 1/4", hard body construction keeps
the apron rigid. Lots of pockets for all your tools.

Tool Boards/Aprons/Trays
D. 05-829

C.
E.

D.

18"x19 1/4" tool board with utility bag, four pocket
pouch, knife pouch, and four loops.

E. 05-805
Canvas tool apron, 19 1/2"x18". Complete with
10 pockets and knife snap, plus one large 4"x8" pocket.

Hastings
F. Tool Holders 05-1001
Complete boom mounted hot stick holder. Made of durable
fiberglass, will hold four hot sticks 1 1/4" - 2" diameter. Adapts
to square, rectangular, round and oval booms.

F.

G.

G. 05-828 Light holder for a Streamlight Tool Holder,
Impact Wrench and Drill Holster For Stanley, Greenlee,
and Fairmont models.

Model

Description

05-833
05-918-1

Impact wrench and drill holster.
Multi purpose impact wrench and drill holster.
05-832 with extra wide 4" bracket.
H.
Inside-Outside tool tray. 7 1/2" x 6" x 14",
hangs either inside or outside of bucket.
Outside tool tray. 7 1/2" x 6" x 14".

H. 05-832
I. 05-831

05-951

I.

J. Tool Holders 05-992
Fiberglass tool rack. 6" x 8" x 20" with
a fiberglass rod for hanging tools.

K.

01-3318 Cannister storage unit for rope
blocks 6" O.D. x 18" long.

J.

PTI
Liners/Covers/Pads/Steps
Bucket Liners with Molded Step. Please specify bucket
size and manufacturer.

K. Tool Holders Chainsaw Scabbard
Hang on either inside or outside the bucket.
Model Description
CSS
Fiberglass scabbard
CSS-20 Plastic scabbard

L.

L. PSB-3 Pole saw holder made of 1/4" thick durable ABS.
Designed to fit 1 1/4" to 1 1/2" saw handles.
Hotstick Hanging Rail
Model
M. HSHR
HSHR-I
N. BSH-3

M. N.

Description
Hot stick hanging rail, outside mount
Hot stick hanging rail, inside mount
Boom mounted chain saw holder.

101

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Fall Protection
Klein
A. Nylon boom strap 87916

A.

With friction buckle. Designed to provide a proper
anchorage on a boom for fall arrest lanyard.

Hastings
06-166 Rescue Systems Complete aerial basket rescue kit. Includes ratchet
boom strap, four sheave blocks with rope and storage cannister.

B.

Klein Lanyards

B. Nylon-Filament Rope Lanyard - Fixed Length
Long-strand nylon-filament construction provides very high
tensile strength and excellent elasticity. Equipped with
two drop-forged steel, corrosion resistant Klein-lok locking
snap hooks with 11/16" throat opening. For use in positioning,
suspension, or retrieval systems. Can also be used
with deceleration unit for fall-arrest.

C.

1/2" Diameter
Model
Length (ft)
87417
4
87418
5
87419
6
5/8" Diameter (Conforms to CSA,
ANSI Z359.1-1992 (R1999) and CALOSHA)
Model #
Length (ft)
87435
4
87436
5
87437
6

C. Non-Filament Rope Lanyard - Adjustable Length

D.

Convenient adjustable length. Long-stand nylon-filament
construction provides very high tensile strength and excellent
elasticity. Equipped with two permanently attached, drop-forged steel,
corrosion resistant Klein-lok locking snap hooks with 11/16" throat
openings. For use in positioning, suspension, or retrieval systems.
Can also be used with deceleration unit for fall-arrest.
1/2" Diameter
Model #
Length (ft)
87428
3.5-5
87429
4-6
5/8" Diameter (Conforms to CSA,
ANSI Z359.1-1992 (R1999) and CALOSHA)
Model #
Length (ft)
87430
4-6

Silverback Standard Full Body Harness
D.AB2000 Series Harness

Quick attachment buckles back, leg, and hip pads for added comfort,
Integrated lanyard keepers. Tool belt loops. Available in Small, Standard,
and XL sizes. Full compliance with OSHA 1926 and ANSI Z359.1-1998 Standards
Weight : 3.7 lbs

Protecta Harness
E. AB101A Industrial full-body harness.

3 parachute buckle closures.
Leg, chest, and torso adjustable. Red with yellow sub-pelvic strap,
single dorsal D-ring. 2.5lb.

F. AB011A D-ring extender for use with AB series harnesses.
Adds additional 20" to D-ring. Screw lock fastener, ideal for use in confined spaces.
102

E.

F.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Fall Protection
Protecta Harness
A. AB101A120
Contractor - Positioning harness. 1 parachute buckle chest closure, and tongue buckle leg closures.
Leg, chest, and torso adjustable. Single D-ring in back, side hip positioning D-rings. 3.9lb.

A.

B.

B. AB101A20
Contractor - Industrial harness. 1 parachute buckle chest closure, and tongue buckle leg closures.
Leg, chest, and torso adjustable. Single D-ring in back. 3.4lb.

Protecta Accessories
Rope Grabs
C. AC202A

C.

COBRA Rope Grab. Constructed of impact resistant steel, installable at any point on rope. Operates in manual
or automatic mode. Accommodates 9/16", 5/8", or 3/4" rope. Designed for use with nylon or polyester rope.

D. AD111A Rebel®
D.

The industry‚s lightest and most compact 11 foot SRL. Unique speed sensing brake reduces
clearance requirements and limits fall arrest forces to 900 lbs. or less.

E. AE542AW1 1"web leg lanyard.

Nylon web.

E.

AE542AW1A 1" web leg lanyard. Nylon web adjustable length.

F. AE542AW2 1 3/4" web leg lanyard.

Nylon web.

AE542AW4 1 3/4" web leg lanyard. 4' x 1 3/4" nylon web.

G. AJ450A
Websling anchor strap. 1 3/4" wide nylon web, 3" scuff guard. 2" and 3" pass-thru D-rings.
Standard lengths are 3' and 6'.

H. AJ514A 3/4" steel twist locking carabiner.
I. AJ590A 2" steel double locking snaphook.

F.

J. AK020A1
Confined spaced pulley. Anodized aluminum construction, pivoting sheave pulley guide,
and no tools required for installation. Includes AJ514A self-locking carabiner.

K. AK105A Confined space tripod. Constructed of anodized epoxy coated aluminum.
Four eyebold anchors in head, leg position lock in tripod head, adjustable leg position cable, multiple safety
pin locks in legs, one-man setup. Winch can be installed on any leg. 60" overall height fully retracted,
single anchorage point rated at 5,400 lbs, and skid-resistant treadplate soles on feet. 30 lb total weight.
L. AL305AWA

I.

1" web leg adjustable lanyard. Nylon web. Adjusts 4'-6'.

M. AL306A6 1/2" nylon rope lanyard.

G.

J.

H.

Positioning only.

K.

L.

M.

103

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hand Tools Listed by Vendor
Bashlin Pliers
A.

A. 420G The original Channellock 9 1/2" plier. It is still made to
the exacting standards that earned it a quality reputation.

B. 430G The original Channellock 10" plier. Made to the exacting
standards that earned it a quality reputation.

B.

Buckingham Knives
C. 7086
High-impact screwdriver type handle-9inch, redesigned with
deeper thumb-stop position. Protects gloved hand from blade, with carry ring.

C.

D. 7089
High-impact extra length screwdriver type handle-9 1/2inch, with carry ring.
The extra length makes this knife easier to hold with the gloved hand.

D.

E. 7090
Finger grooves on the handle make it easy to hold even if wet,
ergonomic design makes it comfortable to grip, ring has dual pin system
preventing it from spinning when connecting on body belt.

Cementex Insulation Tools

E.

F. 10750TW
1/2" drive 14 1/2" long. An insulated torque wrench that allows a telephone
or electric utility worker to safely work around energized bus bars or backup
batteries. The heavy-duty 1/2" drive covers 100-750 inch pounds, with
audible “click” types. Now with boot-style head. Requires taper down
extension bar when using Cementex insulated sockets.

F.

G. IB38-6
3/8" drive 6" long. Insulated tapered down to fit boot-style sockets and ratchets.

H. Hex Keys

HK-120

IHK-140

G.

1/2"
1/4"
1/2" Chrome-nickle alloy hex keys are 6" long with formed handle for added
performance. Heat treated for superior strength.

IHK-140

IHK-316

IHK-380

IHK-516

IHK-716

IHK-732

1/4"

3/16"

3/8"

5/16"

7/16"

7/32"

H.

I. IR38-LC
3/8" drive 7 1/4" long new boot-style insulated ratchet design.
Offers greater coverage and increased protection. Raised lever for easy
reversing while wearing gloves. Requires extension bar when using
Cementex booted sockets.

Cooper Hammer
J. 11417
22oz 15" length. Fiberglass handle, extra large,
high-luster, full-polished head, back and sides.

I.

J.

104

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hand Tools Listed by Vendor
Cooper Measuring
A. 062CME

A. B.

5/8" wide x 6" Marked both sides and edges

B. 066F
5/8" wide x 6" Has inside markings

C. 1312D
3/4" wide x 12' Engineer’s Case designed to fit perfectly
in the hand, lightweight, high strength, removable belt clip.

C.

D.

D. HV1425D
1" wide x 25' Engineer’s Orange case, designed
to fit perfectly in the hand, removable belt clip.

E. 1619F
6ft folding fiberglass measuring stick.

Cooper Misc.
F. 21458

E.

10" File card #4 for cleaning of file teeth.

G. 21467
10" File card & brush

H. 43H
Seizer shear clamps firmly to hold wires for soldering,
curved nose with serrated jaws.

F. G.

Fast Lok Banding
I. Preformed Galvanized Clamp
F-3

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-8

F-9

13/16"

1 1/4"

1 1/2"

1 3/4"

2"

2 1/4"

F-10

F-12

F-16

F-20

F-24

2 1/2"

3"

4"

5"

6"

H.

I.

J. Galvanized Open End Clamp
F-10

FO-311

FO-316

FO-36

2 1/2"

1 3/8"

2"

9"

J.

K. F-100
P-1 locking tool with 3/8" adapter

K.

F-229
3/8" adapter

L. KS-001
Use for K Clamps, with adapter can be
used on 3/4" K Clamps.

L.

105

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hand Tools Listed by Vendor
Fargo Wrenches
A. Specially designed connector wrenches
for proper and fast installation of mechanical connectors.
GP-201
3/8" and 9/16" without insulation

GP-203

A.

C.

B.

9/16" and 3/4" without insulation

GP-204
3/4" and 7/8" without insulation

GP-2093
5/16" Allen and Eye Loop with insulation

GP-2093P
5/16" Allen and Penta Socket with insulation

GP-221
3/8" and 9/16" with insulation

GP-2213AR
3/8" Allen and 5/16" Allen with insulation.

B. GP-223
9/16" and 3/4" with insulation.

GP-2236
5/8" and 13/16" with insulation.

GP-224
3/4" and 7/8" with insulation.

GP-240
5/16" Rev. Allen and 3/8" Rev. Allen with insulation.

GP-241P
5/16" Rev. Allen and Penta Socket with insulation.
Other configurations available.

D.

Hastings
C. Hammer head wrench with coated handle.
10-312
1 3/4" Wide x 14" Long Slip fit foam rubber grip handle.

E.

10-312-1
Urethane dipped handle.

InWesco Wrenches
D. 82A87
Spanner Wrench.

HighLine Wrenches
E. HL Penta
1/2" dr x 9/16" Penta Socket Wrench

Lowell
F. Lowell or Lineman’s Triple Square Wrench
51-T
150-T
151-T

106

Cast 12" Handle
Stamped Steel 10" Handle
Stamped Steel 12" Handle

F.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hand Tools Listed by Vendor
Klein Pliers
A. 10310
10" Straight Jaw Klein-Lok pliers are rugged, powerful,
and easily lock to any size with desired amount of pressure,
made of alloy steel.

B. D203-6

A.
B.

1 15/16" jaw, 11/16" jaw width, 6 5/8" overall length
Standard long nose pliers with side cutters.

C. D502-10
1 3/4" x 10" long. Pump plier jaws are locked into place by
engaging tongue in proper groove, plastic dipped handle.

C.

D. J2000-9NE
Klein Journeyman 9-3/8" Side-Cutting Pliers – Heavy-Duty Cutting.
Soft handle material on outer surface for comfort and a firm grip.
Hard black material on inner surface and handle ends for toughness
and durability. Cuts ACSR, screws, nails and most hardened wire,
high-leverage, smooth, streamlined nose with knurled jaws.

D.

E. J248-8
Klein Journeyman 8-1/8" Diagonal-Cutting Pliers – Angled Head.
Soft handle material on outer surface for comfort and a firm grip.
Hard black material on inner surface and handle ends for toughness
and durability. High-leverage, standard-bevel cutting knives.

E.

Klein Cutter
F. J63050
Soft handle material on outer surface for comfort and a firm grip.
Hard black material on inner surface and handle ends for toughness
and durability. High-leverage, cable gripping, shear-type jaws.

F.

G. D2000-48
13/16" jaw, 1 3/16" jaw width, 8" overall length.
High-leverage diagonal cutters with angled head, ultra durable
for ACSR, bolts, nails and most hardened wire, plastic dipped handle.

G.

H. D2000-9NE
1 19/32" jaw, 1 5/16" jaw width, 9 1/4" overall length with thread chewer.
Can cut and grip ACSR, bolts, nails, and most hardened wire, plastic dipped handle.

Klein Saws

H.

I. 1218BI
12" 18 teeth special high speed steel teeth fused to regular carbon steel body
provide superior cutting and longer life. Fits all 12" blade hacksaws.

I.

1218HS
12" 18 teeth high speed steel blade cuts most metals including
unhardened tool steel and stainless.

1224Bi
12" 24 teeth special high speed steel teeth fused to regular carbon steel body
provide superior cutting and longer life. Fits all 12" blade hacksaws.

J. 700-12

J.

12" Blade 16 1/2" long. The industrial hacksaw, lightweight, supplied with blade.

107

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hand Tools Listed by Vendor
Klein Knives
A. 1550-2
2 1/2" blades 2-blade carbon steel, with screwdriver tip blade.

B. 1550-42

A. B.

C.

Same except with stainless steel blades.

C. 1550-4

2 5/8" blade _ Slitting pocket knife ideal for heavy duty line work.

1550-44
Same except with stainless steel blade.

D. 1550-5

2 1/4" blade _ Coping-type blade ideal for skinning small wire and cable.

E.

D.

E. 550-6

2 3/8", 2 1/2" blades _ 3-blade curved sheepfoot skinning blade,
standard pearpoint blade, and screwdriver tip blade.

F. 1550-7

2 3/8", 2 1/2" blades _ 2-blade curved sheepfoot slitting blade and screwdriver tip blade.

G. 1570-3

F.

3" blade, 8" overall _ Lineman’s plastic handle skinning knife with handle ring.

H. 44200

1 3/4" blade, 6 1/4" overall _ Cable-splicer’s knife with coping-type blade, plastic dipped handle.

I. 46037

G.

Cable-splicer’s kit includes 44200 knife, electrician’s scissors, and slotted leather holder.

Klein Wrenches

H.

J. 3146

1 3/32", 29/32" and 13/16", 5/8" openings _ Lineman’s wrench
for 5/8" hardware for use on the heavier three bolt guy clamps
where clearance is limited.

K. 3146A

I.

1 1/16", 1 5/16", and 5/8", 7/8" openings _ Same as 3146 but for 3/4" hardware.

L. 3146B
1 1/16", 1 3/16", and 11/16", 7/8" openings.
Bell system type lineman’s wrench sized to NEMA hardware specifications.

Erection wrench drop-forged from select alloy steel to withstand
high-leverage and heavy loads.
No.
3210
3211
3212
3213
3222
3223
3224
3231
3232

Nut Type
US heavy
US heavy
US heavy
US heavy
US Regular
US Regular
US Regular
Utility
Utility

Bolt Size
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
7/8"
3/4"
7/8"
1"
5/8"
3/4"

Nominal
Opening
7/8"
1 1/16"
1 1/4"
1 7/16"
1 1/8"
1 5/16"
1 1/2"
15/16"
1 1/16"

Length
14 1/2"
14 3/4"
16 1/2"
17 1/4"
16 1/2"
17 1/4"
17 11/16"
14 3/4"
16 1/2"

J. K.

L.

108

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hand Tools Listed by Vendor
Klein Wrenches

A.

A. 3238

1/2" square drive hex, 15" overall _ Construction wrench with
reversible ratchet, drop-forged alloy steel with continuous
taper handle for aligning bolt holes.

B.

B. 3239

1 1/2", 15" overall _ Adjustable construction wrench with
continuous taper handle.

C. Standard jaw design
adjustable wrench made of
drop-forged alloy steel,
lightweight and chrome plated.

Same as 506 series except
extra capacity heavy-duty
version adjustable wrench
ideal for use in confined space.

No.
506
506-6
506-8
506-10
506-12
506-15

No.

Length

Capacity

507-6

6"

15/16"

507-8

8"

1 1/8"

507-10

10"

1 5/16"

507-12

12"

1 1/2"

Length
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
15"

Capacity
1/2"
3/4"
15/16"
1/ 18"
1 5/15"
1 11/16"

D. Same as 506 series but with
plastic dipped handles.

Same as 506 series but with
heavy-duty plastic dipped handles.

No.

Length

Capacity

D506-4

4"

1/2"

No.
HD506-4

Length
4"

Capacity
1/2"

D506-6

6"

3/4"

HD506-6

6"

3/4"

D506-8

8"

15/16"

HD506-8

8"

15/16"

D506-10

10"

1/ 18"

HD506-10

10"

1/ 18"

D506-12

12"

1 5/15"

HD506-12

12"

1 5/15"

Same as 507 series but with
plastic dipped handles.

Same as 506 series but with
heavy-duty plastic dipped handles.

No.

Length

Capacity

No.

Length

Capacity

D507-6

6"

15/16"

HD507-6

6"

15/16"

D507-8

8"

1 1/8"

HD507-8

8"

1 1/8"

D507-10

10"

1 5/16"

HD507-10

10"

1 5/16"

D507-12

12"

1 1/2"

HD507-12

12"

1 1/2"

C.

D.

E.

E. 65510
12 piece 1/2" drive socket wrench set including sockets:
7/16", 1/2", 9/16", 5/8", 11/16", 3/4", 13/16", 7/8", and 15/16", extension:
5", 5/8" spark plug socket, ratchet and metal box.

F.

F. 65514
8 piece 1/2" drive deep socket set including sockets:
1/2", 9/16", 5/8", 11/16", 3/4", 13/16", 7/8", and 15/16", and metal box.

109

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hand Tools Listed by Vendor
Klein Wrenches
A.

A. Individual ratcheting box wrenches.
For use in confined space and on long studs,
reverses by turning wrench over, chrome-plated finish.
Double Hex
Single Hex
No.
Size
No.
Size
Length
68203
5/8"x11/16"
68200
1/4"x5/16"
4 1/4"
68204
5/8"x3/4"
68201
3/8"x7/16"
5 1/2"
68205
11/16"x3/4"
68202
1/2"x9/16"
6 1/2"
68206
13/16"x7/8"

Length
8"
8"
9 1/4"
9 1/4"

B.

B. S12H

1 1/2" to 5", 6" handle _ Grip-It strap wrench is completely adjustable.

Klein Hex Key Sets
70579

C.

3/16", 7/32", 1/4", 5/16", 3/8" Five-key folding set.

C. 70581
.050", 1/16", 5/64", 3/32", 7/64", 1/8", 9/64", 5/32" Eight-key folding set.

D. Individual T-Handle hex keys 9" Length.
No.
79206
79207
79208
79209
79210
79212
79214
79216
79220
79224
79232

Hex size
3/32"
7/64"
1/8"
9/64"
5/32"
3/16"
7/32"
1/4"
5/16"
3/8"
1/2"

Blade Length
7 1/4"
7 1/4"
7 1/4"
7 1/4"
7 1/4"
7 1/2"
7 1/2"
7 1/2"
7 1/2"
7 1/2"
7 1/2"

D.

Klein Screwdrivers
E. Heavy duty square shank, keystone tip.
No.
600-1
600-4
600-6
600-8
600-12

Shank W x L
1/4"x1 1/2"
1/4"x4"
5/16"x6"
3/8"x8"
1/2"x12"

Overall Length
3 7/16"
8 11/32"
10 15/16"
13 7/16"
17 7/16"

E.

F. Round shank, cabinet tip.
No.
601-3
601-4
601-6
601-8
601-10

110

Shank W x L
3/16"x3"
3/16"x4"
3/16"x6"
3/16"x8"
3/16"x10"

Overall Length
6 3/4"
7 3/4"
9 3/4"
11 3/4"
13 3/4"

F.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hand Tools Listed by Vendor
Klein Screwdrivers
A. Heavy duty round shank, keystone tip.
No.
602-3
602-4
602-6
602-8
602-10
602-12

Shank W x L
7/32"x3"
1/2"x4"
15/16"x6"
3/8"x8"
3/8"x10"
3/8"x12"

B.

A.

C.

Overall Length
6 3/4"
8 11/32"
10 15/16"
13 7/16"
15 7/16"
17 7/16"

B. Round shank, special profilated phillips tip for
more accurate fit and torque without slippage.
No.
603-1
603-3
603-4
603-6
603-7
603-10

Point size
2
1
2
3
2
2

Shank L
1 1/2"
3"
4"
6"
7"
10"

Overall Length
3 7/16"
6 3/4"
8 5/16"
11"
11 15/16"
14 15/16"

C. Heavy duty round shank, cabinet tip.
No.
605-4
605-6
605-8
605-10

Shank W x L
1/4"x4"
1/4"x6"
1/4"x8"
1/4"x10"

Overall Length
8 11/32"
10 11/32"
12 11/32"
14 11/32"

D.

Klein Nut Driver
D. Individual cushion grip, hollow shaft nut drivers.
No.
630-3/16
630-1/4
630-5/15
630-11/32
630-3/8
630-7/16
630-1/2
630-9/16
630-5/8

Color Code
black
red
yellow
green
blue
brown
red
orange
yellow

Hex Size
3/16"
1/4"
5/16"
11/32"
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"

Shank Length
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
4"
4"

E.

E. 631 Set
Includes: 630-3/16", 630-1/4", 630-5/16", 630-11/32", 630-3/8",
630-7/16", 630-1/2" 7 piece cushion grip nut-driver set with roll up plastic pouch.

Klein Hammer
F. 808-20

F.

G.

H.

20oz, 13" length _ Heavy duty straight claw hammer, fiberglass handle.

G. 809-36

36oz, 15" length _ Lineman’s double-face hammer,
fiberglass handle.

H. 832-32

32oz, 13 1/2" length _ Lineman’s straight
claw hammer, hickory handle.

111

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hand Tools Listed by Vendor
Klein Measuring

A. B.

A. 946-50

C.

1/2" W x 50' length _ Woven fiberglass tape measurer.

B. 946-100

1/2"W x 100' length _ Woven fiberglass tape measurer.

Nupla Hammer

D.

C. 19-023

20oz _Classic nail hammer, fiberglass handle.

D. 27-035

3lb. 14" handle _ Classic sledge hammer, fiberglass handle.

Stanley Proto Wrenches
E. 5449

E.

10" length, 1/2" drive _ Pear Head Ratchet.

F. 5450

16" length, 1/2" drive _ Long Handle Pear Head Ratchet.

F.

Stanley Bits
G. 49905-16
5/16", 2 23/32" overall length Hex Bit.

G.

H. 7121 Impact Wrench Adapter
1/2" sq. drive 7/16" Hex Shank Extension Bit.

I. 1/2" Deep Length Drive Impact Sockets - 6 point.
No.

In.

Length

7312H
7314H
7316H
7318H
7320H
7322H

3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"
11/16"

3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"

No.
7324H
7326H
7328H
7330H
7332H
7334H

In.
3/4"
13/16"
7/8"
15/16"
1"
1 1/16"

Length
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"

No.
7336H
7338H
7340H
7342H
7344H
7346H
7348H

In.
1 1/8"
1 3/16"
1 1/4"
1 5/16"
1 3/8"
1 7/16"
1 1/2"

Length
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"

Length
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"

No.
7336
7338
7340
7342
7344
7346
7348

In.
1 1/8"
1 3/16"
1 1/4"
1 5/16"
1 3/8"
1 7/16"
1 1/2"

Length
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"

J. 1/2" Drive Impact Sockets - 12 point
No.
7312
7314
7316
7318
7320
7322

In.
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"
11/16"

Length
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"

No.
7324
7326
7328
7330
7332
7334

In.
3/4"
13/16"
7/8"
15/16"
1"
1 1/16"

K. 1/2" Drive Deep Length Impact Sockets - 8 Point
No.
7312S
7314S
7316S
7318S
7320S
7322S

L. 7652

In.
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"
11/16"

Length
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"

No.
7324S
7326S
7328S
7330S
7332S

In.
3/4"
13/16"
7/8"
15/16"
1"

Length
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"

1/2" F x 3/4" M, 2 1/8 Length _ Adapter for 1/2" Drive Impact Socket.

112

H.

I.

J.

K.

L.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hand Tools Listed by Vendor
Apex Tools - Bits
A. EX-501-2
7/16" hex drive for 1/2" square drive sockets. Pin lock.

A. B.

B. EX-501-B-2
7/16" hex drive for 1/2" square drive sockets. Ball lock.
.

Safety Line Wrenches
C. 920

Goat Wrench made from alloy steel, jaws are designed so that a nut,
bolt or pipe is drawn further into the throat as pressure is applied.

Speed Systems Wrenches
PW-2

C.

Penta security wrench has standard head.

R BW- 1
Ratcheting box wrench has 5/16" hex shaft
extended 1 1/2" on one side.

R BW- 2
Ratcheting box wrench has 5/16" hex shaft
extended 1 1/2" on each side.

D. RBW-12916
1/2" x 9/16" Ratcheting box wrench has
5/16" hex shaft extended 1 1/2" on one side.

RBW-91634

D.

E. F.

9/16" x 3/4" Ratcheting box wrench.

RBW-91658
9/16" x 5/8" Ratcheting box wrench.

RBW-3478
3/4" x 7/8" Ratcheting box wrench.

RBW-3812
3/8" x 1/2" Ratcheting box wrench.

RBW-38516
3/8" x 5/16" Ratcheting box wrench.

Tulsa Power Products
The most economical and easiest way to handle a reel of
material in the warehouse or the field.

E. RT20
The RT20 is for reels with up to 4" arbors weighing up to 2,000 lbs.

F. RT40
The RT40 is for reels with up to 6" arbors weighing up to 4,000 lbs.

113

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Hand Tools Listed by Vendor
Armstrong Wrench
A. 600SW Spanner Wrench.

Wright Tool Bits

A.

B. 1/2" Double Square Deep Impact Sockets - 8 Points.
No.
4772
4774
4776
4778
4780
4782
4784

Size
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"
11/16"
3/4"

Length
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"

No.
4786
4788
4790
4792
4794
4796

Size
13/16"
7/8"
15/16"
1"
1 1/16"
1 1/8"

Length
3 1/4"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
3 1/2"

B.

C.

C. 1/2" Drive Deep Impact Sockets - 12 Points.
No.
4964
4966
4968

Size
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"

Length
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"

No.
4970
4972
4974

Size
5/8"
11/16"
3/4"

D.

Length
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"

E.

D. 1/2" Double Square Impact (Railroad) Sockets - 8 Points.
No.
6865
6866
6868
6870
6872
6874

Size
3/4"
13/16"
7/8"
15/16"
1"
1 1/16"

Length
2 1/8"
2 1/8"
2 1/8"
2 1/8"
2 1/8"
2 1/4"

No.
6876
6878
6880
6882
6886

Size
1 1/8"
1 3/16"
1 1/4"
1 5/16"
1 7/16"

Length
2 1/4"
2 1/2"
2 1/2"
2 5/8"
2 3/4"

F.

E. 9076 13/16" 5 point Penta Socket for 1/2" Drive Impact.
F. 4902 1/2"F x 3/4"M, 2" length Impact adapter.

Greenlee Tools

G.

G. NR1 Socket
Square nut sizes 3/4", 13/16", and 1 1/8".
Up to 6” long 7/16" hex quick-change adapter included.

ATP Tools
H. Z-081315S5 -13/16" x 15/16" socket for 1/2" square drive.
I. Z-081618S5 -1" x 1-1/8" socket for 1/2" square drive.

H.

114

I.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Stripping Tools
Ripley
A. 4x4 Plus
Cable end strippers for 600 volt secondary cable.
Cutting heads for #6 AWG to 500 MCM conductors
(concentric, compressed, or compacted).
Strips 45 MIL to 110 MIL XLPE, polyethylene
and EPR insulation. Choice of square cut or
chamfer cut blades. Strips quickly, even in cold climates.
Precision stripping with no conductor damage.
Guarded cutting blades ensure safety.
Bushings change easily and rapidly in the field or in your shop.
Extension available (part # 36106) which permits stripping
an additional 1 1/2" of insulation from the conductor.

A.

B. 2x2 Plus

B.

Double-ended end stripper for 600 volt cable #6 to 500 MCM
(concentric, compressed, or compacted).
Interchangeable bushings strip different cable sizes.

Bushings for 2x2 Plus , 4x4 Plus and WS 68 tools.
Square cut bushing selection for electrical wire.
Part

THHN

XHHW

10-27522S
10-32530S
10-32540
10-35030S
10-37530S
10-37540
10-40030S
10-42540S
10-45040
10-47540S
10-52540S
10-52560
10-55040S
10-57540S
10-57560
10-60040S
10-60060
10-62540S
10-65060
10-67540S

Copper
6
4
3
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0

Copper
6
4
3
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0

THHN/
XHHN
Aluminum
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
-

RHW/
RHH/USE
Copper
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
-

Part

THHN

Copper
10-70050S
10-72560
10-75050S
250 MCM
10-77550S
11-80050S
300 MCM
11-80075
11-82550S
11-85050S
350 MCM
11-85075
11-87550S
400 MCM
11-90075
11-92550S
11-97550S
500 MCM
11-102575
Special Order Sizes
11-102560S 11-105060S 600 MCM
11-107560S 11-110060S 11-117560S 750 MCM

XHHW
Copper
250 MCM
300 MCM
350 MCM
400 MCM
500 MCM
-

THHN/
XHHN
Aluminum
250 MCM
300 MCM
350 MCM
400 MCM
500 MCM
-

RHW/
RHH/USE
Copper
4/0
250 MCM
300 MCM
500 MCM
500 MCM

600 MCM
750 MCM

600 MCM
700 MCM
750 MCM
-

-

115

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Stripping
- Tools
Ripley
2x2 Plus & 4x4 Plus Bushings to Chamfer Cut Insulation
Concentric Strand Conductor
Size AWG
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250 MCM
350 MCM
500 MCM

45 MIL O.D. Part
0.29"
2-30030
0.34"
12-35030
0.39"
12-40030
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

60 MIL O.D.
.315"
.365"
.440"
.465"
.515"
.565"
.615"
.665"
*
*
*

Part
12-32540
12-37540
12-45040
12-47540
12-52540
12-57540
12-62540
12-67540
*
*
*

80 MIL O.D.
*
*
.465"
.515"
.565"
.590"
.665"
.715"
.765"
.865"
.990"

Part
*
*
12-47560
12-52560
12-57560
12-60060
12-67560
12-72560
13-77560
13-87560
13-100060

95 MIL O.D. Part
.390"
12-40075
*
*
*
*
*
*
.590"
12-60075
.640"
12-65075
.690"
12-70075
.740"
12-75075
.790"
13-80075
.890"
13-90075
1.040"
13-105075

60 MIL O.D.
.315"
.365"
.440"
.465"
.515"
.565"
.615"
.665"
*
*
*

Part
12-32540
12-37540
12-42540
12-47540
12-50040
12-55040
12-60040
12-67540
*
*
*

80 MIL O.D.
*
*
.465"
.515"
.540"
.590"
.640"
.690"
.740"
.840"
.965"

Part
*
*
12-47560
12-52560
12-55060
12-60060
12-65060
12-70060
12-75060
13-85060
13-97560

95 MIL O.D. Part
.390"
12-40075
*
*
*
*
*
*
.590"
12-60075
.615"
12-62575
.665"
12-67575
.740"
12-75075
.765"
13-77575
.890"
13-90075
1.015"
13-102575

60 MIL O.D.
.315"
.365"
.415"
.440"
.465"
.515"
.565"
.615"
*
*
*

Part
12-32540
12-37540
12-42540
12-45040
12-47540
12-52540
12-57540
12-62540
*
*
*

80 MIL O.D.
*
*
.465"
.490"
.515"
.565"
.615"
.665"
.715"
.790"
.915"

Part
*
*
12-47560
12-50060
12-52560
12-57560
12-62560
12-67560
12-72560
13-80060
13-92560

95 MIL O.D. Part
.390"
12-40075
*
*
*
*
*
*
.565"
12-57575
.590"
12-60075
.640"
12-65075
.690"
12-70075
.740"
13-75075
.840"
13-85075
.965"
13-97575

80 MIL O.D.
*
*
.465"
.515"
.540"
.590"
.640"
.690"
.740"
.840"
.965"

Part
*
*
10-47560
10-52560
10-55060
10-60060
10-65060
10-70060
11-75060
11-85060
11-97560

95 MIL O.D. Part
.390"
10-40075
*
*
*
*
*
*
.590"
10-60075
.615"
10-62575
.665"
10-67575
.740"
10-75075
.765"
11-77575
.890"
11-90075
1.015"
11-102575

Compressed Strand Conductor
Size AWG
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250 MCM
350 MCM
500 MCM

45 MIL O.D. Part
0.29"
12-30030
0.34"
12-35030
0.39"
12-40030
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

Compacted Strand Conductor
Size AWG
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250 MCM
350 MCM
500 MCM

45 MIL O.D. Part
.29"
12-30030
.34"
12-35030
.39"
12-40030
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

2x2 Plus and 4x4 Plus Bushings to Square Cut Insulation
Compressed Strand Conductor
Size AWG
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250 MCM
350 MCM
500 MCM

116

45 MIL O.D. Part
.290"
10-30030
.340"
10-35030
.390"
10-40030
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

60 MIL O.D.
.315"
.365"
.440"
.465"
.515"
.565"
.615"
.665"
*
*
*

Part
10-32540
10-37540
10-45040
10-47540
10-50040
10-55040
10-60040
10-67540
*
*
*

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Stripping Tools
Ripley
Concentric Strand Conductor
Size AWG
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250 MCM
350 MCM
500 MCM

45 MIL O.D.
.290"
.340"
.390"
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

Part
10-30030
10-35030
10-40030
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

60 MIL O.D. Part
.315"
10-32540
.365"
10-37540
.440"
10-45040
.465"
10-47540
.515"
10-52540
.565"
10-57540
.615"
10-62540
.665"
10-67540
*
*
*
*
*
*

80 MIL O.D.
*
*
.465"
.515"
.565"
.590"
.665"
.715"
.765"
.865"
.990"

Part
*
*
10-47560
10-52560
10-57560
10-60060
10-67560
10-72560
11-77560
11-87560
11-100060

95 MIL O.D. Part
.390"
10-40075
*
*
*
*
*
*
.590"
10-60075
.640"
10-65075
.690"
10-70075
.740"
10-75075
.790"
11-80075
.890"
11-90075
1.040"
11-105075

60 MIL O.D. Part
.315"
10-32540
.365"
10-37540
.415"
10-42540
.440"
10-45040
.465"
10-47540
.515"
10-52540
.565"
10-57540
.615"
10-62540
*
*
*
*
*
*

80 MIL O.D.
*
*
.465"
.490"
.515"
.565"
.615"
.665"
.715"º
.790"
.915"

Part
*
*
10-47560
10-50060
10-52560
10-57560
10-62560
10-67560
11-72560
11-80060
11-92560

95 MIL O.D. Part
.390"
10-40075
*
*
*
*
*
*
.565"
10-57575
.590"
10-60075
.640"
10-65075
.690"
10-70075
.740"
11-75075
.840"
11-85075
.965"
11-97575

Compacted Strand Conductor
Size AWG
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250 MCM
350 MCM
500 MCM

45 MIL O.D.
.290"
.340"
.390"
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

Part
10-30030
10-35030
10-40030
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

A. CST Tool Coring and stripping tool in one fast and precise operation. Standard “T” handle with a built in 3/8" drill adapter;
CST-R tools have a ratchet “ T ” handle and a separate 3/8" drill adapter. Heat treated sheath cutting blade produces a smooth
beveled edge and can be replaced without the expense of replacing the entire coring bit. Spiral-fluted, heat treated steel coring bit.
Rugged, durable, all metal construction. Strip stops available for exact stripping lengths of .50 to 2 inch. Color coded cable guide
sleeves for easy cable size identification. Weight: 1lb. 10oz.
Ordering Guide for CST Tool
COMM/SCOPE P1, P3 Cable Guard;
TIMES FIBER T4, T6, T10 Cable; Alcatel Cable Benelux - ACE Cable
Cable
412
500
625
750
875
1000

Standard Tool
CST 412
CST 500
CST 625
CST 750
CST 875
CST 21000

Ratchet Tool
CST 412-R
CST 500-R
CST 625-R
CST 750-R
CST 857-R
CST 21000-R

Coring Bit Kit
CB 114K
CB 115K
CB 116K
CB 117K
CB 118K
CB 119K

TIMES FIBER TX and COMM/SCOPE P3 Cable
Ratchet Tool
Coring Bit Kit
Cable Standard Tool
565
700
840
1160

CST 565TX
CST 700TX
CST 840TX
CST 21160TX

CST 565TX-R
CST 700TX-R
CST 840TX-R
CST 21160TX-R

CB 146K
CB 137K
CB138K
CB158K

A.

Guide Sleeve
29104
29105
29106
29111
29112
29113

Sleeve Color
BLACK
RED
BLUE
GREEN
YELLOW
ORANGE

Guide Sleeve
29108
33847
29109
33837

Sleeve Color
RED
BLUE
GREEN
NEUTRAL

COMM/SCOPE “Powerfeeder” and TIMES FIBER T10 Power 20 & 50 Ohm Cable
Cable
625/PF
625/20
625/50

Standard Tool
CST 625PF
CST 625/20
CST 625/50

Ratchet Tool
CST 625PF-R
CST 625/20-R
CST 625/50-R

Coring Bit Kit
CB 201K
CB 203K
CB 200K

Guide Sleeve
29106
29106
29106

Sleeve Color
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE

Accessories for CST Tools
Cable
412 to 840
860 to 1080
1160

Ratchet Handle
31250
31275
31275

Drill Adapter
31230
31235
31235

Sheath Cutting Blade
CB 60
CB 60
CB 26

117

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Stripping Tools
Ripley
A. WS-5
End stripper for 600 volt to 35kv cables. .260 to 1.265 inch cable O.D., strips XLPE, polyethylene and
EPR insulation. Precision stripping of insulation only or insulation and semicon simultaneously.
Ideal for primary URD cable. Guarded cutting blade prevents injury. Rotating stop bar permits accurate
preset stripping lengths of up to 4 in. Bar removable for infinite stripping. Accepts SW 2 ratchet for leverage.

WS5A
Upgraded model of the WS5. Same features plus new adjustable strip stop with rotary mechanism,
and new adjustment window allowing easy setting of stop for precise strip lengths.

Bushing Selection
Cable O.D
(Inch)
260-.285
.286-.310
.311-.335
.336-.360
.361-.385
.386-.410
.341-.435
.436-.460
.461-.485
.486-.510
.511-.535
.536-.560
.561-.585
.586-.610
.611-.635
.636-.660
.661-.685
.686-.710
.711-.735
.736-.760

Bushing #
(WS 5-A)
.300
.325
.350
.375
.400
.425
.450
.475
.500
.525
.550
.575
.600
.625
.650
.675
.700
.725
.750
.775

B. WS1 and WS2

Cable O.D.
(Inch)
.761-.785
.786-.810
.811-.835
.836-.860
.861-.885
.886-.910
.911-.935
.936-.960
.961-.985
.986-1.010
1.011-1.035
1.036-1.060
1.061-1.085
1.086-1.110
1.111-1.135
1.136-1.160
1.161-1.185
1.186-1.210
1.211-1.235
1.236-1260
1.261-1.285

A.

Bushing #
(WS 5)
.800
.825
.850
.875
.900
.925
.950
.975
1.000
1.025
1.050
1.075
1.100
1.125
1.150
1.175
1.200
1.225
1.250
1.275
1.300

B.

Mid-span Stripper for .320 to .790 in cable. Each tool built for a specific size. Operates on all tree wire and spacer cables.
Choice of handle styles. Designed for hot stick operation. Strips at end of any point along cable length (mid span).
Hook/Ring

Models
Plastic

3/4" Rings

Cable O.D.
2 1/2" Rings (inch)

Insulation Thickness
(mils)

Replacement
Blade

WS1

WSP1

WSR1

WSB1

.320-.790

WS2

WSP2

WSR2

WSB2

.750-1.3

WS2K

WSPK2 WSRK2

WSBK2

.750-1.3

45 to 12
125 to 200
45 to 125
125 to 200
200+

CB2
CB1
CB2
CB1
CB8-2A & CB19

WS21
Double-ended end stripper for 600 volt cables, 1/0 AWG to 1000 MCM.
Square-cuts two specific cable sizes. Clean strips quickly with no conductor damage.
Stripping length preset at factory. Special Order.

Ripley
Conductor Strip Stops for CST Tools
Strip length
1 1/4"
1 3/8"
1"
1 1/16"
1 1/8"
1 3/16"

118

Part
32983
32981
32980
32979
33973
32986

Strip length
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
13/16"
7/8"
15/16"

Part
3297
32975
32985
33958
32977
32978

Strip length
1 7/16"
1 1/2"
1 9/16"
1 11/16"
1 3/4"
2"

Part
33957
32982
33959
32984
33967
33962

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Stripping Tools
A. BP Tool
Adjustable blades
Model
BPA
BP1A
BP2A

A.

Cable O.D.(Inch)
.375-.750
.750-1.250
1.250-2.000

B. WS50 & WS50A
Adjustable URD end stripper for 1/0 AWG to 1000 MCM. .500 to 2.25 in cable O.D..
Two handles permit safe, easy operation on XLPE, plastic, polyethylene, and EPR
insulation of all thicknesses. Adjustable strip stop bar gives an exact stripped conductor
length and can be rotated to allow unlimited stripping. Safe, clean cuts prevent conductor
damage. CB50 blade included. Option: #34730 adds precision adjustment feature.

WS57
Adjustable end stripper, stripper/jacket stripper for 45 to 115kv cables. 2.0 to 4.0 in cable
O.D.. Quick-slide adjustment for cable sizing, easy setting of blade cutting depth.
For XLPE, polyethylene and EPR insulations. Blade angle adjusts easily to control width
of end strip cut. Replacement blade CB144.

WS57A
Same features as the WS57 plus an adjustable semi-con shaving blade system. Replacement blades CB40X and CB144.

B.

C. WS61
Adjustable URD jacket stripper for encapsulated jackets of #2 AWG to
1000 MCM. Cable O.D.’s up to 2.25 in. Blade adjustment feature offers
precise positioning. Can also be used as an adjustable end stripper.
Two handles permit safe, easy operation. Prevents damage to underlying
concentric conductors. Replacement blade CB155k.

D. WS64
Adjustable cable stripper. “Universal” tool for end stripping or mid span
stripping outer jackets or insulated material. End stripping and mid span stripping with
different blades (interchangeable). “Dual position” jaw for cable sizes from 1/2" up to
2 1/2" cable O.D., and is versatile for electric utility applications. Removes outer jacket
on primary cable (all major insulation shields). When using mid span blade stripping
version, caution must be used when end stripping concentric neutral cables. Versatile
design also includes ability to strip secondary and primary insulations. Quickly and easily
adjusts to cable size with spring loaded “trigger-action” jaw. Micro adjustable blade
allows accurate setup for a variety of insulation thicknesses. Self feeding tool design
allows easy and efficient operation with minimal effort.
Model

Function

WS64-U-E

End stripping only.
Outer jackets up to 2.5" O.D.
Insulation to 1.5" O.D.,
up to 35kv-345 mils
maxmimum thickness

WS64-U-M

WS64-U-EM

Mid span/End stripping.
Outer jackets up to 2.5" O.D.
175 mil maximum insulation/
covering thickness (15kv)
End strip and mid span stripping

C.

Installed Blade
CB50K

D.

CB236

CB50K installed
CB236 included

119

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Stripping Tools
Speed Systems
A. 1542-2CL
Insulation Stripper for primary cable from 1/2" to 1 3/4.”
Precise blade adjustment. Maximizes reliability of installation,
provides greater speed and increased safety, and no bushings required.
Model
Features
1542-2CL
Tool with wedge blade installed, spare straight blade
1542-2CL-1
Tool with wedge blade installed, spare wedge blade
1542-2CL-2
Tool with straight blade installed, spare straight blade
1562
Wedge blade (XLP)
1581
Straight blade (EPR)

A.

B.

B. 1542-2AS
Dual functions - strips cable insulation and scores semi-con.
Adjustable semi-con scoring .001" to .090.” Combines features of
1542-2CL speed stripper and 1700 semi-con scorer.
Model
1542-2AS
1542-2AS-1
1542-2AS-2
1562
1581
1678

C.

Features
Tool with wedge blade installed, spare straight blade
Tool with wedge blade installed, spare wedge blade
Tool with straight blade installed, spare straight blade
Wedge blade (XLP)
Straight blade (EPR)
Scoring blade

Accessories and Options
1590X
1646X
Split Handle
2689
1650X

Small cable adapter for cables 5/16" to 1/2" O.D.
Scale gauge measures stripback
Optional folding handle - add “S” to catalog number
Chamfering tool/scale gauge (2672 replacement chamfering blade)
Tool stop

C. 1700
Semi-con scorer for cable O.D. from 1/2" to 2". Adjustable blade depth from .001" to 100. Square and spiral cut,
scores semi-con without damage to insulation. Leaf springs maintain constant pressure during operation.
Model
Features
1700
Adjustable blade with square cut/spiral cut
1700-SS
Adjustable blade scorer with square cut/spiral cut and dial locking set screw
D.
1700-LC
Adjustable blade scorer with square cut/spiral cut - saddle relief for close-in cut
1700-SS-LC
Adjustable blade scorer with square cut/spiral cut and dial locking
set screw - saddle relief for close-in cut
1678
Replacement blade - all tools

1800
Semi-con scorer for cable O.D. from 1 3/4" to 3.” Same features as the 1700.
Model
Features
1800
Adjustable blade with square cut/spiral cut
1800-SS
Adjustable blade scorer with square cut/spiral cut and dial locking set screw
1800-LC
Adjustable blade scorer with square cut/spiral cut - saddle relief for close-in cut
1801
Fixed blade scorer .037" with square cut/spiral cut
1801-1
Fixed blade scorer .046" with square cut/spiral cut
1801-2
Fixed blade scorer .055" with square cut/spiral cut
1801-3
Fixed blade socrer .064" with square cut/spiral cut
1678
Replacement blade - all tools

D. 2750
Secondary cable stripper for cable O.D. from .31" to 1.375.” Strips 600 volt insulation (45mil to 110mil
thickness), no bushings required with unlimited stripback length. #6 thru 1000 MCM. 2781 replacement blade.

BIT/TK120X-Q
Bushing insert tool with Tor-Key (fits all loadbreak bushing inserts). RK-1 Regrit kit for abrasive surface.

BIT/TK120X-N
120

Bushing insert tool with Tor-Key (fits all deadbreak bushing inserts).

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Stripping Tools
Speed Systems

A.

A. LPW1525
Probe installation tool for all 15kv and 25kv elbows and elastimold 35kv elbows.

LPW1525 / TK120X
Combination TK120 Tor-Key and probe tool for all 15kv and 25kv elbows and elastimold 35kv
elbows.

B. LPW1525 / TK120x-N

B.

Combination TK120 Tor-Key and probe tool with neutral winder. All 15kv and 25kv elbows and
elastimold 35kv elbows. Neutral winder reduces neutral wire breakage while removing cable jacket.

C. Mark I
Primary cable insulation stripper for cable O.D. range 3/4" to 2.” Comes with AO11 blade. Tool stop
accessory for square cut optional.

Mark II
Primary cable insulation stripper for cable O.D. range 1 3/4" to 3.” Comes with AO11 blade. Tool
stop accessory for square cut optional.

Mark III
Primary cable insulation stripper for cable O.D. range 2 3/4" to 4.” Comes with AO10 blade. Tool
stop accessory for square cut included.

Mark Tool Accessories
A010
A011
A012
A013
A013X

Wedge blade (69-138kv XLP, standard with Mark III, if desired on Mark II, add “-10”)
Wedge blade (15-35kv XLP)
Straight blade (15-35kv EPR)
Shaving blade without bracket (bonded semi-con)
Shaving blade with bracket (bonded semi-con)

C.

D. SC-11
Semi-con edge wedge with finger grip. Ergonomic safety grip. Stainless steel blade, comes with a
plastic sheath.

SC-13
Semi-con roller grip. Broad nose for rolling semi-con, serrated jaws for maximum grip, rugged
plastic covered handles.

D.

PT1525
Elbow/cap pulling tool for 15kv and 25kv elbows and caps. Also for elastimold 35kv elbows and
caps.

PT35
Elbow/cap pulling tool for Cooper (RTE) and Hubbell (Chardon) 35kv elbows and caps.

Greenlee
E. 1905
Adjustable Cable Stripper. For mid span and end termination. Strips TW, THW, THWN, THHN and
similar single layer insulation. Fast-close jaws and twist. Quick size and insulation adjustments, snap
action for same cutting depth time after time.
Capacity - 1/0 to 1000 MCM
Weight - .9lb.

E.

Klein
Automatic Wire Stripper. One light squeeze strips wire from No. 10 to 22 AWG,
up to a full 1" without nicking, cutting or fraying the wire.
Blades available from 8 to 12 AWG and 16 to 26 AWG. Overall length is 6 1/2".
Part
Strips AWG Gauges
11062
10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22
11070
Replacement Blades for 8, 10, 12
11072
Replacement Blades for 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22
11075
Replacement Blades for 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26

121

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Drills and Bits
Greenlee

A.

A. Nail Eater II Impact Bits
Quickly bore through creosoted and salt treated utility poles.
Resists wear, eats through nails and staples.
7/16" hex shank to fit impact drivers. Available in 18" overall length.
Model Dia. (in)
37868 9/16
37869 11/16
B.
37870 13/16
37871 15/16

Irwin
B. 43907
18" auger bit extension, 7/16" hex shank bit.

C. Utility Pole Impact Wrench Auger Bits
47909
47911
47913
47915
47917
48211
48213
48215

9/16" utility pole impact wrench auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 18"
11/16" utility pole impact wrench auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 18"
13/16" utility pole impact wrench auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 18"
15/16" utility pole impact wrench auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 18"
1 1/16" utility pole impact wrench auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 18"
11/16" utility pole impact wrench auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 24"
13/16" utility pole impact wrench auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 24"
15/16" utility pole impact wrench auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 24"

E.

D.

C.

D. Long Ship Impact Wrench Auger Bits
48711
48713
48715

11/16" long ship impact wrench auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 18"
13/16" long ship impact wrench auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 18"
15/16" long ship impact wrench auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 18"

E. Utility Pole Auger Bits
46607
46611
46613
46615

3/8" utility pole auger bit, 18"
11/16" utility pole auger bit, 18"
13/16" utility pole auger bit, 18"
15/16" utility pole auger bit, 18"

F. Power Pole Auger Bits
46911
46913
46914
46915
47011
47013
47015
47017

11/16" power pole auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 23"
13/16" power pole auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 23"
7/8" power pole auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 23"
15/16" power pole auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 23"
11/16" power pole auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 29"
13/16" power pole auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 29"
15/16" power pole auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 29"
1 1/16" power pole auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 29"

G. Long Ship Auger Bits
47311

11/16" long ship auger bit, 7/16" hex shank, 17"

H. Long Solid Center Wood Auger Bits
47711
47713
47714

11/16" long solid center wood auger bit, 18"
13/16" long solid center wood auger bit, 18"
7/8" long solid center wood auger bit, 18"

B&A Mfg.
“The Eliminator” Carbide Tip 24” Wood Auger Bits – 7/16” Hex
ER72109
ER72111
ER72113
ER72115

122

9/16”
11/16”
13/16”
15/16”

F.

G.

H.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Drills and Bits
Klein
A. 53000 29 piece regular point drill bit set. Consists of all 29 black-oxide finished, jobber-length, regular point
118 degree drill bits, size 1/16" through 1/2" by 64 ths, inclusive. Hinged metal box with three stand-up bit holders.

A.

5300115 piece regular point drill bit set. Consists of all 15 black-oxide finished, jobber-length,
regular point 118 degree drill bits, size 1/16" through 1/2" by 32nds, inclusive.
Hinged metal box with three stand-up bit holders.

5300213 piece regular point drill bit set. Consists of all 13 black-oxide finished, jobber-length,
regular point 118 degree drill bits, size 1/16" through 1/4" by 64ths, inclusive.
Hinged metal box with three stand-up bit holders.

Fairmont
B. 48330 Impact wrench 7/16" hex quick change chuck, and 1/2" drive.

“ Super Spool” for
Open-and Closed-Center operation. Prevents overspeeding, allows flows up to 12gpm.
Reversible operation. Operating pressure 1,000 - 2,500 psi. Torque 400ft-lbs at 8gpm.

B.

48755 Variable torque control impact wrench 7/16" hex quick change chuck, and 1/2" drive.
Super Spool” for Open- and Closed-Center operation. Prevents overspeeding, allows flows up to 12gpm.
Reversible operation. Operating pressure 1,000 - 2,500 psi. Torque 400ft-lbs at 8gpm.

54923 HTMA male coupler
54925 HTMA female coupler

C.

D.

Burndy/Racine
C. HIW716VT

Variable torque impact
wrench easily allows the operator
to select the power needed for drilling
or hardware installation.
Full torque 500ft-lbs while
providing the operator the option
to decrease torque to 200ft-lbs
for hardware installation.

Hilti

E.

D. Combihammer TE 55
115v combination hammer/chipper. Used carbide
tipped masonry bits from 1/2" to 1 1/4", core bits 1 1/2" to 3 9/16", and cruciform bits from 1 1/2" to 2".

E. TE 505 115v lightweight chipping hammer.

Chisel position adjusts to 12 positions for easy access
in tight places. Padded rear grip for added operator comfort, rocker switch with lock-on button.

Tanaka

F.

F. TED-262R 1.3hp gas powered reversible drill. Dual position front handle
can be mounted on either side for added versatility.

Apex Bits
G . QR-514

G. H. I.

1/2" Hex x 7/16" Quick Releasing Chuck Female.

H. QR-520
1/2" Hex x 5/8" Quick Releasing Chuck Female.

I. QRF-14
1/2" Hex x 7/16" Female Threaded Drive.

J.

Fairmont
J. Low Pressure Hydraulic Hoses Certified non-conductive orange rubber,
double braid-working pressure 2,250psi tested to 75kvt/ft for 5 minutes.
Model Description
135245 3/8" x 8' hose with 3/8" NPTF male fittings.
135247 3/8" x 10' hose with 3/8" NPTF male fittings.

123

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Pole Handling Equipment
AB Chance
A. C305-0008

A.

Epoxiglass cant hook with a high carbon steel hook.
The gripper casting incorporates 2 sets of teeth for improved grip on all pole sizes.

B. C305-0021
Pole wrench performs the functions of both a cant hook and a pole tong without
spiking the pole. Nylon-web strap (1 3/4"x6') rated at 7,500lb tensile strength
securely grips poles, even large diameter poles.

Dixie Industries

B.

Peavy - Solid Socket
Duckbill hook, hardwood handle, tubular steel socket, and driven pick.
Approximately 2 1/2" diameter, lengths range from 3ft to 5ft. Extra large hooks are available.

C.

Peavy - Rafting or Bangor
Duckbill hook, hardwood handle, and one piece socket & pick.
2 1/2" diameter, available in 4ft, 4.5ft, and 5ft lengths.

C. Timber Lifting Tongs
Alloy steel proof tested and painted orange.
Model
40008
40218
40228
40458
40558

Diameter (in) Min. Opening (in)
3/4
3 3/4
1
4
1
4 1/2
1 1/4
7
1 1/2
7 1/2

Max. Opening (in)
16
20
25
32
36

Working Load Limit(lb)
75 Degrees 135 Degrees 180 Degrees
1500
1000
750
2500
2000
1500
2500
2000
1500
3000
2500
2000
5000
4000
3000

Oshkosh
D. Peavies
Model Description
134
2 1/4" x 4'
135
2 1/4" x 4-6'
136
2 1/4" x 5'
137
2 1/2" x 4'
137-483 2 1/2" x 4'
138
2 1/2" x 4-6'
138-4645 2 1/2" x 4-6'
139
2 1/2" x 5'

Hook Size
3 1/2" x 8"
3 1/2" x 8"
3 1/2" x 8"
3 1/2" x 9"
3" x 10 1/2"
3 1/2" x 9"
1/2" x 10 1/2"
3 1/2" x 9"

E.

D.

Oshkosh
E. Cant Hooks
Model Description
200
2 1/2" x 4 1/2"
201
2 1/2" x 5"
201-484 2 1/2" x 5"
Please call for other sizes.

Hook Size
3 1/2" x 9"
3 1/2" x 9"
3" x 12 1/2"

Peavey
Peavies
F. T-029-048-0122 2 3/8" x 4' Peavy
T-029-054-0123 2 3/8" x 4 1/2' Peavy

F.

Bangor Rafting Peavey

G. T-029-054-0175

2 3/8" x 4 1/2' Cant Hook

T-029-060-0176 2 3/8" x 5' Cant Hook
T-029-060-0177 2 3/8" x 5 1/2' Cant Hook
124

G.

Approx Wt. (lb)
6.97
16.45
16.45
36
50.5

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Pole Handling Equipment
Oshkosh Skidding / Lifting Tongs
A. Skidding Tongs
Model
384A
384B
384
385
386

Description
1"x16" Tong w/Ring
1"x21" Tong w/Ring
1"x24" Tong w/Ring
1 1/8"x32" Tong w/Ring
1 1/4"x36" Tong w/Ring

Opening
16"
21"
24"
32"
36"

Tongs with Rings and Swivel Hooks
Model Description
Opening
378
1"x16" Tong/Hook
16"
379
1"x21" Tong/Hook
21"
380
1"x24" Tong/Hook
24"
381
1 1/8"x32" Tong/Hook 32"
382
1 1/4"x36" Tong/Hook 36"

A.

AB Chance Pike Poles
B. 214PH
Epoxiglass pike pole. The point, secured by a spring-button lock, can be reversed to
protect point and avoid damage to equipment when not in use. Does not absorb moisture
so it will not rot or warp.
Model
214PH
216PH
218PH

Pole Diameter & Length
2"x14'
2"x16'
2"x18'

Approx Weight (lb)
10.5
11.75
13

B.
C.

Oshkosh Pike Poles
C. Pike Poles
Model
806G
807

Description
2"x12' Fir w/Finish and Guard
2"x14' Fir

Pike/Hook
Twisted Collar Pike
Twisted Collar Pike

Please call for other sizes.

Thiermann Industries
D.1025A Pole Dolly For moving poles in and out of hard to reach areas,
such as residential back yards. Hi-strength steel, tubular construction, and tapered roller bearing
are used to construct this lightweight, compact, durable unit with a load capacity of 2200 pounds.
E. 4001D Pole Puller Pole puller with 46,400lb of lift at 2600 PSI.
Power it off your digger derrick, or a portable gas/hyd pump. 6ft 1/2" alloy chain.
Specifications:
Lifting Capacity-50,120 lbs, Stroke-16 in,
E.
Weight-57 lbs, Operating Pressure-2800 psi.

D.

Greenlee
F. H4910A Pole Puller Heavy duty construction,
works in confined areas next to buildings
or in the open. Open-and closed-center systems.
Comes with 6ft alloy chain.
Specifications:
Lifting Capacity
56,000 lbs
Stroke
16.8 in
Weight
101 lbs
Height
32 in
Flow Range
4-15 gpm
Operating Pressure
300-2800 psi
Pressure Port Thread
1/2 in NPTF
Return Port Thread
1/2 in NPTF

F.

Safety Line
G. Pole Draw Bar The pole draw bar attaches to the pole by placing the end stop of the
bar against the end of the pole. Secure the bar to the pole with the two chain screw binders affixed
to the bar. The pole draw bar is supplied with lifting handles on each side and a safety loop through
which a chain is attached. The oval hole is large enough to fit all hitches.
Model Description
Weight
9300
Pole Draw Bar (complete)
60lb
930HP Pole Draw Bar with Bolt Hole and One Chain Binder
60lb

G.

125

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Anchor Tools
AB Chance
PISA Anchor Installing Tools
For installing torques up to 10,000ft-lb.

A.

A. Kelly Bar Adapter

Kelly Bar Adapter with Bent Arm Pin (5 1/4" bolt circle)
Part
Kelly Bar Shape Kelly Bar Size
Wt. (lb)
630017
Square
2 1/2"
10
630016
Square
2 1/4"
10
630013
Hex
2"
10
630012HD Hex
2 5/8"
12
630011HD Hex
2 1/2"
12
Standard kelly bar adapters have six 1/2" dia holes on a 5 1/4" bolt circle and
include six 1/2" bolts, nuts, lock washers, and bent arm pin with coil lock.

B.

B. Standard Locking Dog Assembly
Part
C303-0069HD
C303-0070

Description
Wt. (lb)
Complete standard locking dog assembly 20
Locking dog replacement kit includes
parts necessary to replace both lock dogs 4
Standard locking dog assembly has six 1/2" holes on 5 1/4" bolt circle and
includes six 1/2" grade 5 bolts, nuts, and lock washers.

7ft Drive-End Wrench
Part

C.

C102-1583

D.

C303-1064

Part
C102-1595

C303-1063

E.

630027

630028

Description

Wt. (lb)

Standard drive end wrench installs:
57
8,000ft-lb (small hub) Tough-One anchors
10,000ft-lb (small hub) Tough-One anchors
4,000ft-lb standard strength PISA anchors
6,000ft-lb mid strength PISA anchors
Hybrid drive-end wrench installs:
64
8,000ft-lb (large hub) Tough-One anchors
6,000ft-lb PISA 6 anchors
7,000ft-lb PISA 7 anchors
3 1/2ft Drive-End Wrench
Description
Wt. (lb)
Standard drive end wrench installs:
29
8,000ft-lb (small hub) Tough-One anchors
10,000ft-lb (small hub) Tough-One anchors
4,000ft-lb standard strength PISA anchors
6,000ft-lb mid strength PISA anchors
Hybrid drive-end wrench installs:
28
8,000ft-lb (large hub) Tough-One anchors
6,000ft-lb PISA 6 anchors
7,000ft-lb PISA 7 anchors
Extension Wrench for above Standard and
Hybrid drive-end wrenches
3 1/2ft extension

42

7ft extension

70

C.

D.

E.

F. Tough-One Anchor Installing Tools. For installing torques up to 15,000ft-lb
Tough One Kelly Bar Adapter with Bent Arm Pin (7 5/8" bolt circle)

126

Part
Kelly Bar Shape Kelly Bar Size
Wt. (lb)
C303-0936 Hex
2 1/2"
23
C303-0937 Hex
2 5/8"
23
C303-0940 Hex
3"
27
C303-0955 Square
2 1/2"
22
C303-0958 Square
3"
23
Tough One kelly bar adapters have twelve 5/8" dia holes on a 7 5/8" bolt circle and
include twelve 5/8" bolts, nuts and lockwashers and bent arm pin with coil lock.

F.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Anchor Tools
AB Chance
A. Mechanical Torque Indicator
Part
C303-1340

Description
Torque indicator adaptable to 5 1/4" B.C. or 7 5/8" B.C.

A.

Wt. (lb)
65

B. Tough One Locking Dog Assembly
Part
Description
C303-0981
Complete Tough-One locking dog assembly
C303-1026
Locking dog replacement kit includes all parts less casting
Tough-One locking dog assembly has twelve 5/8" holes on a 7 5/8" bolt circle
and includes twelve 5/8" grade 2 bolts, nuts and lockwashers.

Wt. (lb)
28
5

B.

C. Tough One Drive-End Wrenches
Part
C303-0982
C303-0983

Length
3 1/2ft
7ft

Description
Installs 15,000ft-lb (large hub) Tough One
Anchors 8,000ft-lb (large hub) Tough One
and all 1 1/2" Core anchors
Tough One ends are painted with a red band on the bottom.

Wt. (lb)
36
73

C.
D.

Extension Assemblies for Tough One Drive-End Wrenches
Part
C303-0987
C303-0988

Length
3 1/2ft
7ft

Description
Extension attaches to drive-end wrench when
Additional depth is required.

Wt. (lb)
53
89

D. Bolt Circle Adapters for Torques up to 10,000ft-lb
Used to connect two tools having incompatable bolt circles.
Part
Description
C303-0115
Bolt circle adapter with two 1/2"x5 1/4" bolt circles
T303-0166
Bolt circle adapter with one 1/2"x5 1/4" bolt circle
and one 5/8"x7 5/8" bolt circle

Wt. (lb)
11

E.
18

E. Drive Tool Adapter
Slide into locking dog adapter and are retained by spring loaded dogs.
Part
Description
Unit Fits
C303-0020
SS5/SS150/RR Drive Tool Standard locking dog assembly
C303-1035
SS5/SS150/RR Drive Tool Tough One locking dog assembly
T303-1403
SS175 Drive Tool
Tough One locking dog assembly
C303-1077
SS200 Drive Tool
Tough One locking dog assembly

Wt. (lb)
8
11
26
23

F. Mechanical Torque Indicator
For installing torques up to 20,000ft-lb

C303-1340
Easy to read, gives direct readout at all times. Has six 1/2" 13 tapped holes on a 5 1/4" bolt circle
and twelve 5/8" 11 tapped holes on a 7 5/8" bolt circle, each end.

G. Shear Pin Torque Limiter
For installing torques up to 10,000ft-lb.

F.

G.

C303-0044
Protection for anchors and installing tools by disconnecting the
power when the installing torque
reaches a preselected level. Has six 1/2" 13 tapped holes
on a 5 1/4" bolt circle, both ends.

127

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Digging Tools
Nupla Shovels
A. 69-048

C. D. E.
A. B.

Round point hollow back shovel. 48" handle. Classic series.

B. 69-620
Round point closed back heavy gauge shovel. 48" handle. Classic series.

C. 72-014
Round point hollow back shovel. “Ladies shovel”. E-series

D. 72-061

F.

Round point heavy gauge shovel. 48" handle. E-series.

E. 72-065
Round point closed back shovel. 48" handle. E-series.

F. 69-748
Square point closed back shovel. 48" handle. Classic series.

G. 72-079
Square point closed back shovel. 48" handle. E-series.

H. 72-095
16" drain spade hollow back shovel. 48" handle. E-series.

I. 72-212

H.
G.

Trenching shovel with 5" blade. 48" handle. E-series.

I.

Oshkosh Shovels & Spoons
J. Shovels

K. Spoon

1005H

2024

7ft spoon with maple handle.

8ft spoon with ash handle.

1007

2025

9ft spoon with ash handle.

9ft spoon with ash handle.

1008
10ft spoon with ash handle.

2033
8ft straight shovel with ash handle.

2034
9ft straight shovel with ash handle.

2035
10ft straight shovel with ash handle.

2035-6

L.

10ft straight shovel with ash handle and 6" blade.

2036
12ft straight shovel with ash handle.

J.

Peavey Spoons

Oshkosh Shovel

K.

L. TE-019-120-0803
10ft straight telegraph spoon.
Has a 22" steel strap and fitted with 1 3/4" diameter ash handle.

TE-019-144-0804

Oshkosh Spoon

12ft straight telegraph spoon.
Has a 22" steel strap and fitted with 1 3/4" diameter ash handle.

Nupla Digging Bar

M. 69-296 6ft bar-point and wedge digging bar
with fiberglass handle.

Oshkosh Digging Bar
N. 1061 1065
128

1" x 7' 1 1/8" x 8'

1066

1067

1 1/8" x 9'

1 1/8" x 10'

M.

N.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Digging Tools
Peavey Digging Bar
S-007-191-0885

A.

1"x8' digging and crow bar made of hexagon tool steel.
Forged into a 2" chisel for digging, and a pencil point for digging.

Oshkosh Post Hole Digger
A. 2050
8ft split handles post hole digger.
Approximately 6" diameter hole is produced.

Oshkosh Tamp Bar
B. 1054
7ft heavy tamp bar. 8 lb.

1055
8ft heavy tamp bar. 9 lb.

1056

B.

9ft heavy tamp bar. 11 lb.

1056EHT
9ft extra-heavy tamp bar. 16 lb.

1057
10ft heavy tamp bar. 12 lb.

Greenlee/Fairmont Tampers
C. Hydraulic pole tamp makes quick work of setting poles, asphalt patch and
general construction backfill compacting. Reversible on/off valve for open and
closed-center systems. Standard with kidney foot. 4" wide, flow range 4-6 gpm,
operating pressure 1,000-2,000 psi, blows per minute 1,160 @ 5gpm.
Models
Description
H4802
60" pole tamp
H4802-1
85"pole tamp
54923
HTMA male coupler
54924
HTMA female coupler

Peavey Tamp Bar
D. TE-015-096-0821
8ft heavy shoe tamping bar.
Has a 1 1/2"x4" surface and is fitted
with an 1 1/2" diameter ash handle.

C.

D.

TE-015-108-0822
9ft heavy shoe tamping bar.
Has a 1 1/2"x4" surface and is fitted
with an 1 1/2" diameter ash handle.

TE-015-120-0823
10ft heavy shoe tamping bar.
Has a 1 1/2"x4" surface and is fitted
with an 1 1/2" diameter ash handle.

129

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Digging Tools
Burndy/Racine Tampers
A. HPTR1 Series

A.

Hydraulic pole tamp available with or without On/Off control valve. Patented
valving permits impacting of the ram within the tamper. Stroke amplitude of 1 5/8".
Stroke frequency of 1375 blow/min is ideal for compacting around poles, posts,
footings, and other objects. Interchangeable heavy duty tamper shoes allows for
flexibility.
With On/Off Valve
No On/Off Valve
Overall
Overall
Model
Length Weight
Model
Length Weight
HPT-60-RI
60"
29 lb.
HPT-59-RI
59"
26 lb.
HPT-72-RI
72"
30 lb.
HPT-71-RI
71"
28 lb.
HPT-84-RI
84"
32 lb.
HPT-83-RI
83"
31 lb.
HPT-96-RI
96"
34 lb.

Pengo
B. Auger Teeth
1650
Standard dirt auger tooth for ordinary digging.

1656
Tungsten carbide round auger tooth for high abrasion,
frozen soil, low impact applications.

1658
Carbide gauge for abrasive soil, impact applications.

2070
Dirt tooth

2077

B.

Dirt tooth

PFC-5
Carbide faced tooth for step rock augers.

RSK-20
Bullet-style shank plate & pilot kit.

Wisman Ent. Inc.
C. Twist Tarp
A TWISTARP is a wide flat lifting sling that is available in a variety of sizes and
rated capacities to fit your needs. TWISTARP is an inexpensive tool that will lessen
the physically demanding efforts of utility workers in the field, making their job
easier, cleaner and faster. Filling in around poles becomes easy, fast, and simple.
Ditch banks, weeds, and tall grasses are no longer a struggle. When used as a dirtsling, TWISTARP transports crushed rock, sand, dirt, wet cement, dig-spoils, and oil
contaminated soil. Materials are transported in the utility tarp, leaving the transport
vehicle clean. As a utility blanket, TWISTARP keeps materials, tools, and personnel
out of the weeds, the mud and the snow. The utility blanket keeps lawns, landscaping,
driveways, sidewalks, streets, and right-of-way clean. TWISTARP is great for use in
terminating transformers, pedestals, and installing underground gas and telephone
lines because it keeps material and tools clean. You’ll never search for tools and
materials in weeds, grass, mud, or snow again. When the job is incomplete, dirt can
be transported with a TWISTARP to a warm, dry place for replacement at a later
time. No more frozen dirt to shovel. TWISTARP replaces rock boxes and barrels,
plywood, and creepers. Because it is small and easy to store, it is always with you.

Standard Sizes
4x4B covers 16 square feet.
6x6B covers 36 square feet.
6x6R covers 36 square feet.
7x7R covers 49 square feet.
8x8R covers 64 square feet.

130

Holds 9 cubic feet volume. Lifts 500 lbs.
Holds 14 cubic feet volume. Lifts 500 lbs.
Holds 14 cubic feet volume. Lifts 700 lbs.
Holds 21 cubic feet volume. Lifts 1100 lbs.
Holds 34 cubic feet volume. Lifts 1400 lbs.

C.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Slings
Campbell Shackles
A.

541-0435
541-0535
541-0635
541-0735
541-0835
541-1035
541-1235
541-1435
541-1635
541-1835
541-2035

A.

1/4" screwpin anchor shackle
15/16" screwpin anchor shackle
3/8" screwpin anchor shackle
7/16" screwpin anchor shackle
1/2" screwpin anchor shackle
5/8" screwpin anchor shackle
3/4" screwpin anchor shackle
7/8" screwpin anchor shackle
1" screwpin anchor shackle
1 1/8" screwpin anchor shackle
1 1/4" screwpin anchor shackle

Hastings Nylon
B. Nylon Auger Slings

B.

C.

Nylon webbing, will not kink or curl.
Provides smooth trouble free operation - works at any angle.
Interwoven red yarn lets you know when sling should be replaced.
Model
2100 lb
3840
3841
3842
2800 lb
3843
3844
3845

Length
Vertical Rating
8ft 6in
9ft
10ft
Vertical Rating
8ft 6in
9ft
10ft

D.

Klein Nylon
C. Pole Sling
Made of 2" wide nylon web stitched with nylon thread.
Copper rivets with burrs at the point of wear. Use where a running
loop wrap around pole is desired. THIS IS NOT AN OCCUPATIONAL
PROTECTIVE DEVICE. NOT FOR HUMAN SUPPORT.
Model Working Load
Length
5606
Choke Hitch: 3000lb
30 in
Basket Hitch: 4700lb

Safety Line Fabricated

E.

D. Fabricated Arm Slings
Used as an all-purpose sling for non-energized and live line work,
the fabricated arm sling is made to fit snugly over the arm by using
the filler plates (included) to adjust the opening. Weight. 6 lb.
Model
26E
26G
26K
26H

Opening Size (in) SWL (2:1 Ratio) (lb)
4x6
2000
5x6
2000
6x6
2000
6 1/8x8
2000

Safety Line Rope
E. Transformer Slings
Has eye on each end. Adjustable from 3" to 15" to accommodate various sizes and types of
transformers. Chafe collar in middle of sling protects against abrasion and snagging. Each end has
a crown splice to prevent eye from pulling out while under load. Standard length is 4ft. Adjustable
from 24" to 48". Other lengths available. Rope is 100% high tenacity polyester, constructed in a
single braid and coated with Rhino-Kote for increased abrasion resistance.
Model
Diameter (in)
Tensile (straight pull) (lb) SWL (lb)
Weight (lb)
S0190L0048
1/2
7200
1225
1 1/2
S0191L0048
5/8
12000
2160
2

131

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Slings
Nylon Slings
A. Eye & Eye
This style of lifting sling is the most popular type based on cost and versatility.
Cordura eye protection is added to the inside of each eye for added durability.
Tapered eyes are standard on slings 3" wide and over. Type 3 has flat eyes
which provide for both vertical and basket pick applications.
Type 4 has twisted eyes which allow for choker applications
as well as vertical and basket picks.
Sling
Eye
Eye
Rated
Width Length Choker Vertical Basket
Width Type 3 Type 4
(in)
Model
Model
(in)
(in)
(lb)
(lb)
(lb)
1
EE1601 EET1601 1
9
960
1200
2400
1
EE1901 EET1901 1
9
1280
1600
3200
1
EE2601 EET2601 1
9
1920
2400
48
1
EE2901 EET2901 1
9
2560
3200
6400
1
EE4601 EET4604 1
12
3360
4200
8400
1
EE4901 EET4901 1
12
4960
6200
12440
2
EE1602 EET1602 2
9
1920
2400
4800
2
EE1902 EET1902 2
9
2570
3200
6400
2
EE2602 EET2602 2
9
3840
4800
9600
2
EE2902 EET2902 2
9
5120
6400
12800
2
EE4602 EET4602 2
12
6400
8000
16000
2
EE4902 EET4902 2
12
8800
11000
22000
3
EE1603 EET1603 1.5
9
2880
3600
7200
3
EE1903 EET1903 1.5
9
3840
4800
9600
3
EE2603 EET2603 1.5
12
5280
6600
13200
3
EE2903 EET2903 1.5
12
7040
8800
17600
3
EE4603 EET4603 1.5
16
9600
12000
24000
3
EE4903 EET4903 1.5
16
12800 16000
32000
4
EE1604 EET1604 1.5
12
3840
4800
9600
4
EE1904 EET1904 1.5
12
5120
6400
12800
4
EE2604 EET2604 1.5
12
6880
8600
17200
4
EE2904 EET2904 1.5
12
8960
11200
22400
4
EE4604 EET4604 2
16
12800 16000
32000
4
EE4904 EET4904 2
16
15840 19800
39600
5
EE1905 EET1905 1.75
12
6400
8000
16000
5
EE2905 EET2905 1.75
12
10960 13700
27400
6
EE1906 EET1906 2
16
7680
9600
19200
6
EE2906 EET2906 2
16
13200 16500
33000
6
EE4906 EET4906 3
20
23840 29800
59600
8
EE1908 EET1908 3
18
10240 12800
25600
8
EE2908 EET2908 3
18
17600 22000
44000
10
EE1910 EET1910 3.5
22
12800 16000
32000
10
EE2910 EET2910 3.5
22
19200 24000
48000
12
EE1912 EET1912 4
24
15360 9200
38400
12
EE2912 EET2912 4
24
23200 29000
58000
We also provide wire rope slings made to your requirements.

A.

B. Endless Round Slings

132

Multipurpose synthetic lifting sling. Super flexible, conforms to shape of load,
flattens and grabs the load securely. Won’t mar painted or polished surfaces.
Maximum temperature 194 degrees.
Model Color
Vertical (lb)
Choker (lb)
Basket (lb)
E30
Purple 2650
2120
5300
E60
Green
5300
4240
10600
E90
Yellow 8400
6720
16800
E120
Tan
10600
8500
21200
E150
Red
13200
10560
26400
E180
Orange 16800
13440
33600
E240
Blue
21200
17000
42400

B.

Min Length (ft)
3
3
3
3
3
6
6

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Slings
Yale Rope
A. Eye/Eye

A.

Standard eye and eye sling for general purpose work. Lightweight, very flexible,
nonmaring and very strong. Available sizes from 3/8" to 1 1/2". Available in
Double Esterlon, Polydyne, Yalex, and Vectrus.

Endless Slings
A complete loop increases the lift capacity without going to a larger diameter line.
Makes an excellent choker with a wider “footprint” on the load for more positive control.
Available sizes from 3/8" to 1 1/2". Available in Double Esterlon, Yalex, and Vectrus.

Adjustable Slings
Easily replaces a variety of different length slings accommodating a variety
of different sized loads. Infinitely adjustable. Available sizes from 3/8" to 1".
Available in Polyplus, Yalex, and Vectrus.

4-Leg Adjustable
Each leg adjusts to accommodate any size load or lift point arrangement.
Lifts can be made safely on any 2 legs, 3 legs, or all 4. Available sizes from 3/8" to 1".
Available in Polyplus, Yalex, and Vectrus.

Skookum Shackle
B. Anchor Screwpin Shackles
Size (in)
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2

SWL (tons)
5
7
9
12
16
18
21
26
31
35
41
52
67
82
104
117
150
175
210

Nominal D (in)
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2

W (in)
13/16
1 1/16
1 1/4
1 7/16
1 11/16
1 13/16
2 1/32
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 5/8
2 7/8
3 1/4
3 7/8
4 1/8
4 1/2
5
5 3/4
6 1/2
7 1/4

B.

Safety Line Line Hooks
C. Line Hooks
Steel line hooks designed to hug the conductor when strain is applied to
rope after splicing rope into the eye. Hooks will not damage conductor or
fall off, and are easily applied and removed.
Model Description
Opening Size (in) SWL (lb)Wt. (lb)
27
Small
7/8
1000
1
27A
Medium
1 1/2
1325
2
27S
Large
2
1650
3

C.

133

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Rope
Condux
A. Poly Line Pail

A.

Line attaches to the back of a foam carrier, inflatable carrier,
or line carrier and is used to pull back a rope. Packaged in a weather-proof
reusable plastic bucket with lid.
Part
Break Strength Length
8561285 200 lb.
6,500ft
8561297 450 lb.
2,500ft

Hooven Allison
B. Handline Magnus P/D
A 3 strand twisted blended rope consisting of polyester and polypropylene cover yarns over
polypropylene core yarns. Excellent all-around abrasion resistance because of the polyester cover.
A black tracer in one strand is used on sizes 1/2" thru 1". Over 1"will have a black and orange
tracer in one strand. An excellent general purpose rope.
Part
33100
33101
33102
33103
33104
33107
33108

Diameter
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
1/2"
1/2"
3/4"
5/8"

Circumference
1 1/8"
1 1/8"
1 1/8"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
2 1/4"
2"

Length
600'
1,200'
5,000'
600'
1,200'
1,200'
600'

Tensile Strength (lbs.)
2,700
2,700
2,700
4,200
4,200
8,500
6,500

Working Load
9:01
9:01
9:01
9:01
9:01
7:01
8:01

B.

Samson
C. Splicing Fids
A different size fid is required for each size of rope.
Aluminum tubular. Part # is 901 +(rope size).

C.

D. Pulling Rope (Stable Braid) A double braid rope which
provides a firm polyester rope that yields high strength,
low stretch, and excellent wear. The Duron fiber technology which
incorporates the Parallay plying, a braiding process which orients
all the fibers parallel to the axis of the rope, is the reason that
Stable Braid maximizes performance. Applications: Mooring Lines,
Deep Water Mooring and Retrieval Lines, T&D Pulling Lines

D.

Our most popular sizes:
Dia. Inch
3/8"
1/2"
5/8"
1 1/2"

Circumference Inch
1 1/8"
1 1/2"
2"
4 1/2"

Lbs. Per Foot
5
8.9
14.2
60.8

Average Strength (lbs.)
5,600
10,400
16,300
75,100

Min Strength (lbs.)
4,800
8,800
13,900
63,800

Please call for other sizes

Wellington Pulling Rope
E. Rhinex 8 and 12 strand single braid construction stringing line. 100% high tenacity Polyester with cordage
overlay finish. High strength/low stretch, easily spliced, coated colors for visual identification, and snag resistant.
Available size
Tensile
Tensile
Dia. Inch Construction Product Weight lb/10 Min Strength (lb)
Std. (lbs)
3/8
8 strand
RO824
4.0
5,400
6,000
1/2
8 strand
RO832
7.1
9,000
10,000
5/8
12 strand
RO840
13.2
15,300
17,000

134

E.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Rope
Tenex
A. Twelve strand Samthane coated, high tenacity polyester rope offering high strength coupled

A.

with low stretch and outstanding abrasion resistance. Its abrasion resistance and firmness is
due to special Samthane Type “ S ” coating which allows for easy splicing while enhancing
wear life and snag resistance. Applications: T&D pulling lines, Slings, Fiber optic pulling line

Our most popular sizes:
Dia. Inch
1/2"
5/8"
7/8"
1"

Circumference Inch
1 1/2"
2"
2 3/4"
3"

Lbs. Per Foot
8.5
13.1
25.8
34.5

Average Strength (lbs.)
11,800
17,100
32,600
42,700

Min Strength (lbs.)
10,600
15,300
29,300
38,400

Please call for other sizes

Yale Pulling Rope
B. Double Esterlon

B.

A double braided rope constructed of Honeywell’s unique type 1W81 high tenacity cordage
finish polyester. It offers low stretch, high strength, and excellent wear life and dielectric strength.
Identified by two adjacent green strands braided into the cover structure.

Our most popular sizes:
Dia. Inch
1/2"
5/8"
1"

Ave Break Strength
10,500 lb
16,800 lb
44,000 lb

Min Break Strength
9,450 lb
15,120 lb
39,600 lb

Max Work Load
2,625 lb
4,200 lb
11,000 lb

Please call for other sizes

C. Maxibraid Plus
A double braid rope constructed of an inner load bearing core of UHMPE fiber.
The polyester outer sleeve protects the strength member from abrasion.
The UHMPE fiber has the highest strength to weight ratio of any synthetic or
natural fiber and has stretch characteristics similar to wire.
The UHMPE core is coated with Maxijacket prior to being overbraided
for added toughness. Identified by red and blue strands braided into the sleeve structure.

C.

Our most Popular sizes:
Dia. Inch Ave
1/2"
5/8"
7/8"
1"

Break Strength
20,000 lb
23,000 lb
50,000 lb
60,000 lb

Min Break Strength
15,300 lb
20,700 lb
45,000 lb
54,000 lb

Max Work Load
3,400 lb
4,600 lb
10,000 lb
12,000 lb

Please call for other sizes

Neptco Pull Tape (Mule Tape)
D. Muletape
Recommended for outside plant fiber optic cable installation.
Note: The duct fill ratio should be less than 50% by cross-sectional area.
The area of the cable divided by the area of the innerduct should be
less than or equal to .50 for ease of installation.

D.

We Can Make Winch lines the way you want!
Call or e-mail us with the following information.
• Type of Rope
• Diameter of Rope
Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567
• Finished Length
Western USA: (800) 444-7064
• Eye Each End YES NO
www.wagnersmithequipment.com
• Coating YES NO

135

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Ladders
Green Bull
A. Extension Series 6102
Fiberglass extension ladder, orange. D-rung type. Full-length
interlocking rails, riveted rung plates, cast aluminum rung lock,
and heavy cast aluminum shoe assembly. Type 1A 300 lb duty rating,
outside width 17 3/4" at base and 16" at fly.
Model
Size (ft) Rung Size (in)
Wt. (lb)
610216**
16
1 5/8
39
610220
20
1 5/8
47
610224
24
1 5/8
55
610228
28
1 5/8
63
610232
32
1 5/8
69
610236*
36
1 5/8
104
610240*
40
1 5/8
112
** Rope & pulley not included
*Base 18 7/8"

A.

B.

B. Extension Series 6062
Fiberglass extension ladder, yellow. Full-length interlocking rails,
direct rung connection, heavy duty steel shoe assembly, and cast aluminum
rung lock. Type 1A 300 lb duty rating. Outside width: base 17 3/4", fly 16".
Model
Size (ft) Rung Size (in)
Wt. (lb)
606216**
16
1 5/8
37
606220
20
1 5/8
45
606224
24
1 5/8
52
606228
28
1 5/8
59
606232
32
1 5/8
70
606236*
36
1 5/8
79
606240*
40
1 5/8
86
**Rope & pulley not included
*250 lb duty rating

Werner
C. Extension D6200-2
Fiberglass flat D-rung extension ladder, orange. Interlocking side rails, durable rail shield
bracket and shoe with Shu-lok slip-resistant pad and spur plate.
Type 1A 300 lb duty rating.
Model
Size (ft)
Wt. (lb)
D6216-2**
16
37
D6220-2
20
45
D6224-2
24
52
D6228-2
28
60
D6232-2
32
72
D6236-2*
36
81
D6240-2*
40
89
**Rope & pulley not included
*Type 1 250 lb duty rating

Werner
D. Single Ladder 7100-1
Fiberglass round rung single ladder, yellow. Durable rail shield bracket and
shoe bracket protects rail from damage, shoe with slip-resistant pad and spur plate.
Type 1A 300 lb duty rating.
Model
Size (ft)
Wt. (lb)
7108-1
8
20
7110-1
10
25
7112-1
12
28
7114-1
14
32
7116-1
16
38

136

C.

D.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Ladders
Werner
A. Manhole M7100-1
Fiberglass manhole ladder, yellow. Mar-resistant vinyl coated aluminum hoop
end caps for removing ladder from manhole. 3" replaceable plastic sleeves to avoid
manhole rim damage to rail. Slip-resistant round rungs, and combination rail shield
and shoe protects bottom of rail from damage. Type 1A 300 lb duty rating.
Model
Size (ft)
Wt. (lb)
M7108-1
8
19
M7110-1
10
23
M7112-1
12
27
M7114-1
14
30
M7116-1
16
36

A.
B.

B. PK80-2
Automatic ladder levelers. Easily attaches to Werner fiberglass
extension ladders to level ladder on uneven surfaces.
Automatically adjusts up to 8 1/2". Easily levels and locks securely in place.
The width of the ladder is increased by 3 3/4".

Green Bull
C. Manhole Series 6032
Fiberglass manhole ladder. Structural PVC rail wear sleeves,
12" outside dimension, wide utility-style safety shoe, and riveted rung plates.
Type 1A 300 lb duty rating.
Model Size (ft) Rung Size (in)
Bottom Width (in) Wt. (lb)
603208 8
1 1/4
12
16
603210 10
1 1/4
12
20
603212 12
1 1/4
12
23
603214 14
1 1/4
12
26
603216 16
1 1/4
12
31
603218 18
1 1/4
12
35
603220 20
1 1/4
12
39

D. Step Ladder Series 2032

C.

D.

Fiberglass step ladder with molded top w/recessed tool tray,
steel-reinforced inside spreader braces, and steel gussets on all
steps and back braces. Type 1AA 375 lb duty rating.
Model
Size (ft) Wt. (lb)
203203
3
15
2203205
5
22
203206
6
25
203207
7
31
203208
8
35
203210
10
44
203212
12
54

ACE 105
Cablehook / pole grip assembly / pair

ACE 120
Pole lash / each

ACE 150
Manual adjusting leg leveler / pair

137

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Telecommunications
Condux Lasher
A. 08721000 The Condux cable lasher has the capacity to meet large

A.

B.

diameter lashing requirements, the durability to lash in almost any condition
and the reliability to minimize downtime. Large lashing capacity,
up to 4" diameter bundle. Bare strand and overlashing capabilities.

08721460 Lashing wire, #302 stainless steel .038", 1600ft coil

GMP Lasher
B. J2 The J2 cable lasher is used to lash an aerial cable or numerous
C.
cables to a supporting strand or to an existing lashed cable with
stainless steel lashing wire. Will lash any single or multiple aerial cables
up to 3" diameter across any suspension strand from 1/4" to 7/16".
A factory modification will allow the lasher to accommodate 1/2" strand
if necessary. Will hold two 1200ft coils of .045 lashing wire,
or two 450ft coils of .065 lashing wire. The J2 makes overlashing easy.

D.

C. C Lasher The C cable lasher is used to lash small diameter
aerial cables to supporting strand with stainless steel lashing wire.
It is used primarily for new installations. Will lash any single or multiple
cables up to 1 5/8" diameter onto bare 1/4" to 3/8" strand.
Will hold two 1200ft coils of .045 lashing wire.
E.
D. G Lasher The G cable lasher is designed to lash large single or
combination of aerial cable up to 5" diameter to a supporting strand.
Can be used for new installs or with existing cables in place.
Lashes any cable from about 2 1/2" to 5" diameter, on strand
from 11/32" to 3/4" diameters with one or two left lay spiral wrappings
of .065 diameter lashing wire.

F.

03165 Bridle rope assembly
70190 Towing lanyard, 35ft
70012 Lasher guard “Halo”
71530 Lashing wire, #430 alloy stainless steel .045", 1200ft coil
71532 Lashing wire, #430 alloy stainless steel .065", 450ft coil

G.

H.

I.

E. 70055 Single-lashing aerial cable guide.

An economical
but durable guide for new plant construction only.

F. 08007 Dual-lashing aerial cable guide.

Offers versatility of
working for new installations or for overlashing cable to existing plant.

G. 70018 Universal heavy-duty cable block pusher. Makes the
lashing process smoother by maintaining the proper cable lead between the
lasher and the cable block. Standard length, 24".

J.

H. 70431 Standard cable block pusher, 24".
70432 Standard cable block pusher, 36".

I. 08605 Lashing wire grip used to temporarily fasten lashing
wire under tension before placing a permanent clamp.

J. 01384

Speedgrip lashing wire grip. An easier way to
temporarily secure lashing wire with this vise style grip.

K. 07886 D lashing wire clamp.

Perfect for temporary and permanent
terminations or gounds, this all steel clamp lets you securely attach two
lashing wires or #6 ground wire on any size strand from 1/4" to 7/16" diameter.

L. 81460 E lashing wire clamp.

Similar to the D lashing wire clamp
except this one is a one-piece clamp to let both sides grip the messenger
in perfect alignment. Cable Spacers D cabler spacers help maintain proper
separation between the cable and strand on either side of the pole.
Made of weatherproof Alathon. Available sizes: 1/4" through 2" in 1/4" increments.

138

K.

L.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Telecommunications
Condux Benders
UltraBend

A.

The finest mechanical cable bender from Condux forms expansion loops with a life
exceeding 50 years. Available in steel frame and lightweight aluminum frame construction.
Max # of M a x
Loop
Loop
Loop
Flat
Model
Cables
Cable Dia. Material
Depth Length Radius Bottom
A. 018107520 2
.75"
Steel
6"
39"
11"
12"
018107525
2
.75"
Aluminum 6"
39"
11"
12"
018110020
2
1"
Steel
6"
51"
11"
15"
018110025
2
1"
Aluminum 6"
51"
11"
15"

B.

Standard Bender
Provides mechanical wrenching action to form expansion loops with
a life of over 25 years. Steel frame.
Max # of M a x
Loop
Loop
Flat
Model
Cables
Cable Dia. Depth Length Radius
B. 018108405 2
.75"
6"
36"
11"
018108440
4
.75"
6"
36"
11"
018108410
1
1"
6"
51"
11"
018208400
2
1"
6"
51"
11"
018208415
2
1.25"
6"
51"
11"

Bottom
12"
12"
15"
15"
15"

C.

Mullen Hand Bender
Hand-form expansion loops using the economical Mullen cable bender. Steel frame.
Max # of M a x
Loop
Loop
Flat
Model
Cables
Cable Dia. Depth Length Radius Bottom
C. 018010000 1
.63"
6"
36"
11"
12"
018020000
2
.63"
6"
36"
11"
12"

Condux Blocks
D. Economy Overlash Cable Block This alternative cable

D.

E.

block may be placed over existing cable bundles up to 1.5" in diameter.
Single rollers are available in plastic or steel and can accommodate
cable or innerduct up to 1" diameter.

Jameson

E. Easy Rider This overlash block is economical as well as high
strength and lightweight. It can be snapped over a strand and cable package
up to 2 1/4" diameter. 1 1/2" width provides easy stacking when pushed
by a lasher. Available with nylon or aluminum rollers.
Versa Block Offers the versatility of stringing cable at midspan on both
new and existing/overlash construction. Ideally suited for easy cable
placement from aerial lift buckets, as well as from ground positions,
using layup sticks. Accommodates up to 3"cable bundles.
Available with rubber or aluminum rollers.

G.

F.

GMP
F. 72680 D cable block used for supporting a single cable up to 2 3/4" diameter
on bare strand 1/4" to 3/8" prior to lashing. 300lb load capacity rating.

I.

Condux

G. 90 Degree Corner Blocks Offers a bending radius of about 23".
1, 2, and 4 roller assemblies available with plastic and aluminum rollers.
H. 45 Degree Corner Blocks Used to guide cable on inside or outside

H.
J.

corners and are used as a cable chute in reel-to-strand spans, or mid-spans.
Bend radius of about 23", and with plastic or aluminum rollers.
1, 2, and 4 roller assemblies available.

I. Pole Bracket Mount Adapter Installs on the pole bracket to provide
a horizontal axis to mount 45 degree corner blocks for a reel-to-strand chute.

J. Pole Bracket Used for 90 degree and 45 degree corner blocks.

139

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Telecommunications
Jameson
A. Corner Blocks
Available in 60 and 90 degree styles. 1, 2, and 4 roller assemblies available.
60 Degrees
90 Degrees
80-161 Single Nylon Roller 80-591 Single Nylon Roller
A.
80-162 Dual Nylon Roller
80-592 Dual Nylon Roller
80-164 Quad Nylon Roller
80-594 Quad Nylon Roller

B.

Benner-Nawman
Coaxial Cutters
B. UPB76 The UP-B76, also known in the cabling business as
The Banana Cutter because of the distinctive yellow handles,
is used by CATV installers on coaxial cable all over the world.
This clean cutting, one-handed instrument is both lightweight and
compact to fit into a tool pouch. It is designed to function just
like a tube cutter to eliminate cable distortion during cable preparation.
This tool was designed to cut up to cable. The UP-B76 is the ideal
tool for telecommunication, computer and CATV industry applications.

C.

D.

C. UPB95 Like the famous Banana Cutter, the UP-B95 is designed
specifically to cut coaxial cable. The difference is that we engineered
a special cutting blade surface that can cut a cable up to and including
1" in diameter. It is designed to function just like a tube cutter to eliminate
cable distortion during cable preparation. Like all of our cutting tools,
the UP-B95 is dropped forged tool steel and hand-finished by our
skilled craftsmen here in the USA.

Ripley

E.

F.

CXC Cable Cutters for up to .75 inch cable. CXC (yellow handle) effective
for cutting up to .75 inch (19mm) trunk and distribution coaxial cable and
copper cable. Cuts with no cable distortion. Lightweight, easy to use, compact.

G.

D. CXC-1 Cable Cutters for up to 1.00 inch cable. CXC-1 (blue handle)
cuts up to 1.00 inch (25.4mm) trunk and distribution coaxial cable and copper cable.
Cuts with no cable distortion.

Klein
J63050 Klein Journeyman 9-3/8" Cable Cutter – High Leverage.
Soft handle material on outer surface for comfort and a firm grip. Hard black
material on inner surface and handle ends for toughness and durability.
High-leverage, cable gripping, shear-type jaws.

63055 “Klein 8” Cable Cutter - Compact. Cuts copper and aluminum
multi-stranded cable and wire, shear-type cutting blades, one-hand shearing action,
drop-forged body with 3/8" case-hardened rivet, not designed for cutting steel or ACSR.

Greenlee
E. 727 Cuts copper and aluminum up to 2/0.

H.

HK Porter
F. 0690CSJ Compact, cable cutter cuts up to 1/0 copper, and 3/0 aluminum.
G. 0890CSJ Compact, cable cutter cuts up to 2/0 copper, and 4/0 aluminum.

Ripley (Coring & Strip)
H. CST Combination tool cores and strips in one fast and precise operation.
Manual or drill operation; CST tools have a standard “T” handle with a built-in 3/8 inch (9.5mm)
drill adapter; CST-R tools have a ratchet “T” handle and a separate 3/8 inch (9.5mm) drill adapter.
Strip stops available for exact stripping lengths of 0.50 to 2.00 inch (12.7 to 50.8mm).
140

I. CST-MC Specifically designed for Trilogy MC2 cables. Double helix coring bit designed for fast
and precise coring and stripping of polyethylene disc/air dielectric cable.

I.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Telecommunications
Lemco
A. XP-Series Corstrip Kits
The fastest and most precise Corstrip tools in the industry. Lemco now offers
a tool that strips the polyethylene jacket, cores the dielectric and strips the
aluminum outer conductor on a taper while controlling the length of the center conductor.
Attachable PJ-Series Jacket Stripping Tools simply attach to the bushing for one-shot
preparation of non-flooded, jacketed cables. For flooded cables ... attach the PJ Jacket
Stripping tool to our regulating handle and strip the jacket from flooded cables prior to the
Corstrip operation. The built in stop allows the jacket to be removed 2 1/2". After the
Corstrip operation sufficient space remains for application of 2 and 3 piece connectors from
Amphenol, Cablecon, Gilbert, LRC, and PPC.

A.

XP models:
XP-412 XP-840
XP-500 XP-875
XP-625 XP-500MC2
XP-700 XP-650MC2
XP-750 XP-750MC2
For TFC extra thick jacket products order as XP-xxxJBX. XLP models available as well.

B.

B. X-Series Corstrip Tools
The high quality steel used in the coring bit offers more cuts per dollar. Lemco Corstrips
feature an adjustable center conductor stop for accurate center conductor lengths, eliminating guesswork and measuring. An inspection window visually confirms progress and
completion.
P3/T10
X-412
X-500
X-625
X-750
X-875
X-1000

P3/TX10
X-565
X-700
X-840

Trilogy
X-440MC2
X-500MC2
X-650MC2
X-750MC2
X-1000MC2

Specialty Cable
X-625PF (for CommScope’s Power Feeder)
X-625-50 (for CS and TFC 50 ohm cable)

C. XL-Series Corstrip Tools
XL-Series tools are shipped without a handle for use with a drill or the addition of
our optional XB-94 Speed Handle.
P3/T10 P3/TX10
XL-412 XL-565
XL-500
XL-700
XL-625 XL-840
XL-750
XL-875
XL-1000

Trilogy
XL-440MC2
XL-500MC2
XL-650MC2
XL-750MC2
XL-1000MC2

C.

Specialty Cable
XL-625PF (for CommScope’sPower Feeder)
XL-625-50 (for CS and TFC 50 ohm cable)

D. CS-596711 Cable drop stripper.

One tool body for all drop cable sizes. Loaded
with one 596 and one 711 cartridge. These cartridges feature a cable stop for precise preps
every time. Cartridges snap in from either side of tool for right and left hand use.

D,

141

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Telecommunications
Lemco (CablePrep)
A.
A. CPT Series Offers the versatility to be used on small-to-large sized cables. Cartridges for a wide
range of 50 and 75 ohm cables, all of which fit the same tool.
Cable
Braid
Center
Cable Prep
Tool
Cartridge Weight Weight
Type
Exposure
Conductor Order Number Color
Color
(Pounds) (Kilograms)
6 & 59
0.25
0.25
CPT-6590*
Yellow
Black
0.18
0.08
minimum
6 & 59
0.25
0.25
CPT-6590S*
Yellow
Black
0.18
0.08
with stop
6 & 59 Mini Coax 0.25
0.25
CPT-MINI
Green
Black
0.18
0.08
minimum
6 & 59
0.125
0.25
CPT-1250
Red
Blue
0.18
0.08
with stop
7 & 11
0.25
0.25
CPT-1100
Blue
Grey
0.18
0.08
minimum
7 & 11
0.125
0.25
CPT-1100-125
Blue
Orange
0.18
0.08
minimum
CommScope
0.25
0.25
CPT-59HEC2
Yellow
White
0.14
0.07
59 Quad Series
(Cuts off first minimum
Head End
layer of braid)
CommScope 7538 0.25
0.25
CPT-7538
Green
Black
0.14
0.07
minimum
Times Fiber
0.25
0.25
CPT-TXFF-250 Green
Yellow
0.14
0.07
Flexible Feeder
minimum
Corning Cable
0.25
0.25
CPT-P06
Red
White
0.18
0.08
Systems
(Sheath
minimum
Braidless 6
Exposure)
Corning Cable
0.25
0.25
CPT-P11
Blue
Red
0.18
0.08
Systems
(Sheath
minimum
Braidless 11
Exposure)
*CPT Series tools CPT-6590 and CPT-6590S work with all these cables.
B. TerminX Series The TerminX series extends the functionality of highly innovative cable termination tools for
use with compression-type connectors. Reliability, durability, and versatility distinguish every tool in the TerminX
series. Each tool is ergonomically designed and features a spring-loaded connector support that guarantees proper
positioning and provides a consistent termination time after time. The Pocket TerminX features a compact and
lightweight body. Two sizes accommodate 6- and 59-series and 7- and 11-series compression connectors.
Connector Type
Cable Prep
Gauge
Weight Weight
Order Number
Color code/ (Pounds) (Kilograms)
B.
Dimension
*Corning Gilbert Ultra Seal® 6 & 59
PT-5000UNV-659 Green 0.830 0.66
0.3
*Digicon® S 6 & 59
PT-5000UNV-659 Green 0.830 0.66
0.3
*Phoenix (PCT) DRS 6 & 59
PT-5000UNV-659 Green 0.830 0.66
0.3
*PPC EXXL 6 & 59
PT-5000UNV-659 Green 0.830 0.66
0.3
*Thomas & Betts Snap-N-Seal® (SNS) 6 & 59 PT-5000UNV-659 Green 0.830 0.66
0.3
*Corning Gilbert Ultra Seal® 7 & 11
PT-5000UNV-711 Green 1.425 0.7
0.32
*Phoenix (PCT) DRS 7 & 11
PT-5000UNV-711 Green 1.425 0.7
0.32
*PPC EXXL 7 & 11
PT-5000UNV-711 Green 1.425 0.7
0.32
*Thomas & Betts Snap-N-Seal® (SNS) 7 & 11 PT-5000UNV-711 Green 1.425 0.7
0.32
*Thomas & Betts SNS320QR
PT-5000UNV-711 Green 1.425 0.7
0.32
Corning Gilbert TAC 6 & 59
PT-5000TAC-659 Yellow 0.747 0.66
0.3
PPC EX 6 & 59
PT-5000EX-659
White 0.710 0.66
0.3
Phoenix (PCT) DRS 6S & 59S
PT-5000DRS-659S Blue 0.500
0.66
0.3
Stirling SPL 6 & 59
PT-5000SPL-659 Yellow 0.785 0.66
0.3
Corning Gilbert TAC 7 & 11
PT-5000TAC-711 Yellow 1.645 0.7
0.3
Digicon® S 7 & 11
PT-5000DS-711
Yellow 1.320 0.7
0.32
PPC EX 7 & 11
PT-5000EX-711
White 1.392 0.7
0.32
Raychem EZF® 7
PT-5000EZF-7
Red 0.515
0.7
0.32
Stirling SPL 7 & 11
PT-5000SPL-711 Yellow 1.525 0.7
0.32
*For Raychem EZF applications,
1 4 2 call for availability.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Telecommunications
Lemco (CablePrep)
A. Cable Gator

A.

The Gator center conductor cleaner is unlike any other in that it is equipped with
a beveller that eliminates the need for the cable technician to perform a pyramid cut.
Burrs that are not removed from the center conductor can damage the seizing
mechanism of the connector and result in signal loss and downtime. The Gator
beveller removes all burrs with ease. In two easy steps, the Gator tool bevels the
center conductor and removes the bonded dielectric. The ergonomic body
design makes the tool easy to grip and easy to use.
Cable Prep
Weight Weight
Description
Order Number
(Pounds) (Kilograms)
Center Conductor
GATOR
0.16
0.08
Beveller and
Cleaner Tool Gator Replacement
TEETH
0.02
0.01
Blade Kit (includes replacement
teeth and screws)

Ripley
B. UDT Universal drop trimmer.
Prepares ALL 59, 6, 7, 11 drop
cable constructions as per SCTE
and Bellcore specifications.
ONE STEP cable preparation
exposes the center conductor and
removes the jacket. ONE TOOL,
with inter-changeable blade cassettes,
will perform all the following
cable industry standard preparations:
• 1/4 inch (6.35mm) Braid preparation
for Series 59, 6 7, 11 cable.
• 1/8 inch (3.18mm) Braid preparation
for Series 59, 6 ,7 11 cable. (NOTE:
Tool is not intended for Plenum Series
Cable Construction)
• Cassettes available for 1/4 inch
(6.35mm) or 1/8 inch (3.18mm)
cable preparation:
• Series 59/6 Standard, Tri and
Quad Shield cables.
• Series 7 Standard, Tri and
Quad Shield cables.
• Series 11 Standard, Tri and
Trilogy Quad Shield cables.
• Series 11Q Belden, CommScope®
and Times Fiber Quad Shield cables.
• Blade cassettes color-coded and
marked with cable series type
and braid preparation dimensions
for easy identification.
• Unique cassette storage compartment
holds two extra cassettes.
• High impact, “Hi-Visibility Red”,
polymer construction.
• Compact size fits in one hand.
• Series 59, 6 and 7 cassettes are to
be used in tool cavity Side (A) only,
Series 11 and 11Q in the opposite
cavity only.
• No adjustments or extra tools required
(Made in the U.S.A).

B.

143

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Telecommunications
Ripley
A. SDT Single Drop Trimmer.

A.

• ONE STEP cable preparation precisely
exposes the center conductor
and removes the proper length of
jacket to SCTE and Bellcore specifications.
• SMALL ERGONOMIC BODY DESIGN
fits into your hand for ease of use and comfort,
as well as your tool pouch
• Tool body constructed of LIGHTWEIGHT,
impact resistant “Hi-Visibility Red” polymer.
• No adjustments or extra tools required.
• Select models for either .250 (1/4)
braid preparation or .125 (1/8)
(Raychem EZF®) braid preparation
(Note: Tool is not intended for
Plenum Series Cable Construction)
• Superior quality tool steel blade cassettes
will perform 1500+ preparations
under normal use.
• Tool supplied with model specified cassette
assembled in tool and one spare cassette.
• Unique ‘Cassette Ejector’ provides quick
blade cassette removal.
• Replaceable blade cassettes are color coded
and marked with cable series type and braid
preparation dimensions for easy identification.
• The various SDT models are cable
specific...model SDT596-250
is for 59 and 6 series cable only and
SDT11-250 is for 11 series cable only
(NOTE: Cassettes are not interchangeable
between models). (Made in the U.S.A.)

CC-100 Center Conductor Cleaner with
Multiple V-shaped Cleaning Notches
For removing residual dielectric from the conductor of all
sizes of trunk and distribution cables (without scratching or nicking)
• Clear Plexiglas® multiple V-shaped cleaning notches.
• Finger grippers permit application of maximum force.
• Replacement cleaning blades fit both CC100 & CC200 tools:
Part Number 16722, multiple “V” notched blade kit.
Part Number 16725, clear Plexiglas® scraping blade kit.

B.

B. CC-200 Center Conductor Scraper with Flat Blades.
For removing residual dielectric from the conductor of all sizes of
trunk and distribution cables (without scratching or nicking)
• Clear Plexiglas® flat scraping blade kit
• Finger grippers permit application of maximum force.
• Replacement cleaning blades fit both CC100 & CC200 tools:
Part Number 16725, clear Plexiglass® scraping blade kit.
Part Number 16722, multiple “V” notched blade kit.

Lemco
C. Y-190 Center Conductor Cleaner The fastest and safest
way to remove dielectric and adhesive from all coaxial cables
from .412 through super trunk. The scrapers are reversible and
can be sharpened with a fine file. The handle is made of plated spring
steel and has a comfortable plastic coating.

144

C.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Telecommunications
Ripley
A. CAT-AS

A.

• “All Series” Compression Assembly Tool.
• Unique new CAT allows assembly of series 59, 6, 7, and 11 drop connectors in one versatile tool.
• Two sets of jaws, precision designed – one set for 59 & 6 connectors, and another set for 7 & 11 connectors.
• Field proven design based on original Cablematic® CAT design with high strength cast aluminum body.
• Spring loaded, split jaws position the cable and connector for easy insertion and removal.
• Available in a “fixed” model (CAT-AS-FX) with a fixed, factory set plunger tip that is non-adjustable.
• Also available, 59/6-Gilbert/Ultraseal, PPC/EX XL, PCT/DRS, Telewire/Digicon-S,
Thomas & Betts/SNAP-N-SEAL and 7/11-Gilbert/Ultraseal, PPC/EX XL, PCT/DRS.

B.

Condux (Strand Brake)
B. 018107900 Strand brake. Minimize strand sagging during installation with the
Strand Brake. Designed to allow strand to move in only one direction–the direction
of the pull. Convenient mounting bracket is secured in a standard 3-bolt strand clamp
on a pole. Bracket swivels to allow slight offsets in pole alignment. A Strand Brake
is a simple piece of safety equipment that can help avoid major problems associated
with strand sagging. Available with ground wire clip that attaches to the ground
wire of the first pole in series. Zinc-plated steel construction. Recommended use:
Every 4 to 6 poles and at every traffic crossing.
18107910 Strand brake with ground.

Ripley
C. Locking Terminator Tool. Used on Gilbert engineering GTP and
Production Products Company PPC LFT locking terminators.
Model Length (in)
Weight (oz)
LTT-4
4.5
1.9
LTT-7
8
4.2

C.

Lemco
TTV-3 Tool for Viewsonics locking terminators. Works with both

D.

2 and 3 slot terminators. 7 1/4 inches.

D. S-200 Security Shield Tool.
• For use with 7/16 inch hex shielded ‘F’ connectors.
• New design with extended 7/16 inch shank allows the tools to
be used with the TW Torque Wrenches in security shield applications.
• Machined and heat treated steel for maximum durability.
• Knurled handle allows for easy and secure gripping.
• Steel loop permits additional tool turning leverage and serves
as a convenient carrying loop for attachment to belt or pouch.

E. A303 Pen-Toner Continuity Tester.
A pocket-size continuity tester for identifying and troubleshooting
drop cable lines. The LED unit, used alone, reads shorts and splitters.
The unit can be used to check the integrity of new reels of cable
before leaving the warehouse.

E.

Ripley
F. RPT Pocket Toner Drop Cable Continuity Tester

F.

• LED indicates DC shorts, splitters, and other
self-grounding devices in cable.
• Loud audio tone identifies line carrying signal.
• Checks circuit integrity in new and/or installed cable.
• Right angle male push-on connector lets you work in tight areas.
• Female push-on connector for speed toning.
• Tests up to 5,000 ft (1500m) of cable .
• Clips to shirt pocket for easy accessibility.
• Battery included (12 volt).

145

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Telecommunications
Condux
A. Torque Wrench
Specially designed Torque Wrenches provide precise “F” connector seating.
Available in 20, 30 and 40 in•lbs (2.26, 3.39, 4.52 N•m) settings and also with
an integral port cleaner-threader. Grips are non-conductive, cushioned and
color-coded for identification. Head is heat treated and zinc plated cast metal alloy.
Part
Description
Handle Color
018151420
20 in•lbs (2.26 N•m) torque wrench
White
018151421
20 in•lbs (2.26 N•m) torque wrench with cleaner White
018151430
30 in•lbs (3.39 N•m) torque wrench
Blue
018151431
30 in•lbs (3.39 N•m) torque wrench with cleaner Blue
018151440
40 in•lbs (4.52 N•m) torque wrench
Red
018151441
40 in•lbs (4.52 N•m) torque wrench with cleaner Red

B.

A.

Jameson Lay-Up Sticks

C.

B. JE Series At 1-1/4" diameter, our original JE Series foam core fiberglass pole
is still Jameson’s highest quality pole. Its strength to weight ratio is unmatched by any pole
on the market. In addition, it has increased flexural strength and a moisture barrier for
high dielectric protection (the ultimate in safety), making it the right choice for line clearance.
Jameson uses aircraft grade aluminum ferrules with an exterior leaf spring locking button,
giving a secure and positive connection when attaching pole extensions and accessories.
Extension Pole: Female Ferrule on Top, Male Ferrule on Bottom.
Base Pole: Female Ferrule on Top, Rubber End Cap on Bottom.
Head Pole: Round Adapter/Eyebolt on Top, Male Ferrule on Bottom.
Top Pole: Blank on Top, Male Ferrule on Bottom.

JE-3 3' Foam core extension pole
JE-6 6' Foam core extension pole
JE-8 8' Foam core extension pole

D.

JE-10 10' Foam core extension pole
JE-12 12' Foam core extension pole
JE-6/3 Set of 4 foam core poles (21' Total Length)

C. FG Series Jameson’s most popular pole costs less without sacrificing quality. With the same
aircraft grade aluminum ferrules and exterior leaf spring as the JE Series, the .125" wall thickness
increases flexural strength. The perfect complement for tree trimming and line clearance.
Extension Pole: Female Ferrule on Top, Male Ferrule on Bottom.
Base Pole: Female Ferrule on Top, Rubber End Cap on Bottom.
Head Pole: Round Adapter/Eyebolt on Top, Male Ferrule on Bottom.
Top Pole: Blank on Top, Male Ferrule on Bottom.

FG-3 3' Hollow core extension pole
FG-6 6' Hollow core extension pole
FG-8 8' Hollow core extension pole

E.

FG-10 10' Hollow core extension pole
FG-12 12' Hollow core extension pole
FG-6/3 Set of 4 hollow core poles (21' Total Length)

D. CL-1 Cable and Limb Lifter safely lift copper, fiber optic, coaxial cable and limbs.
Ideal for placing cable on rollers, construction blocks and hardware.
Special high strength aluminum alloy. No adapter needed.

F.

E. WR-1/WR-2 Wire and Limb Raiser.

Designed to lift or pull cable or limbs out of the way.
Ideal for placing cable on rollers, construction blocks and hardware or placing blocks on cable in
right-of-ways. When tree branches get in the way of cable placement, the wire raiser pulls branches
away from lines. No adapter needed.

PPA-1 Pike Pole Spear Adapter
Allows you to convert the FG or JE series pole into a tool for plumbing up and testing utility poles.

UA-1 Universal Tool Adapter
Adapts any manufacturer’s universal head tools to Jameson’s FG, JE or LS series poles.

HighLine Swivels
F. HL5/8 600 lb breakaway swivel.

.625" diameter.

Condux
G. Breakaway Swivels
146

Load range from 150lb to 1800lb. Call for sizing.

G.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Traffic Safety Listing
Signs and Cones
A. Cones
4318-R
4328
4328-R

A.
18" safety cone reflective
28" safety cone
28" safety cone reflective

Signs
B-48

B.
C.

M48B13F2/RWA

Roll-up sign storage bag
“Road Work Ahead” sign 48"

M48B13F2/UWA
M48B13F2/WA
MOL48
PS3000

“Utility Work Ahead” sign 48"
“Workers Ahead” sign 48" with mini stand
Mesh overlay for 48" sign
Kickstand

D. PS3000S
R48B13F2/BPTS
R48B13F2/FA
R48B13F2/RLCA
R48B13F2/SWA
R48B13F2/UWA
RF48B13F2/LLMTL
RFOL48/L
RFOL48/R

Mini stand
“Be Prepared To Stop” sign 48" reflective
“Flagger Ahead” sign 48" reflective
“Right Lane Closed” sign 48" reflective
“Shoulder Work Ahead” sign 48" reflective
“Utility Work Ahead” sign 48" reflective
“Left Lane Must Turn Left” sign 48" reflective
Overlay reflective, left
Overlay reflective, right

E.

UF2000P
X48B13F2

Kickstand with vertical spring post
Cross brace with flag & stand adapter

F.

“Stop/Slow” reflective paddle

ZCHP1818R

B.

C.
D.

F.

E.

147

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Personal Protection
Crews Inc.

A.

A. CK100 Clear uncoated lens safety glasses.
B. CK112 Grey coated lens safety glasses.
C. CK117 Silver mirror coated lens safety glasses.
D. MO114 Camouflaged frame amber lens safety glasses.
Filters out blue light to reduce haze and glare while
enhancing vision, ideal for low-light applications.

B.

C.

E.

F.

D.

ST117 Black frame, silver mirror coated lens safety glasses.

G.

E. TM112 Tremor onyx frame, grey lens safety glasses.
F. TM122 Tremor indigo blue frame, grey lens safety glasses.
G. TM128B Tremor indigo blue frame, blue diamond lens safety glasses.
H. TM13R Tremor taupe frame, fire lens safety glasses.
I. TM148B Tremor steel frame, blue diamond lens safety glasses.
J. TM149 Tremor steel frame, indoor/outdor clear mirror lens safety glasses.
K. TM14G Tremor steel frame, emerald lens safety glasses.

H.

I.
J.

K.

Salisbury
L. Hard Hats Type I
Four point nylon web suspension with forehead comfort band, crown pad and chin strap.
Available with wide brims or front brims. Wide brim is also available with six point
suspension when ordered with ratchet adjustment. Available in yellow, orange, or white.
Models
SA29
SA29R
SA49
SA49R

Description
Front brim w/quick fit adjustment
Front brim w/ratchet adjustment
Wide brim w/pin-lock adjustment
Wide brim w/ratchet adjustment

Suspension
4 point
4 point
4 point
6 point

L.

M.

Bullard
M. 4100R
Safety helmet with ratchet suspension. Available in white or yellow.

HD Electric
N. V-Watch A personal voltage detector which detects the
presence of electric fields surrounding electrical
equipment. Compact and worn on the outside of clothing or other protective gear, V-watch provides
an extra level of safety for workers who may be in danger of accidentally contacting electrical
power lines and other energized electrical equipment. 9V alkaline battery.

N.

Kunz Glove Co. Inc.
O. Work Gloves Sewn in the gunn pattern with strong nylon thread.
Reinforced welted thumb seams and Davey tips on the fingers give extra
wear and prevent seams from ripping in critical locations. A leather welt
at the base of the fingers gives extra protection for a heavy wear area.
Buckskin, combines the qualities of comfort, dexterity and excellent wear.
Great feeling even in cold or moist conditions.
We stock the “slip-on” style and the “gauntlet” style gloves.
Leather
Buckskin
Hvy Buckskin

Slip-On
400
N/A

4.5 " Gauntlet
148
150

6.5 " Gauntlet
174
175

P. 956E Drivers Style Glove
Economically priced, these gloves outwear any standard industrial grade glove.
Buckskin leather with an elastic back for better comfort.”

148

Don’t see it? Please call.

O.

P.

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Lighting
Streamlight
A. WOW
12500 The flashlight that converts instantly to a headlamp. Alkaline powered,

A.

very tough polymer case.

TOPSPOT 2
30004 Sophisticated flashlight that switches instantly into a headlight.
Tough and comfortable.

B . LITEBOX
45117 Yellow 8w spot
45116 Orange 8w spot
45111 Orange 20w spot
Standard issue to firefighters everywhere. Up to 70,000 candlepower and 8 hours
between charges. Includes 120v AC, 12v DC chargers, shoulder strap, and mounting rack.

LITEBOX Vehicle Mount System
45418 Yellow 8w spot Includes truck mountable 12v DC direct wire mounting rack
and shoulder strap. (No AC charger)

B.

C. Hard Hat Light
61050 TRIDENT Multi tasking headlamp. Combines a super bright Krypton bulb
with 3 LEDs, giving you high power and longevity. This lightweight headlamp
features 3 way lighting for short, medium and long distances. Plus, with a durable
design and a battery life of up to 120 hours.
61007 SEPTOR
The combination of brilliant LEDs in this headlamp places the new Septor in
a class by itself. Its piercing light comes from seven super bright white LEDs each
with a life of 100,000 hours so you’ll never replace a bulb again. The LEDs provide
3 way, hands free lighting for short, medium, and long distances. Plus, a 90 degree
tilting head lets you zero in on the source you’re illuminating. Constructed of
virtually indestructible polymer, the new Septor has fully adjustable straps for the
ultimate in hands free LED lighting.

C.

Able 2 Products
D. Sho-Me Flashlight
Sho-Me rechargeable light with spot bulb. Developed for use by fire departments,
used worldwide for more than 15 years. Rechargeable battery lasts 1,000 or more
charges. Halogen bulbs shine 12 1/2 times brighter than a regular flashlight.
Tough, water-resistant housing with neoprene-booted toggle switch withstands
rugged use. Six-volt, 4-amp hour, sealed lead-acid battery provides 3-4 hours of
steady light or 6-8 hours of intermittent light per charge. Available with
12-volt DC direct wire vehicle charger. Housings available in black, blue,
red or yellow. Spot bulb style. Comes complete with your choice of charger,
sling-style shoulder strap, pivoting stand, and your choice of housing color.
Emergency Rechargeable Lights have “Emergency ON” circuitry so that lights
in their chargers automatically turn on when the power goes out.
Model
Description
09.2770/D
Wire Rechargeable Light with Spot Bulb
and 12-volt DC direct wire vehicle charger
09.2770/DC
Rechargeable Light with Spot Bulb and
12-volt DC portable vehicle charger.
09.2770/DC
Blue Rechargeable Light with Spot Bulb
and 12-volt DC portable vehicle charger.
.092770/DC
Red Rechargeable Light with Spot Bulb
and 12-volt DC portable vehicle charger.
09.H7550
Replacement Spot Bulb

D.

149

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Lighting
HD Electric Hard Hat Lights
A. Rite-Lite II

A.

Alkaline powered hard hat safety light.
Includes one pair of mounting strips, 1"x2 3/4" long.

B. CY1-LYN Cyclops Single Bulb
CY2-LWN Cyclops Dual Bulb
Alkaline powered hard hat safety light.
Available with one or two light configurations.

GMP
C. Pole Trailer Light Kits
Aluminum frame with a durable bright yellow polyester powder coat.
DOT approved lights and reflectors mounted on the back and both sides.
Shock mounts provide greater bulb life. 40ft 18 gauge S.O. trailer cord
with either a 4-way or 6-way plug. Flag holders are oversized to allow
for swelling of the wooden staff when wet.
Model Description
Wt. (lb)
70274 46" wide w/4-way plug
26
70276 46" wide w/6-way plug
26
70277 24" wide w/4-way plug
14
70278 24" wide w/6-way plug
14
26006 4-way socket only
2oz
26007 6-way socket only
2oz

B.

Hastings
D. 12-282
Pole warning flag and light. Comes with double holder, ratchet & strap,
(2) flags w/mast, and a red amber light.

C.

12-283
Pole warning flag and light. Comes with double holder,
ratchet & strap, (2) flags w/mast.

12-227
Single flag/light holder only with ratchet strap.

12-229
Fiberglass staff with red fluorescent flag.

12-234
Replacement fluorescent red flag 14"x14" square.

D.

150

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

151

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

152

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

153

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

Single Drum Puller Model T-1DP-300
A heavy-duty single drum puller, the WAGNER-SMITH
Model T-1DP-300 can be used in a wide range
of stringing applications.
Both simple to operate and easy to maintain, the Model
T-1DP-300 is another innovative WAGNER-SMITH product
designed and developed to meet the changing needs of the
powerline construction industry.

MAJOR OPERATING/
SAFETY FEATURES
Internally pressure compensated closed-loop hydraulic
system, pulling pressure. Spring applied, hydraulic
pressure released safety brake is standard in the
main drive line for operator safety.
All unit operating controls are located at the
operators station, off the ground, for operator
safety. Steel pulling drum, hydraulic levelwind
assembly, free-wheeling brake, safety screen
and seat are all included as standard features.

STANDARD FEATURES

PULLING DRUM

Levelwind Hydraulic with removable top roller,
hydraulically operated from control stand.
• Engine
170 hp class, water cooled, diesel
• Front Hitch 3"Lunette eye
• Lighting
D.O.T. Regulation
• Front Jack Hydraulic operated
• Rear Jacks Hydraulic operated
• Tires
295/80R22.5 load range „H"
• Axle(s)
Tandem 25,000 lb. capacity
• Suspension Leaf Spring
• Brakes
Full Air w/ABS Brake System

Diameter (O.D.)
Inside Width
Core Diameter
Approx. Rope Capacity

MODEL T-1DP-300
SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT PERFORMANCE

Total Weight
Tongue Weight

Continuous Torque Rating
Line Speed (average)
Full Drum Line Pull Rating

154

300,000 in. lbs.
4.5 mph
10,000 lbs.

54"
52"
23"3/4"
26,000 ft. of 1/2" Swaged Steel
16,600 ft. of 5/8" Swaged Steel

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT
Unit Length
Unit Width
Unit height
Net Weight

23 ft. 6 in.
8 ft. 0 in.
9 ft. 11 in.
16,240 lbs. (Approx.)
w/26,000 ft. of 1/2"Swaged Steel
29,760 lbs. (Approx.)
2,904 lbs. (Approx.)

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

155

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

156

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

157

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

158

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

159

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

160

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

161

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

162

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

163

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

164

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

165

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

166

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

167

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

168

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

169

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

170

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

171

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

172

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

173

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

174

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

175

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

176

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

177

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

178

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Equipment

179

Eastern/Central USA: (800) 666-6567 (817) 447-8085 Western USA: (800) 444-7064 (503) 692-0979

www.wagnersmithequipment.com

Tool Repair

Blocks

Cutters

Brewer Tichner

H.K. Porter

Bethea

Klein

Western Power

Greenlee/Fairmont

Skookum

Kearney

Presses

Hoists

Burndy**

A.B. Chance

Alcoa

Lug-All

Anderson

Ratcliff

Huskie
T&B

Duff Norton
Little Mule

Fairmont**

Miscellaneous

Miscellaneous

RT-20 Reel Thing

Hot Sticks

RT-40 Reel Thing

Speed System Strippers

Collapsible Reels

Fairmont Hydraulic Tools
Stanley Hydraulic Tools

** Factory Authorized Repair Service-We stock a large supply of parts.
Please call for your repair needs.

Wagner Smith Equipment
19020 SW Cipole Road
Tualatin, OR 97062 Attention: Bob
800-444-7064
180



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : 3.1-702
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 7.0.5 (Windows)
Modify Date                     : 2007:05:18 11:30:44-04:00
Create Date                     : 2007:05:11 15:55:50-04:00
Metadata Date                   : 2007:05:18 11:30:44-04:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : untitled
Document ID                     : uuid:c70cb35a-df0e-4922-b5c4-67012e574168
Instance ID                     : uuid:f21c6f19-2d4b-4dec-8491-9698c2a9b2e7
Page Count                      : 180

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools